Adding upstream version 4:24.2.0.upstream/4%24.2.0

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

8 files changed, 13954 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fecopy.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fecopy.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d8b0ef680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fecopy.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/graph.hxx>
+#include <sot/formats.hxx>
+#include <svx/xfillit0.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdocapt.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdouno.hxx>
+#include <svx/xbtmpit.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdoole2.hxx>
+#include <svx/fmmodel.hxx>
+#include <svx/unomodel.hxx>
+#include <svx/svditer.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdograf.hxx>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+#include <unotools/streamwrap.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <fmtflcnt.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtflcnt.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentDrawModelAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <DocumentFieldsManager.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <tblsel.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <fldbas.hxx>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <viewimp.hxx>
+#include <dview.hxx>
+#include <dcontact.hxx>
+#include <dflyobj.hxx>
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <pagedesc.hxx>
+#include <mvsave.hxx>
+#include <textboxhelper.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#include <vcl/virdev.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+// Copy for the internal clipboard. Copies all selections to the clipboard.
+void SwFEShell::Copy( SwDoc& rClpDoc, const OUString* pNewClpText )
+{
+    rClpDoc.GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false); // always false!
+
+    // delete content if ClpDocument contains content
+    SwNodeIndex aSttIdx( rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 2 );
+    SwNodeIndex aEndNdIdx( *aSttIdx.GetNode().EndOfSectionNode() );
+    SwTextNode* pTextNd = aSttIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+    if (!pTextNd || !pTextNd->GetText().isEmpty() ||
+        aSttIdx.GetIndex()+1 != rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() )
+    {
+        rClpDoc.GetNodes().Delete( aSttIdx,
+            rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent().GetIndex() - aSttIdx.GetIndex() );
+        pTextNd = rClpDoc.GetNodes().MakeTextNode( aSttIdx.GetNode(),
+                            rClpDoc.GetDfltTextFormatColl() );
+        --aSttIdx;
+    }
+
+    // also delete surrounding FlyFrames if any
+    for(sw::SpzFrameFormat* pFly : *rClpDoc.GetSpzFrameFormats() )
+    {
+        SwFormatAnchor const*const pAnchor = &pFly->GetAnchor();
+        SwNode const*const pAnchorNode = pAnchor->GetAnchorNode();
+        if (pAnchorNode &&
+            ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == pAnchor->GetAnchorId()) ||
+             (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == pAnchor->GetAnchorId())) &&
+            aSttIdx <= *pAnchorNode && *pAnchorNode <= aEndNdIdx.GetNode() )
+        {
+            rClpDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().DelLayoutFormat( pFly );
+        }
+    }
+
+    rClpDoc.GetDocumentFieldsManager().GCFieldTypes();        // delete the FieldTypes
+
+    // if a string was passed, copy it to the clipboard-
+    // document. Then also the Calculator can use the internal
+    // clipboard
+    if( pNewClpText )
+    {
+        pTextNd->InsertText( *pNewClpText, SwContentIndex( pTextNd ) );
+        return;                // that's it
+    }
+
+    rClpDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().LockExpFields();
+    rClpDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( RedlineFlags::DeleteRedlines );
+
+    // do we want to copy a FlyFrame?
+    if( IsFrameSelected() )
+    {
+        // get the FlyFormat
+        SwFlyFrame* pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+        SwFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+        SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( pFlyFormat->GetAnchor() );
+
+        if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY  == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()))
+        {
+            SwPosition aPos( aSttIdx );
+            if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+            {
+                aPos.SetContent( 0 );
+            }
+            aAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+        }
+        pFlyFormat = rClpDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat( *pFlyFormat, aAnchor, true, true );
+
+        // assure the "RootFormat" is the first element in Spz-Array
+        // (if necessary Flys were copied in Flys)
+        sw::SpzFrameFormats& rSpzFrameFormats = *rClpDoc.GetSpzFrameFormats();
+        if( rSpzFrameFormats[ 0 ] != pFlyFormat )
+        {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            bool inserted =
+#endif
+            rSpzFrameFormats.newDefault(static_cast<sw::SpzFrameFormat*>(pFlyFormat));
+            assert( !inserted && "Fly not contained in Spz-Array" );
+        }
+
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+        {
+            // JP 13.02.99  Bug 61863: if a frameselection is passed to the
+            //              clipboard, it should be found at pasting. Therefore
+            //              the copied TextAttribute should be removed in the node
+            //              otherwise it will be recognised as TextSelection
+            const SwPosition& rPos = *pFlyFormat->GetAnchor().GetContentAnchor();
+            SwTextFlyCnt *const pTextFly = static_cast<SwTextFlyCnt *>(
+                pTextNd->GetTextAttrForCharAt(
+                    rPos.GetContentIndex(), RES_TXTATR_FLYCNT));
+            if( pTextFly )
+            {
+                const_cast<SwFormatFlyCnt&>(pTextFly->GetFlyCnt()).SetFlyFormat();
+                pTextNd->EraseText( rPos, 1 );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( IsObjSelected() )
+    {
+        SwPosition aPos( aSttIdx, pTextNd, 0 );
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+            if( Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsGroupEntered() ||
+                ( !pObj->GetUserCall() && pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject()) )
+            {
+                SfxItemSet aSet( rClpDoc.GetAttrPool(), aFrameFormatSetRange );
+
+                SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA );
+                aAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+                aSet.Put( aAnchor );
+
+                rtl::Reference<SdrObject> xNew = rClpDoc.CloneSdrObj( *pObj );
+
+                SwPaM aTemp(aPos);
+                rClpDoc.getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertDrawObj(aTemp, *xNew, aSet );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                SwDrawContact *pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall( pObj ));
+                SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pContact->GetFormat();
+                SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( pFormat->GetAnchor() );
+                if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                    (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                    (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY  == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                    (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()))
+                {
+                    aAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+                }
+
+                rClpDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat( *pFormat, aAnchor, true, true );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        CopySelToDoc(rClpDoc);     // copy the selections
+
+    rClpDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( RedlineFlags::NONE );
+    rClpDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UnlockExpFields();
+    if( !rClpDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().IsExpFieldsLocked() )
+        rClpDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateExpFields(nullptr, true);
+}
+
+static const Point &lcl_FindBasePos( const SwFrame *pFrame, const Point &rPt )
+{
+    const SwFrame *pF = pFrame;
+    while ( pF && !pF->getFrameArea().Contains( rPt ) )
+    {
+        if ( pF->IsContentFrame() )
+            pF = static_cast<const SwContentFrame*>(pF)->GetFollow();
+        else
+            pF = nullptr;
+    }
+    if ( pF )
+        return pF->getFrameArea().Pos();
+    else
+        return pFrame->getFrameArea().Pos();
+}
+
+static bool lcl_SetAnchor( const SwPosition& rPos, const SwNode& rNd, SwFlyFrame const * pFly,
+                const Point& rInsPt, SwFEShell const & rDestShell, SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor,
+                Point& rNewPos, bool bCheckFlyRecur )
+{
+    bool bRet = true;
+    rAnchor.SetAnchor( &rPos );
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(rInsPt, false);
+    SwContentFrame *const pTmpFrame = rNd.GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(
+            rDestShell.GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp);
+    SwFlyFrame *pTmpFly = pTmpFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+    if( pTmpFly && bCheckFlyRecur && pFly->IsUpperOf( *pTmpFly ) )
+    {
+        bRet = false;
+    }
+    else if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == rAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+    {
+        if( pTmpFly )
+        {
+            const SwNodeIndex& rIdx = *pTmpFly->GetFormat()->GetContent().GetContentIdx();
+            SwPosition aPos( rIdx );
+            rAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+            rNewPos = pTmpFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            rAnchor.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE );
+            rAnchor.SetPageNum( rDestShell.GetPageNumber( rInsPt ) );
+            const SwFrame *pPg = pTmpFrame->FindPageFrame();
+            rNewPos = pPg->getFrameArea().Pos();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        rNewPos = ::lcl_FindBasePos( pTmpFrame, rInsPt );
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::CopyDrawSel( SwFEShell& rDestShell, const Point& rSttPt,
+                    const Point& rInsPt, bool bIsMove, bool bSelectInsert )
+{
+    bool bRet = true;
+
+    // The list should be copied, because below new objects will be selected
+    const SdrMarkList aMrkList( Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList() );
+    const size_t nMarkCount = aMrkList.GetMarkCount();
+    if( !rDestShell.Imp()->GetDrawView() )
+        // should create it now
+        rDestShell.MakeDrawView();
+    else if( bSelectInsert )
+        rDestShell.Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+
+    SdrPageView *pDestPgView = rDestShell.Imp()->GetPageView(),
+                *pSrcPgView = Imp()->GetPageView();
+    SwDrawView *pDestDrwView = rDestShell.Imp()->GetDrawView(),
+                *pSrcDrwView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    SwDoc* pDestDoc = rDestShell.GetDoc();
+
+    Size aSiz( rInsPt.X() - rSttPt.X(), rInsPt.Y() - rSttPt.Y() );
+    for( size_t i = 0; i < nMarkCount; ++i )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pObj = aMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+        SwDrawContact *pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall( pObj ));
+        SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pContact->GetFormat();
+        const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFormat->GetAnchor();
+
+        bool bInsWithFormat = true;
+
+        if( pDestDrwView->IsGroupEntered() )
+        {
+            // insert into the group, when it belongs to an entered group
+            // or when the object is not anchored as a character
+            if( pSrcDrwView->IsGroupEntered() ||
+                (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) )
+
+            {
+                rtl::Reference<SdrObject> xNew = pDestDoc->CloneSdrObj( *pObj, bIsMove &&
+                                        GetDoc() == pDestDoc, false );
+                xNew->NbcMove( aSiz );
+                pDestDrwView->InsertObjectAtView( xNew.get(), *pDestPgView );
+                bInsWithFormat = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bInsWithFormat )
+        {
+            SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( rAnchor );
+            Point aNewAnch;
+
+            if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY  == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()))
+            {
+                if ( this == &rDestShell )
+                {
+                    // same shell? Then request the position
+                    // from the passed DocumentPosition
+                    SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+                    Point aPt( rInsPt );
+                    aPt -= rSttPt - pObj->GetSnapRect().TopLeft();
+                    SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+                    GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt, &aState );
+                    const SwNode *pNd;
+                    if( (pNd = &aPos.GetNode())->IsNoTextNode() )
+                        bRet = false;
+                    else
+                        bRet = ::lcl_SetAnchor( aPos, *pNd, nullptr, rInsPt,
+                                rDestShell, aAnchor, aNewAnch, false );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    SwPaM *pCursor = rDestShell.GetCursor();
+                    if( pCursor->GetPointNode().IsNoTextNode() )
+                        bRet = false;
+                    else
+                        bRet = ::lcl_SetAnchor( *pCursor->GetPoint(),
+                                                pCursor->GetPointNode(), nullptr, rInsPt,
+                                                rDestShell, aAnchor,
+                                                aNewAnch, false );
+                }
+            }
+            else if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+            {
+                aAnchor.SetPageNum( rDestShell.GetPageNumber( rInsPt ) );
+                const SwRootFrame* pTmpRoot = rDestShell.GetLayout();
+                const SwFrame* pPg = pTmpRoot->GetPageAtPos( rInsPt, nullptr, true );
+                if ( pPg )
+                    aNewAnch = pPg->getFrameArea().Pos();
+            }
+
+            if( bRet )
+            {
+                if( pSrcDrwView->IsGroupEntered() ||
+                    ( !pObj->GetUserCall() && pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject()) )
+                {
+                    SfxItemSet aSet( pDestDoc->GetAttrPool(),aFrameFormatSetRange);
+                    aSet.Put( aAnchor );
+                    rtl::Reference<SdrObject> xNew = pDestDoc->CloneSdrObj( *pObj, bIsMove &&
+                                                GetDoc() == pDestDoc );
+                    pFormat = pDestDoc->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertDrawObj( *rDestShell.GetCursor(), *xNew, aSet );
+                }
+                else
+                    pFormat = pDestDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat( *pFormat, aAnchor, true, true );
+
+                // Can be 0, as Draws are not allowed in Headers/Footers
+                if ( pFormat )
+                {
+                    // #tdf33692 - drawing object has to be made visible on ctrl+drag copy.
+                    pFormat->CallSwClientNotify(sw::DrawFrameFormatHint(sw::DrawFrameFormatHintId::PREPPASTING));
+                    SdrObject* pNew = pFormat->FindSdrObject();
+                    if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+                    {
+                        Point aPos( rInsPt );
+                        aPos -= aNewAnch;
+                        aPos -= rSttPt - pObj->GetSnapRect().TopLeft();
+                        // OD 2004-04-05 #i26791# - change attributes instead of
+                        // direct positioning
+                        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatHoriOrient( aPos.getX(), text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) );
+                        pFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatVertOrient( aPos.getY(), text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) );
+                        // #i47455# - notify draw frame format
+                        // that position attributes are already set.
+                        if (SwDrawFrameFormat *pDrawFormat = dynamic_cast<SwDrawFrameFormat*>(pFormat))
+                            pDrawFormat->PosAttrSet();
+                    }
+                    if (SwTextBoxHelper::getOtherTextBoxFormat(pFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pObj))
+                    {
+                        SwTextBoxHelper::syncFlyFrameAttr(*pFormat, pFormat->GetAttrSet(), pObj);
+                    }
+
+                    if( bSelectInsert )
+                        pDestDrwView->MarkObj( pNew, pDestPgView );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bIsMove && bRet )
+    {
+        if( &rDestShell == this )
+        {
+            const SdrMarkList aList( pSrcDrwView->GetMarkedObjectList() );
+            pSrcDrwView->UnmarkAll();
+
+            for ( size_t i = 0, nMrkCnt = aMrkList.GetMarkCount(); i < nMrkCnt; ++i )
+            {
+                SdrObject *pObj = aMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                pSrcDrwView->MarkObj( pObj, pSrcPgView );
+            }
+            DelSelectedObj();
+            for ( size_t i = 0, nMrkCnt = aList.GetMarkCount(); i < nMrkCnt; ++i )
+            {
+                SdrObject *pObj = aList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                pSrcDrwView->MarkObj( pObj, pSrcPgView );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            DelSelectedObj();
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::Copy( SwFEShell& rDestShell, const Point& rSttPt,
+                    const Point& rInsPt, bool bIsMove, bool bSelectInsert )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( this == &rDestShell || !rDestShell.IsObjSelected(),
+            "Dest-Shell cannot be in Obj-Mode" );
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( &rDestShell );
+
+    rDestShell.StartAllAction();
+    rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().LockExpFields();
+
+    // Shift references
+    bool bCopyIsMove = mxDoc->IsCopyIsMove();
+    if( bIsMove )
+        // set a flag in Doc, handled in TextNodes
+        mxDoc->SetCopyIsMove( true );
+
+    RedlineFlags eOldRedlMode = rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().GetRedlineFlags();
+    rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOldRedlMode | RedlineFlags::DeleteRedlines );
+
+    // If there are table formulas in the area, then display the table first
+    // so that the table formula can calculate a new value first
+    // (individual boxes in the area are retrieved via the layout)
+    SwFieldType* pTableFieldTyp = rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().GetSysFieldType( SwFieldIds::Table );
+
+    if( IsFrameSelected() )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame* pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+        SwFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+        SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( pFlyFormat->GetAnchor() );
+        bRet = true;
+        Point aNewAnch;
+
+        if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY  == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()))
+        {
+            if ( this == &rDestShell )
+            {
+                // same shell? Then request the position
+                // from the passed DocumentPosition
+                SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+                Point aPt( rInsPt );
+                aPt -= rSttPt - pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+                GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt, &aState );
+                const SwNode *pNd;
+                if( (pNd = &aPos.GetNode())->IsNoTextNode() )
+                    bRet = false;
+                else
+                {
+                    // do not copy in itself
+                    const SwNodeIndex *pTmp = pFlyFormat->GetContent().GetContentIdx();
+                    if ( aPos.GetNodeIndex() > pTmp->GetIndex() &&
+                         aPos.GetNodeIndex() < pTmp->GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex() )
+                    {
+                        bRet = false;
+                    }
+                    else
+                        bRet = ::lcl_SetAnchor( aPos, *pNd, pFly, rInsPt,
+                                        rDestShell, aAnchor, aNewAnch, true );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const SwPaM *pCursor = rDestShell.GetCursor();
+                if( pCursor->GetPointNode().IsNoTextNode() )
+                    bRet = false;
+                else
+                    bRet = ::lcl_SetAnchor( *pCursor->GetPoint(), pCursor->GetPointNode(),
+                                            pFly, rInsPt, rDestShell, aAnchor,
+                                    aNewAnch, GetDoc() == rDestShell.GetDoc());
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+        {
+            aAnchor.SetPageNum( rDestShell.GetPageNumber( rInsPt ) );
+            const SwRootFrame* pTmpRoot = rDestShell.GetLayout();
+            const SwFrame* pPg = pTmpRoot->GetPageAtPos( rInsPt, nullptr, true );
+            if ( pPg )
+                aNewAnch = pPg->getFrameArea().Pos();
+        }
+        else {
+            OSL_ENSURE( false, "what anchor is it?" );
+        }
+
+        if( bRet )
+        {
+            SwFrameFormat *pOldFormat = pFlyFormat;
+            pFlyFormat = rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat( *pFlyFormat, aAnchor, true, true );
+
+            if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != aAnchor.GetAnchorId() )
+            {
+                Point aPos( rInsPt );
+                aPos -= aNewAnch;
+                aPos -= rSttPt - pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                pFlyFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatHoriOrient( aPos.getX(),text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) );
+                pFlyFormat->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatVertOrient( aPos.getY(),text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ) );
+            }
+
+            const Point aPt( rDestShell.GetCursorDocPos() );
+
+            if( bIsMove )
+                GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().DelLayoutFormat( pOldFormat );
+
+            // only select if it can be shifted/copied in the same shell
+            if( bSelectInsert )
+            {
+                SwFlyFrame* pFlyFrame = static_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFlyFormat)->GetFrame( &aPt );
+                if( pFlyFrame )
+                {
+                    //JP 12.05.98: should this be in SelectFlyFrame???
+                    rDestShell.Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+                    rDestShell.SelectFlyFrame( *pFlyFrame );
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (this != &rDestShell && !rDestShell.HasShellFocus())
+                rDestShell.Imp()->GetDrawView()->hideMarkHandles();
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( IsObjSelected() )
+        bRet = CopyDrawSel( rDestShell, rSttPt, rInsPt, bIsMove, bSelectInsert );
+    else if( IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        // Copy parts from a table: create a table with the same
+        // width as the original and copy the selected boxes.
+        // Sizes will be corrected by percentage.
+
+        // find boxes via the layout
+        SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+        GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes );
+        SwTableNode const*const pTableNd(
+            aBoxes.empty() ? nullptr : aBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+        if (nullptr != pTableNd)
+        {
+            std::optional<SwPosition> oDstPos;
+            if( this == &rDestShell )
+            {
+                // same shell? Then create new Cursor at the
+                // DocumentPosition passed
+                oDstPos.emplace( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+                Point aPt( rInsPt );
+                GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &*oDstPos, aPt );
+                if( !oDstPos->GetNode().IsNoTextNode() )
+                    bRet = true;
+            }
+            else if( !rDestShell.GetCursor()->GetPointNode().IsNoTextNode() )
+            {
+                oDstPos.emplace( *rDestShell.GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+                bRet = true;
+            }
+
+            if( bRet )
+            {
+                if( GetDoc() == rDestShell.GetDoc() )
+                    ParkTableCursor();
+
+                bRet = rDestShell.GetDoc()->InsCopyOfTable( *oDstPos, aBoxes,nullptr,
+                                        bIsMove && this == &rDestShell &&
+                                        aBoxes.size() == pTableNd->GetTable().
+                                        GetTabSortBoxes().size(),
+                                        this != &rDestShell );
+
+                if( this != &rDestShell )
+                    *rDestShell.GetCursor()->GetPoint() = *oDstPos;
+
+                // create all parked Cursor?
+                if( GetDoc() == rDestShell.GetDoc() )
+                    GetCursor();
+
+                // JP 16.04.99: Bug 64908 - Set InsPos, to assure the parked
+                //              Cursor is positioned at the insert position
+                if( this == &rDestShell )
+                    GetCursorDocPos() = rInsPt;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bRet = true;
+        if( this == &rDestShell )
+        {
+            // same shell? then request the position
+            // at the passed document position
+            SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+            Point aPt( rInsPt );
+            GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt );
+            bRet = !aPos.GetNode().IsNoTextNode();
+        }
+        else if( rDestShell.GetCursor()->GetPointNode().IsNoTextNode() )
+            bRet = false;
+
+        if( bRet )
+            bRet = SwEditShell::Copy( rDestShell );
+    }
+
+    rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOldRedlMode );
+    mxDoc->SetCopyIsMove( bCopyIsMove );
+
+    // have new table formulas been inserted?
+    if( pTableFieldTyp->HasWriterListeners() )
+    {
+        // finish old actions: the table frames are created and
+        // a selection can be made
+        sal_uInt16 nActCnt;
+        for( nActCnt = 0; rDestShell.ActionPend(); ++nActCnt )
+            rDestShell.EndAllAction();
+
+        for( ; nActCnt; --nActCnt )
+            rDestShell.StartAllAction();
+    }
+    rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UnlockExpFields();
+    rDestShell.GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateFields(false);
+
+    rDestShell.EndAllAction();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+// Paste for the internal clipboard. Copy the content of the clipboard
+// in the document
+namespace {
+    typedef std::shared_ptr<SwPaM> PaMPtr;
+    typedef std::shared_ptr<SwPosition> PositionPtr;
+    typedef std::pair< PaMPtr, PositionPtr > Insertion;
+
+    bool PamHasSelection(const SwPaM& rPaM)
+    {
+        return rPaM.HasMark() && *rPaM.GetPoint() != *rPaM.GetMark();
+    }
+
+    /// Is pFormat anchored in a fly frame which has an associated draw format?
+    bool IsInTextBox(const SwFrameFormat* pFormat)
+    {
+        const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFormat->GetAnchor();
+        const SwNode* pAnchorNode = rAnchor.GetAnchorNode();
+        if (!pAnchorNode)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        const SwStartNode* pFlyNode = pAnchorNode->FindFlyStartNode();
+        if (!pFlyNode)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        for(const sw::SpzFrameFormat* pSpzFormat: *pFormat->GetDoc()->GetSpzFrameFormats())
+        {
+            if (pSpzFormat->Which() != RES_FLYFRMFMT)
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = pSpzFormat->GetContent().GetContentIdx();
+            if (!pIdx || pFlyNode != &pIdx->GetNode())
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            return SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pSpzFormat, RES_FLYFRMFMT);
+        }
+
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+namespace {
+    SwFrameFormat* lcl_PasteFlyOrDrawFormat(SwPaM& rPaM, SwFrameFormat* pCpyFormat, SwFEShell& rSh)
+    {
+        auto& rImp = *rSh.Imp();
+        auto& rDoc = *rSh.GetDoc();
+        auto& rDrawView = *rImp.GetDrawView();
+        if(rDrawView.IsGroupEntered() &&
+           RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pCpyFormat->Which() &&
+           (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != pCpyFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId()))
+        {
+            const SdrObject* pSdrObj = pCpyFormat->FindSdrObject();
+            if(pSdrObj)
+            {
+                rtl::Reference<SdrObject> xNew = rDoc.CloneSdrObj(*pSdrObj, false, false);
+                // Insert object sets any anchor position to 0.
+                // Therefore we calculate the absolute position here
+                // and after the insert the anchor of the object
+                // is set to the anchor of the group object.
+                tools::Rectangle aSnapRect = xNew->GetSnapRect();
+                if(xNew->GetAnchorPos().X() || xNew->GetAnchorPos().Y())
+                {
+                    const Point aPoint(0, 0);
+                    // OD 2004-04-05 #i26791# - direct drawing object
+                    // positioning for group members
+                    xNew->NbcSetAnchorPos(aPoint);
+                    xNew->NbcSetSnapRect(aSnapRect);
+                }
+
+                rDrawView.InsertObjectAtView(xNew.get(), *rImp.GetPageView());
+
+                Point aGrpAnchor(0, 0);
+                SdrObjList* pList = xNew->getParentSdrObjListFromSdrObject();
+                if(pList)
+                {
+                    SdrObjGroup* pOwner(dynamic_cast<SdrObjGroup*>(pList->getSdrObjectFromSdrObjList()));
+
+                    if(nullptr != pOwner)
+                        aGrpAnchor = pOwner->GetAnchorPos();
+                }
+
+                // OD 2004-04-05 #i26791# - direct drawing object
+                // positioning for group members
+                xNew->NbcSetAnchorPos(aGrpAnchor);
+                xNew->SetSnapRect(aSnapRect);
+                return nullptr;
+            }
+        }
+        SwFormatAnchor aAnchor(pCpyFormat->GetAnchor());
+        if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+            (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()))
+        {
+            SwPosition* pPos = rPaM.GetPoint();
+            // allow shapes (no controls) in header/footer
+            if(RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pCpyFormat->Which() && rDoc.IsInHeaderFooter(pPos->GetNode()))
+            {
+                const SdrObject *pCpyObj = pCpyFormat->FindSdrObject();
+                if(pCpyObj && CheckControlLayer(pCpyObj))
+                    return nullptr;
+            }
+            else if(pCpyFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT && IsInTextBox(pCpyFormat))
+            {
+                // This is a fly frame which is anchored in a TextBox, ignore it as
+                // it's already copied as part of copying the content of the
+                // TextBox.
+                return nullptr;
+            }
+            // Ignore TextBoxes, they are already handled in sw::DocumentLayoutManager::CopyLayoutFormat().
+            if(SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pCpyFormat, RES_FLYFRMFMT))
+                return nullptr;
+            aAnchor.SetAnchor(pPos);
+        }
+        else if(RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == aAnchor.GetAnchorId())
+        {
+            aAnchor.SetPageNum(rSh.GetPhyPageNum());
+        }
+        else if(RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == aAnchor.GetAnchorId())
+        {
+            Point aPt;
+            (void)lcl_SetAnchor(*rPaM.GetPoint(), rPaM.GetPointNode(), nullptr, aPt, rSh, aAnchor, aPt, false);
+        }
+
+        SwFrameFormat* pNew = rDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat(*pCpyFormat, aAnchor, true, true);
+        return pNew;
+    }
+
+    void lcl_SelectFlyFormat(SwFrameFormat *const pNew, SwFEShell& rSh)
+    {
+        if(!pNew)
+            return;
+        switch(pNew->Which())
+        {
+            case RES_FLYFRMFMT:
+            {
+                assert(dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pNew));
+                const Point aPt(rSh.GetCursorDocPos());
+                SwFlyFrame* pFlyFrame = static_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pNew)->GetFrame(&aPt);
+                if(pFlyFrame)
+                    rSh.SelectFlyFrame(*pFlyFrame);
+                break;
+            }
+            case RES_DRAWFRMFMT:
+            {
+                auto& rDrawView = *rSh.Imp()->GetDrawView();
+                assert(dynamic_cast<SwDrawFrameFormat*>(pNew));
+                SwDrawFrameFormat* pDrawFormat = static_cast<SwDrawFrameFormat*>(pNew);
+                // #i52780# - drawing object has to be made visible on paste.
+                pDrawFormat->CallSwClientNotify(sw::DrawFrameFormatHint(sw::DrawFrameFormatHintId::PREPPASTING));
+                SdrObject* pObj = pDrawFormat->FindSdrObject();
+                rDrawView.MarkObj(pObj, rDrawView.GetSdrPageView());
+                // #i47455# - notify draw frame format
+                // that position attributes are already set.
+                pDrawFormat->PosAttrSet();
+                break;
+            }
+            default:
+                SAL_WARN("sw.core", "unknown fly type");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::Paste(SwDoc& rClpDoc, bool bNestedTable)
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    // then till end of the nodes array
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), 2 );
+    // select content section, whatever it may contain
+    SwPaM aCpyPam(aIdx, SwNodeIndex(rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfContent(), -1));
+    if (SwContentNode *const pAtEnd = aCpyPam.GetPointNode().GetContentNode())
+    {
+        aCpyPam.GetPoint()->AssignEndIndex(*pAtEnd);
+    }
+
+    // If there are table formulas in the area, then display the table first
+    // so that the table formula can calculate a new value first
+    // (individual boxes in the area are retrieved via the layout)
+    SwFieldType* pTableFieldTyp = GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().GetSysFieldType( SwFieldIds::Table );
+
+    SwTableNode *const pSrcNd = aCpyPam.GetMarkNode().GetTableNode();
+
+    bool bRet = true;
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::INSGLOSSARY, nullptr );
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().LockExpFields();
+
+    // When the clipboard content has been created by a rectangular selection
+    // the pasting is more sophisticated:
+    // every paragraph will be inserted into another position.
+    // The first positions are given by the actual cursor ring,
+    // if there are more text portions to insert than cursor in this ring,
+    // the additional insert positions will be created by moving the last
+    // cursor position into the next line (like pressing the cursor down key)
+    if( rClpDoc.IsColumnSelection() && !IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        // Creation of the list of insert positions
+        std::vector< Insertion > aCopyVector;
+        // The number of text portions of the rectangular selection
+        const SwNodeOffset nSelCount = aCpyPam.GetPoint()->GetNodeIndex()
+                       - aCpyPam.GetMark()->GetNodeIndex();
+        SwNodeOffset nCount = nSelCount;
+        SwNodeIndex aClpIdx( aIdx );
+        SwPaM* pStartCursor = GetCursor();
+        SwPaM* pCurrCursor = pStartCursor;
+        SwNodeOffset nCursorCount( pStartCursor->GetRingContainer().size() );
+        // If the target selection is a multi-selection, often the last and first
+        // cursor of the ring points to identical document positions. Then
+        // we should avoid double insertion of text portions...
+        while( nCursorCount > SwNodeOffset(1) && *pCurrCursor->GetPoint() ==
+            *(pCurrCursor->GetPrev()->GetPoint()) )
+        {
+            --nCursorCount;
+            pCurrCursor = pCurrCursor->GetNext();
+            pStartCursor = pCurrCursor;
+        }
+        SwPosition aStartPos( *pStartCursor->GetPoint() );
+        SwPosition aInsertPos( aStartPos ); // first insertion position
+        bool bCompletePara = false;
+        sal_uInt16 nMove = 0;
+        while( nCount )
+        {
+            --nCount;
+            OSL_ENSURE( aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode(), "Who filled the clipboard?!" );
+            if( aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode() ) // robust
+            {
+                Insertion aInsertion( std::make_shared<SwPaM>( aIdx ),
+                    std::make_shared<SwPosition>( aInsertPos ) );
+                ++aIdx;
+                aInsertion.first->SetMark();
+                if( pStartCursor == pCurrCursor->GetNext() )
+                {   // Now we have to look for insertion positions...
+                    if( !nMove ) // Annotate the last given insert position
+                        aStartPos = aInsertPos;
+                    SwCursor aCursor( aStartPos, nullptr);
+                    // Check if we find another insert position by moving
+                    // down the last given position
+                    if (aCursor.UpDown(false, ++nMove, nullptr, 0, *GetLayout()))
+                        aInsertPos = *aCursor.GetPoint();
+                    else // if there is no paragraph we have to create it
+                        bCompletePara = nCount > SwNodeOffset(0);
+                    nCursorCount = SwNodeOffset(0);
+                }
+                else // as long as we find more insert positions in the cursor ring
+                {    // we'll take them
+                    pCurrCursor = pCurrCursor->GetNext();
+                    aInsertPos = *pCurrCursor->GetPoint();
+                    --nCursorCount;
+                }
+                // If there are no more paragraphs e.g. at the end of a document,
+                // we insert complete paragraphs instead of text portions
+                if( bCompletePara )
+                    aInsertion.first->GetPoint()->Assign(aIdx);
+                else
+                    aInsertion.first->GetPoint()->SetContent(
+                        aInsertion.first->GetPointContentNode()->Len() );
+                aCopyVector.push_back( aInsertion );
+            }
+            // If there are no text portions left but there are some more
+            // cursor positions to fill we have to restart with the first
+            // text portion
+            if( !nCount && nCursorCount )
+            {
+                nCount = min( nSelCount, nCursorCount );
+                aIdx = aClpIdx; // Start of clipboard content
+            }
+        }
+        for (auto const& item : aCopyVector)
+        {
+            SwPosition& rInsPos = *item.second;
+            SwPaM& rCopy = *item.first;
+            const SwStartNode* pBoxNd = rInsPos.GetNode().FindTableBoxStartNode();
+            if( pBoxNd && SwNodeOffset(2) == pBoxNd->EndOfSectionIndex() - pBoxNd->GetIndex() &&
+                rCopy.GetPoint()->GetNode() != rCopy.GetMark()->GetNode() )
+            {
+                // if more than one node will be copied into a cell
+                // the box attributes have to be removed
+                GetDoc()->ClearBoxNumAttrs( rInsPos.GetNode() );
+            }
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIndexBefore(rInsPos.GetNode());
+                --aIndexBefore;
+                rClpDoc.getIDocumentContentOperations().CopyRange(rCopy, rInsPos, SwCopyFlags::CheckPosInFly);
+                {
+                    ++aIndexBefore;
+                    SwPaM aPaM(SwPosition(aIndexBefore),
+                               SwPosition(rInsPos.GetNode()));
+                    aPaM.GetDoc().MakeUniqueNumRules(aPaM);
+                }
+            }
+            SaveTableBoxContent( &rInsPos );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool bDelTable = true;
+
+        for(SwPaM& rPaM : GetCursor()->GetRingContainer())
+        {
+
+            SwTableNode *const pDestNd(SwDoc::IsInTable(rPaM.GetPoint()->GetNode()));
+            if (pSrcNd && nullptr != pDestNd &&
+                // not a forced nested table insertion
+                !bNestedTable &&
+                // Heuristics to allow copying table rows or nesting tables without
+                // using Edit -> Paste Special -> Paste as Nested Table:
+                // Using table cursor, or if the text selection starts in the
+                // first paragraph, or if there is no selection and the text cursor
+                // is there in the first paragraph, overwrite content of the cell(s)
+                // (else insert a nested table later, i.e. if nothing selected and
+                // the cursor is not in the first paragraph, or the selected text
+                // doesn't contain the first paragraph of the cell)
+                rPaM.GetPointNode().GetIndex() == rPaM.GetPointNode().FindTableBoxStartNode()->GetIndex() + 1)
+            {
+                SwPosition aDestPos( *rPaM.GetPoint() );
+
+                bool bParkTableCursor = false;
+                const SwStartNode* pSttNd =  rPaM.GetPointNode().FindTableBoxStartNode();
+
+                // TABLE IN TABLE: copy table in table
+                // search boxes via the layout
+                SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+                if( IsTableMode() )     // table selection?
+                {
+                    GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes );
+                    ParkTableCursor();
+                    bParkTableCursor = true;
+                }
+                else if( !PamHasSelection(rPaM) && rPaM.GetNext() == &rPaM &&
+                     ( !pSrcNd->GetTable().IsTableComplex() ||
+                       pDestNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() ) )
+                {
+                    // make relative table copy
+                    SwTableBox* pBox = pDestNd->GetTable().GetTableBox(
+                                        pSttNd->GetIndex() );
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pBox, "Box is not in this table" );
+                    aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                }
+
+                SwNodeIndex aNdIdx( *pDestNd->EndOfSectionNode());
+                if( !bParkTableCursor )
+                {
+                    // exit first the complete table
+                    // ???? what about only table in a frame ?????
+                    SwContentNode* pCNd = GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNext( &aNdIdx );
+                    SwPosition aPos( aNdIdx, pCNd, 0 );
+                    // #i59539: Don't remove all redline
+                    SwPaM const tmpPaM(*pDestNd, *pDestNd->EndOfSectionNode());
+                    ::PaMCorrAbs(tmpPaM, aPos);
+                }
+
+                bRet = GetDoc()->InsCopyOfTable( aDestPos, aBoxes, &pSrcNd->GetTable() );
+
+                if( bParkTableCursor )
+                    GetCursor();
+                else
+                {
+                    // return to the box
+                    aNdIdx = *pSttNd;
+                    SwContentNode* pCNd = GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNext( &aNdIdx );
+                    SwPosition aPos( aNdIdx, pCNd, 0 );
+                    // #i59539: Don't remove all redline
+                    SwNode & rNode(rPaM.GetPoint()->GetNode());
+                    SwContentNode *const pContentNode( rNode.GetContentNode() );
+                    SwPaM const tmpPam(rNode, 0,
+                                   rNode, pContentNode ? pContentNode->Len() : 0);
+                    ::PaMCorrAbs(tmpPam, aPos);
+                }
+
+                break;      // exit the "while-loop"
+            }
+            else if(*aCpyPam.GetPoint() == *aCpyPam.GetMark() && !rClpDoc.GetSpzFrameFormats()->empty())
+            {
+                // we need a DrawView
+                if(!Imp()->GetDrawView())
+                    MakeDrawView();
+                ::std::vector<SwFrameFormat*> inserted;
+                for (sw::SpzFrameFormat* pFlyFormat: *rClpDoc.GetSpzFrameFormats())
+                {
+                    // if anchored inside other fly, will be copied when copying
+                    // top-level fly, so skip here! (other non-body anchor
+                    // shouldn't happen here)
+                    SwFormatAnchor const& rAnchor(pFlyFormat->GetAnchor());
+                    if (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()
+                        || rClpDoc.GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras().GetIndex() < rAnchor.GetAnchorNode()->GetIndex())
+                    {
+                        inserted.emplace_back(
+                            lcl_PasteFlyOrDrawFormat(rPaM, pFlyFormat, *this));
+                    }
+                }
+                for (auto const pFlyFormat : inserted)
+                {
+                    lcl_SelectFlyFormat(pFlyFormat, *this);
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( bDelTable && IsTableMode() )
+                {
+                    SwEditShell::Delete(false);
+                    bDelTable = false;
+                }
+
+                SwPosition& rInsPos = *rPaM.GetPoint();
+                const SwStartNode* pBoxNd = rInsPos.GetNode().
+                                                    FindTableBoxStartNode();
+                if( pBoxNd && SwNodeOffset(2) == pBoxNd->EndOfSectionIndex() -
+                                pBoxNd->GetIndex() &&
+                    aCpyPam.GetPoint()->GetNode() != aCpyPam.GetMark()->GetNode() )
+                {
+                    // Copy more than 1 node in the current box. But
+                    // then the BoxAttribute should be removed
+                    GetDoc()->ClearBoxNumAttrs( rInsPos.GetNode() );
+                }
+
+                // **
+                // ** Update SwDoc::Append, if you change the following code **
+                // **
+                {
+                    SwNodeIndex aIndexBefore(rInsPos.GetNode());
+
+                    --aIndexBefore;
+
+                    rClpDoc.getIDocumentContentOperations().CopyRange(aCpyPam, rInsPos, SwCopyFlags::CheckPosInFly);
+                    // Note: aCpyPam is invalid now
+
+                    ++aIndexBefore;
+                    SwPaM aPaM(aIndexBefore.GetNode(), rInsPos.GetNode());
+
+                    aPaM.GetDoc().MakeUniqueNumRules(aPaM);
+
+                    // Update the rsid of each pasted text node.
+                    SwNodes &rDestNodes = GetDoc()->GetNodes();
+                    SwNodeOffset const nEndIdx = aPaM.End()->GetNodeIndex();
+
+                    for (SwNodeOffset nIdx = aPaM.Start()->GetNodeIndex();
+                        nIdx <= nEndIdx; ++nIdx)
+                    {
+                        SwTextNode *const pTextNode = rDestNodes[nIdx]->GetTextNode();
+                        if ( pTextNode )
+                        {
+                            GetDoc()->UpdateParRsid( pTextNode );
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                SaveTableBoxContent( &rInsPos );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::INSGLOSSARY, nullptr );
+
+    // have new table formulas been inserted?
+    if( pTableFieldTyp->HasWriterListeners() )
+    {
+        // finish old action: table-frames have been created
+        // a selection can be made now
+        sal_uInt16 nActCnt;
+        for( nActCnt = 0; ActionPend(); ++nActCnt )
+            EndAllAction();
+
+        for( ; nActCnt; --nActCnt )
+            StartAllAction();
+    }
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UnlockExpFields();
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateFields(false);
+    EndAllAction();
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::PastePages( SwFEShell& rToFill, sal_uInt16 nStartPage, sal_uInt16 nEndPage)
+{
+    Push();
+    if(!GotoPage(nStartPage))
+    {
+        Pop(PopMode::DeleteCurrent);
+        return;
+    }
+    MovePage( GetThisFrame, GetFirstSub );
+    ::std::optional<SwPaM> oSourcePam( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+    OUString sStartingPageDesc = GetPageDesc( GetCurPageDesc()).GetName();
+    SwPageDesc* pDesc = rToFill.FindPageDescByName( sStartingPageDesc, true );
+    if( pDesc )
+        rToFill.ChgCurPageDesc( *pDesc );
+
+    if(!GotoPage(nEndPage))
+    {
+        Pop(PopMode::DeleteCurrent);
+        return;
+    }
+    //if the page starts with a table a paragraph has to be inserted before
+    SwNode *const pTableNode = oSourcePam->GetPointNode().FindTableNode();
+    if(pTableNode)
+    {
+        //insert a paragraph
+        StartUndo(SwUndoId::INSERT);
+        SwNodeIndex aTableIdx(  *pTableNode, -1 );
+        SwPosition aBefore(aTableIdx);
+        if(GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().AppendTextNode( aBefore ))
+        {
+            SwPaM aTmp(aBefore);
+            *oSourcePam = aTmp;
+        }
+        EndUndo(SwUndoId::INSERT);
+    }
+
+    MovePage( GetThisFrame, GetLastSub );
+    oSourcePam->SetMark();
+    *oSourcePam->GetMark() = *GetCursor()->GetPoint();
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().LockExpFields();
+    SetSelection(*oSourcePam);
+    // copy the text of the selection
+    SwEditShell::Copy(rToFill);
+    oSourcePam.reset(); // delete it because Undo will remove its node!
+
+    if(pTableNode)
+    {
+        //remove the inserted paragraph
+        Undo();
+        //remove the paragraph in the second doc, too
+        SwPaM aPara( rToFill.GetDoc()->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras(), SwNodeOffset(2) ); //DocStart
+        rToFill.GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().DelFullPara(aPara);
+    }
+    // now the page bound objects
+    // additionally copy page bound frames
+    if( !GetDoc()->GetSpzFrameFormats()->empty() )
+    {
+        // create a draw view if necessary
+        if( !rToFill.Imp()->GetDrawView() )
+            rToFill.MakeDrawView();
+
+        for(sw::SpzFrameFormat* pCpyFormat: *GetDoc()->GetSpzFrameFormats())
+        {
+            SwFormatAnchor aAnchor( pCpyFormat->GetAnchor() );
+            if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == aAnchor.GetAnchorId()) &&
+                    aAnchor.GetPageNum() >= nStartPage && aAnchor.GetPageNum() <= nEndPage)
+            {
+                aAnchor.SetPageNum( aAnchor.GetPageNum() - nStartPage + 1);
+            }
+            else
+                continue;
+            rToFill.GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().CopyLayoutFormat( *pCpyFormat, aAnchor, true, true );
+        }
+    }
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UnlockExpFields();
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentFieldsAccess().UpdateFields(false);
+    Pop(PopMode::DeleteCurrent);
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+comphelper::OInterfaceContainerHelper3<css::text::XPasteListener>& SwFEShell::GetPasteListeners() { return m_aPasteListeners; }
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetDrawObjGraphic( SotClipboardFormatId nFormat, Graphic& rGrf ) const
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "GetDrawObjGraphic without DrawView?" );
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    bool bConvert = true;
+    if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() )
+    {
+        if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1 &&
+            dynamic_cast< const SwVirtFlyDrawObj* >(rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj()) != nullptr )
+        {
+            // select frame
+            if( CNT_GRF == GetCntType() )
+            {
+                const Graphic* pGrf( GetGraphic() );
+                if ( pGrf )
+                {
+                    Graphic aGrf( *pGrf );
+                    if( SotClipboardFormatId::GDIMETAFILE == nFormat )
+                    {
+                        if( GraphicType::Bitmap != aGrf.GetType() )
+                        {
+                            rGrf = aGrf;
+                            bConvert = false;
+                        }
+                        else if( GetWin() )
+                        {
+                            Size aSz;
+                            Point aPt;
+                            GetGrfSize( aSz );
+
+                            ScopedVclPtrInstance< VirtualDevice > pVirtDev;
+                            pVirtDev->EnableOutput( false );
+
+                            MapMode aTmp( GetWin()->GetMapMode() );
+                            aTmp.SetOrigin( aPt );
+                            pVirtDev->SetMapMode( aTmp );
+
+                            GDIMetaFile aMtf;
+                            aMtf.Record( pVirtDev.get() );
+                            aGrf.Draw(*pVirtDev, aPt, aSz);
+                            aMtf.Stop();
+                            aMtf.SetPrefMapMode( aTmp );
+                            aMtf.SetPrefSize( aSz );
+                            rGrf = aMtf;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if( GraphicType::Bitmap == aGrf.GetType() )
+                    {
+                        rGrf = aGrf;
+                        bConvert = false;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // Not the original size, but the current one.
+                        // Otherwise it could happen that for vector graphics
+                        // many MB's of memory are allocated.
+                        const Size aSz( GetSelectedFlyFrame()->getFramePrintArea().SSize() );
+                        ScopedVclPtrInstance< VirtualDevice > pVirtDev(*GetWin()->GetOutDev());
+
+                        MapMode aTmp( MapUnit::MapTwip );
+                        pVirtDev->SetMapMode( aTmp );
+                        if( pVirtDev->SetOutputSize( aSz ) )
+                        {
+                            aGrf.Draw(*pVirtDev, Point(), aSz);
+                            rGrf = pVirtDev->GetBitmapEx( Point(), aSz );
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            rGrf = aGrf;
+                            bConvert = false;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else if( SotClipboardFormatId::GDIMETAFILE == nFormat )
+            rGrf = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjMetaFile();
+        else if( SotClipboardFormatId::BITMAP == nFormat || SotClipboardFormatId::PNG == nFormat )
+            rGrf = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjBitmapEx();
+    }
+    return bConvert;
+}
+
+// #i50824#
+// replace method <lcl_RemoveOleObjsFromSdrModel> by <lcl_ConvertSdrOle2ObjsToSdrGrafObjs>
+static void lcl_ConvertSdrOle2ObjsToSdrGrafObjs( SdrModel& _rModel )
+{
+    for ( sal_uInt16 nPgNum = 0; nPgNum < _rModel.GetPageCount(); ++nPgNum )
+    {
+        // setup object iterator in order to iterate through all objects
+        // including objects in group objects, but exclusive group objects.
+        SdrObjListIter aIter(_rModel.GetPage(nPgNum));
+        while( aIter.IsMore() )
+        {
+            SdrOle2Obj* pOle2Obj = dynamic_cast< SdrOle2Obj* >( aIter.Next() );
+            if( pOle2Obj )
+            {
+                // found an ole2 shape
+                SdrObjList* pObjList = pOle2Obj->getParentSdrObjListFromSdrObject();
+
+                // get its graphic
+                Graphic aGraphic;
+                pOle2Obj->Connect();
+                const Graphic* pGraphic = pOle2Obj->GetGraphic();
+                if( pGraphic )
+                    aGraphic = *pGraphic;
+                pOle2Obj->Disconnect();
+
+                // create new graphic shape with the ole graphic and shape size
+                rtl::Reference<SdrGrafObj> pGraphicObj = new SdrGrafObj(
+                    _rModel,
+                    aGraphic,
+                    pOle2Obj->GetCurrentBoundRect());
+                // apply layer of ole2 shape at graphic shape
+                pGraphicObj->SetLayer( pOle2Obj->GetLayer() );
+
+                // replace ole2 shape with the new graphic object and delete the ol2 shape
+                pObjList->ReplaceObject( pGraphicObj.get(), pOle2Obj->GetOrdNum() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::Paste( SvStream& rStrm, SwPasteSdr nAction, const Point* pPt )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    StartUndo();
+
+    std::unique_ptr< FmFormModel > pModel(
+        new FmFormModel(
+            nullptr,
+            GetDoc()->GetDocShell()));
+
+    pModel->GetItemPool().FreezeIdRanges();
+
+    rStrm.Seek(0);
+
+    uno::Reference< io::XInputStream > xInputStream( new utl::OInputStreamWrapper( rStrm ) );
+    SvxDrawingLayerImport( pModel.get(), xInputStream );
+
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        Imp()->MakeDrawView();
+
+    Point aPos( pPt ? *pPt : GetCharRect().Pos() );
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+    // drop on the existing object: replace object or apply new attributes
+    if( pModel->GetPageCount() > 0 &&
+        1 == pModel->GetPage(0)->GetObjCount() &&
+        1 == pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() )
+    {
+        // replace a marked 'virtual' drawing object
+        // by its corresponding 'master' drawing object in the mark list.
+        SwDrawView::ReplaceMarkedDrawVirtObjs( *pView );
+
+        SdrObject* pClpObj = pModel->GetPage(0)->GetObj(0);
+        SdrObject* pOldObj = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+        if( SwPasteSdr::SetAttr == nAction && dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pOldObj) !=  nullptr )
+            nAction = SwPasteSdr::Replace;
+
+        switch( nAction )
+        {
+        case SwPasteSdr::Replace:
+            {
+                const SwFrameFormat* pFormat(nullptr);
+                const SwFrame* pAnchor(nullptr);
+                if( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pOldObj) !=  nullptr )
+                {
+                    pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pOldObj );
+
+                    Point aNullPt;
+                    SwFlyFrame* pFlyFrame = static_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFormat)->GetFrame( &aNullPt );
+                    pAnchor = pFlyFrame ? pFlyFrame->GetAnchorFrame() : nullptr;
+
+                    if (!pAnchor || pAnchor->FindFooterOrHeader())
+                    {
+                        // if there is a textframe in the header/footer:
+                        // do not replace but insert
+                        nAction = SwPasteSdr::Insert;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                rtl::Reference<SdrObject> pNewObj(pClpObj->CloneSdrObject(pOldObj->getSdrModelFromSdrObject()));
+                tools::Rectangle aOldObjRect( pOldObj->GetCurrentBoundRect() );
+                Size aOldObjSize( aOldObjRect.GetSize() );
+                tools::Rectangle aNewRect( pNewObj->GetCurrentBoundRect() );
+                Size aNewSize( aNewRect.GetSize() );
+
+                Fraction aScaleWidth( aOldObjSize.Width(), aNewSize.Width() );
+                Fraction aScaleHeight( aOldObjSize.Height(), aNewSize.Height());
+                pNewObj->NbcResize( aNewRect.TopLeft(), aScaleWidth, aScaleHeight);
+
+                Point aVec = aOldObjRect.TopLeft() - aNewRect.TopLeft();
+                pNewObj->NbcMove(Size(aVec.getX(), aVec.getY()));
+
+                if( dynamic_cast<const SdrUnoObj*>( pNewObj.get()) !=  nullptr )
+                    pNewObj->SetLayer( GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetControlsId() );
+                else if( dynamic_cast<const SdrUnoObj*>( pOldObj) !=  nullptr )
+                    pNewObj->SetLayer( GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetHeavenId() );
+                else
+                    pNewObj->SetLayer( pOldObj->GetLayer() );
+
+                if( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pOldObj) !=  nullptr )
+                {
+                    // store attributes, then set SdrObject
+                    SfxItemSetFixed<RES_SURROUND, RES_ANCHOR> aFrameSet( mxDoc->GetAttrPool() );
+                    aFrameSet.Set( pFormat->GetAttrSet() );
+
+                    Point aNullPt;
+                    if( pAnchor->IsTextFrame() && static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnchor)->IsFollow() )
+                    {
+                        const SwTextFrame* pTmp = static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnchor);
+                        do {
+                            pTmp = pTmp->FindMaster();
+                            OSL_ENSURE( pTmp, "Where's my Master?" );
+                        } while( pTmp->IsFollow() );
+                        pAnchor = pTmp;
+                    }
+                    if( auto pCaptionObj = dynamic_cast<SdrCaptionObj*>( pOldObj))
+                        aNullPt = pCaptionObj->GetTailPos();
+                    else
+                        aNullPt = aOldObjRect.TopLeft();
+
+                    Point aNewAnchor = pAnchor->GetFrameAnchorPos( ::HasWrap( pOldObj ) );
+                    // OD 2004-04-05 #i26791# - direct positioning of Writer
+                    // fly frame object for <SwDoc::Insert(..)>
+                    pNewObj->NbcSetRelativePos( aNullPt - aNewAnchor );
+                    pNewObj->NbcSetAnchorPos( aNewAnchor );
+
+                    pOldObj->GetOrdNum();
+
+                    DelSelectedObj();
+
+                    GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertDrawObj( *GetCursor(), *pNewObj, aFrameSet );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // #i123922#  for handling MasterObject and virtual ones correctly, SW
+                    // wants us to call ReplaceObject at the page, but that also
+                    // triggers the same assertion (I tried it), so stay at the view method
+                    pView->ReplaceObjectAtView(pOldObj, *Imp()->GetPageView(), pNewObj.get());
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case SwPasteSdr::SetAttr:
+            {
+                SfxItemSet aSet( GetAttrPool() );
+                const SdrGrafObj* pSdrGrafObj = dynamic_cast< const SdrGrafObj* >(pClpObj);
+
+                if(pSdrGrafObj)
+                {
+                    SdrObject* pTarget = nullptr;
+
+                    if(0 != pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount())
+                    {
+                        // try to get target (if it's at least one, take first)
+                        SdrMark* pMark = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark(0);
+
+                        if(pMark)
+                        {
+                            pTarget = pMark->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if(pTarget)
+                    {
+                        // copy ItemSet from target
+                        aSet.Set(pTarget->GetMergedItemSet());
+                    }
+
+                    // for SdrGrafObj, use the graphic as fill style argument
+                    const Graphic& rGraphic = pSdrGrafObj->GetGraphic();
+
+                    if(GraphicType::NONE != rGraphic.GetType() && GraphicType::Default != rGraphic.GetType())
+                    {
+                        aSet.Put(XFillBitmapItem(OUString(), rGraphic));
+                        aSet.Put(XFillStyleItem(drawing::FillStyle_BITMAP));
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    aSet.Put(pClpObj->GetMergedItemSet());
+                }
+
+                pView->SetAttributes( aSet );
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            nAction = SwPasteSdr::Insert;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        nAction = SwPasteSdr::Insert;
+
+    if( SwPasteSdr::Insert == nAction )
+    {
+        ::sw::DrawUndoGuard drawUndoGuard(GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+
+        bool bDesignMode = pView->IsDesignMode();
+        if( !bDesignMode )
+            pView->SetDesignMode();
+
+        // #i50824#
+        // method <lcl_RemoveOleObjsFromSdrModel> replaced by <lcl_ConvertSdrOle2ObjsToSdrGrafObjs>
+        lcl_ConvertSdrOle2ObjsToSdrGrafObjs(*pModel);
+        pView->Paste(*pModel, aPos, nullptr, SdrInsertFlags::NONE);
+
+        const size_t nCnt = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount();
+        if( nCnt )
+        {
+            const Point aNull( 0, 0 );
+            for( size_t i=0; i < nCnt; ++i )
+            {
+                SdrObject *pObj = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                pObj->ImpSetAnchorPos( aNull );
+            }
+
+            pView->SetCurrentObj( SdrObjKind::Group );
+            if ( nCnt > 1 )
+                pView->GroupMarked();
+            SdrObject *pObj = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if( dynamic_cast<const SdrUnoObj*>( pObj) !=  nullptr )
+            {
+                pObj->SetLayer( GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetControlsId() );
+                bDesignMode = true;
+            }
+            else
+                pObj->SetLayer( GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetHeavenId() );
+            const tools::Rectangle &rSnap = pObj->GetSnapRect();
+            const Size aDiff( rSnap.GetWidth()/2, rSnap.GetHeight()/2 );
+            pView->MoveMarkedObj( aDiff );
+            ImpEndCreate();
+            if( !bDesignMode )
+                pView->SetDesignMode( false );
+        }
+    }
+    EndUndo();
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::Paste(const Graphic &rGrf, const OUString& rURL)
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    SdrObject* pObj = nullptr;
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+    bool bRet = 1 == pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount();
+    if (bRet)
+    {
+        pObj = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        bRet = pObj->IsClosedObj() && dynamic_cast<const SdrOle2Obj*>( pObj) == nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if( bRet && pObj )
+    {
+        // #i123922# added code to handle the two cases of SdrGrafObj and a fillable, non-
+        // OLE object in focus
+        SdrObject* pResult = pObj;
+
+        if(auto pGrafObj = dynamic_cast< SdrGrafObj* >(pObj))
+        {
+            rtl::Reference<SdrGrafObj> pNewGrafObj = SdrObject::Clone(*pGrafObj, pGrafObj->getSdrModelFromSdrObject());
+
+            pNewGrafObj->SetGraphic(rGrf);
+
+            // #i123922#  for handling MasterObject and virtual ones correctly, SW
+            // wants us to call ReplaceObject at the page, but that also
+            // triggers the same assertion (I tried it), so stay at the view method
+            pView->ReplaceObjectAtView(pObj, *pView->GetSdrPageView(), pNewGrafObj.get());
+
+            // set in all cases - the Clone() will have copied an existing link (!)
+            pNewGrafObj->SetGraphicLink(rURL);
+
+            pResult = pNewGrafObj.get();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pView->AddUndo(std::make_unique<SdrUndoAttrObj>(*pObj));
+
+            SfxItemSetFixed<XATTR_FILLSTYLE, XATTR_FILLBITMAP> aSet(pView->GetModel().GetItemPool());
+
+            aSet.Put(XFillStyleItem(drawing::FillStyle_BITMAP));
+            aSet.Put(XFillBitmapItem(OUString(), rGrf));
+            pObj->SetMergedItemSetAndBroadcast(aSet);
+        }
+
+        // we are done; mark the modified/new object
+        pView->MarkObj(pResult, pView->GetSdrPageView());
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fedesc.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fedesc.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44720560ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fedesc.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentContentOperations.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentStylePoolAccess.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <notxtfrm.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
+#include <pagedesc.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <SwStyleNameMapper.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetPageDescCnt() const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetPageDescCnt();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ChgCurPageDesc( const SwPageDesc& rDesc )
+{
+#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
+    // SS does not change PageDesc, but only sets the attribute.
+    // The Pagedesc should be available in the document
+    bool bFound = false;
+    for ( size_t nTst = 0; nTst < GetPageDescCnt(); ++nTst )
+        if ( &rDesc == &GetPageDesc( nTst ) )
+            bFound = true;
+    OSL_ENSURE( bFound, "ChgCurPageDesc with invalid descriptor." );
+#endif
+
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    SwPageFrame *pPage = GetCurrFrame()->FindPageFrame();
+    const SwFrame *pFlow = nullptr;
+    ::std::optional<sal_uInt16> oPageNumOffset;
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( !GetCursor()->HasMark(), "ChgCurPageDesc only without selection!");
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    while ( pPage )
+    {
+        pFlow = pPage->FindFirstBodyContent();
+        if ( pFlow )
+        {
+            if ( pFlow->IsInTab() )
+                pFlow = pFlow->FindTabFrame();
+            const SwFormatPageDesc& rPgDesc = pFlow->GetPageDescItem();
+            if( rPgDesc.GetPageDesc() )
+            {
+                // we found the culprit
+                oPageNumOffset = rPgDesc.GetNumOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        pPage = static_cast<SwPageFrame*>( pPage->GetPrev() );
+    }
+    if ( !pPage )
+    {
+        pPage = static_cast<SwPageFrame*>(GetLayout()->Lower());
+        pFlow = pPage->FindFirstBodyContent();
+        if ( !pFlow )
+        {
+            pPage   = static_cast<SwPageFrame*>(pPage->GetNext());
+            pFlow = pPage->FindFirstBodyContent();
+            OSL_ENSURE( pFlow, "Document without content?!?" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // use pagenumber
+    SwFormatPageDesc aNew( &rDesc );
+    aNew.SetNumOffset( oPageNumOffset );
+
+    if ( pFlow->IsInTab() )
+        GetDoc()->SetAttr( aNew, *const_cast<SwFormat*>(static_cast<SwFormat const *>(pFlow->FindTabFrame()->GetFormat())) );
+    else
+    {
+        assert(pFlow->IsContentFrame());
+        SwPaM aPaM( pFlow->IsTextFrame()
+            ? *static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pFlow)->GetTextNodeFirst() // first, for PAGEDESC
+            : *static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pFlow)->GetNode() );
+        GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertPoolItem(
+                aPaM, aNew, SetAttrMode::DEFAULT, GetLayout());
+    }
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ChgPageDesc( size_t i, const SwPageDesc &rChged )
+{
+    StartAllAction();
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    //Fix i64842: because Undo has a very special way to handle header/footer content
+    // we have to copy the page descriptor before calling ChgPageDesc.
+    SwPageDesc aDesc( rChged );
+    {
+        ::sw::UndoGuard const undoGuard(GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo());
+        GetDoc()->CopyPageDesc(rChged, aDesc);
+    }
+    GetDoc()->ChgPageDesc( i, aDesc );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+const SwPageDesc& SwFEShell::GetPageDesc( size_t i ) const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetPageDesc( i );
+}
+
+SwPageDesc* SwFEShell::FindPageDescByName( const OUString& rName,
+                                            bool bGetFromPool,
+                                            size_t* pPos )
+{
+    SwPageDesc* pDesc = GetDoc()->FindPageDesc(rName, pPos);
+    if( !pDesc && bGetFromPool )
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nPoolId = SwStyleNameMapper::GetPoolIdFromUIName( rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName::PageDesc );
+        if( USHRT_MAX != nPoolId &&
+            nullptr != (pDesc = GetDoc()->getIDocumentStylePoolAccess().GetPageDescFromPool( nPoolId ))
+            && pPos )
+                // appended always
+            *pPos = GetDoc()->GetPageDescCnt() - 1 ;
+    }
+    return pDesc;
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetMousePageDesc( const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    if( GetLayout() )
+    {
+        const SwPageFrame* pPage =
+            static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>( GetLayout()->Lower() );
+        if( pPage )
+        {
+            while( pPage->GetNext() && rPt.Y() > pPage->getFrameArea().Bottom() )
+                pPage = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>( pPage->GetNext() );
+            SwDoc *pMyDoc = GetDoc();
+            size_t nPos;
+            if (pMyDoc->ContainsPageDesc( pPage->GetPageDesc(), &nPos ) )
+                return nPos;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetCurPageDesc( const bool bCalcFrame ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame( bCalcFrame );
+    if ( pFrame )
+    {
+        const SwPageFrame *pPage = pFrame->FindPageFrame();
+        if ( pPage )
+        {
+            size_t nPos;
+            if (GetDoc()->ContainsPageDesc( pPage->GetPageDesc(), &nPos ))
+                return nPos;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// if inside all selection only one PageDesc, return this.
+// Otherwise return 0 pointer
+const SwPageDesc* SwFEShell::GetSelectedPageDescs() const
+{
+    const SwContentNode* pCNd;
+    const SwFrame* pMkFrame, *pPtFrame;
+    const SwPageDesc* pFnd, *pRetDesc = reinterpret_cast<SwPageDesc*>(sal_IntPtr(-1));
+    const Point aNulPt;
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aNulPt, false);
+
+    for(const SwPaM& rPaM : GetCursor()->GetRingContainer())
+    {
+
+        if( nullptr != (pCNd = rPaM.GetPointContentNode() ) &&
+            nullptr != (pPtFrame = pCNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)))
+            pPtFrame = pPtFrame->FindPageFrame();
+        else
+            pPtFrame = nullptr;
+
+        if( rPaM.HasMark() &&
+            nullptr != (pCNd = rPaM.GetMarkContentNode() ) &&
+            nullptr != (pMkFrame = pCNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)))
+            pMkFrame = pMkFrame->FindPageFrame();
+        else
+            pMkFrame = pPtFrame;
+
+        if( !pMkFrame || !pPtFrame )
+            pFnd = nullptr;
+        else if( pMkFrame == pPtFrame )
+            pFnd = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pMkFrame)->GetPageDesc();
+        else
+        {
+            // swap pointer if PtFrame before MkFrame
+            if( static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pMkFrame)->GetPhyPageNum() >
+                static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPtFrame)->GetPhyPageNum() )
+            {
+                const SwFrame* pTmp = pMkFrame; pMkFrame = pPtFrame; pPtFrame = pTmp;
+            }
+
+            // now check from MkFrame to PtFrame for equal PageDescs
+            pFnd = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pMkFrame)->GetPageDesc();
+            while( pFnd && pMkFrame != pPtFrame )
+            {
+                pMkFrame = pMkFrame->GetNext();
+                if( !pMkFrame || pFnd != static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pMkFrame)->GetPageDesc() )
+                    pFnd = nullptr;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( reinterpret_cast<SwPageDesc*>(sal_IntPtr(-1)) == pRetDesc )
+            pRetDesc = pFnd;
+        else if( pFnd != pRetDesc )
+        {
+            pRetDesc = nullptr;
+            break;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    return pRetDesc;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fefly1.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fefly1.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e2fedcc38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fefly1.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2239 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/any.hxx>
+#include <svl/itemiter.hxx>
+#include <vcl/imapobj.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdouno.hxx>
+#include <tools/globname.hxx>
+#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/form/FormButtonType.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySet.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/embed/XEmbeddedObject.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/types.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <comphelper/scopeguard.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <fmturl.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <viewimp.hxx>
+#include <viscrs.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentDrawModelAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <redline.hxx>
+#include <dview.hxx>
+#include <dflyobj.hxx>
+#include <dcontact.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <ndgrf.hxx>
+#include <flyfrms.hxx>
+#include <fldbas.hxx>
+#include <fmtfld.hxx>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <txatbase.hxx>
+#include <frame.hxx>
+#include <notxtfrm.hxx>
+#include <HandleAnchorNodeChg.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <fmtsrnd.hxx>
+#include <ndole.hxx>
+#include <fefly.hxx>
+#include <fmtcnct.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#include <textboxhelper.hxx>
+
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+// Based on the request, changes to the specific layouts will be made, to
+// fit to the format
+static bool lcl_SetNewFlyPos( const SwNode& rNode, SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor,
+                        const Point& rPt )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    const SwStartNode* pStNode = rNode.FindFlyStartNode();
+    if( pStNode )
+    {
+        SwPosition aPos( *pStNode );
+        rAnchor.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+        bRet = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwContentNode *pCntNd = rNode.GetContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(rPt, false);
+        const SwContentFrame* pCFrame = pCntNd ? pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+        const SwPageFrame *pPg = pCFrame ? pCFrame->FindPageFrame() : nullptr;
+
+        rAnchor.SetPageNum( pPg ? pPg->GetPhyPageNum() : 1 );
+        rAnchor.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_FindAnchorPos(
+    SwDoc& rDoc,
+    const Point& rPt,
+    const SwFrame& rFrame,
+    SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    bool bRet = true;
+    SwFormatAnchor aNewAnch( rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ) );
+    RndStdIds nNew = aNewAnch.GetAnchorId();
+    const SwFrame *pNewAnch;
+
+    //determine new anchor
+    Point aTmpPnt( rPt );
+    switch( nNew )
+    {
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR:  // also include this?
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA:
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR: // LAYER_IMPL
+        {
+            // starting from the upper-left corner of the Fly,
+            // search nearest ContentFrame
+            const SwFrame* pFrame = rFrame.IsFlyFrame() ? static_cast<const SwFlyFrame&>(rFrame).GetAnchorFrame()
+                                                : &rFrame;
+            pNewAnch = ::FindAnchor( pFrame, aTmpPnt );
+            if( pNewAnch->IsProtected() )
+            {
+                bRet = false;
+                break;
+            }
+            SwPosition aPos( pNewAnch->IsTextFrame()
+                ? *static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pNewAnch)->GetTextNodeForParaProps()
+                : *static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pNewAnch)->GetNode() );
+            if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == nNew) || (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == nNew))
+            {
+                // textnode should be found, as only in those
+                // a content bound frame can be anchored
+                SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+                aTmpPnt.setX(aTmpPnt.getX() - 1);                   // do not land in the fly!
+                if( !pNewAnch->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aTmpPnt, &aState ) )
+                {
+                    assert(pNewAnch->IsTextFrame()); // because AT_CHAR/AS_CHAR
+                    SwTextFrame const*const pTextFrame(
+                            static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pNewAnch));
+                    if( pNewAnch->getFrameArea().Bottom() < aTmpPnt.Y() )
+                    {
+                        aPos = pTextFrame->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0));
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aPos = pTextFrame->MapViewToModelPos(
+                            TextFrameIndex(pTextFrame->GetText().getLength()));
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( SwCursorShell::PosInsideInputField( aPos ) )
+                    {
+                        aPos.SetContent( SwCursorShell::StartOfInputFieldAtPos( aPos ) );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            aNewAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY: // LAYER_IMPL
+        {
+            // starting from the upper-left corner of the Fly
+            // search nearest SwFlyFrame
+            SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+            SwPosition aPos( rDoc.GetNodes() );
+            aTmpPnt.setX(aTmpPnt.getX() - 1);                   // do not land in the fly!
+            rDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aTmpPnt, &aState );
+            pNewAnch = ::FindAnchor(
+                aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(rFrame.getRootFrame(), nullptr, nullptr),
+                aTmpPnt )->FindFlyFrame();
+
+            if( pNewAnch && &rFrame != pNewAnch && !pNewAnch->IsProtected() )
+            {
+                aPos.Assign( *static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pNewAnch)->GetFormat()->GetContent().
+                                GetContentIdx() );
+                aNewAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        nNew = RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE;
+        aNewAnch.SetType( nNew );
+        [[fallthrough]];
+
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE:
+        pNewAnch = rFrame.FindPageFrame();
+        aNewAnch.SetPageNum( pNewAnch->GetPhyPageNum() );
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "Wrong Id for new anchor." );
+    }
+
+    rSet.Put( aNewAnch );
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+//! also used in unoframe.cxx
+
+bool sw_ChkAndSetNewAnchor(
+    const SwFlyFrame& rFly,
+    SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    const SwFrameFormat& rFormat = *rFly.GetFormat();
+    const SwFormatAnchor &rOldAnch = rFormat.GetAnchor();
+    const RndStdIds nOld = rOldAnch.GetAnchorId();
+
+    RndStdIds nNew = rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ).GetAnchorId();
+
+    if( nOld == nNew )
+        return false;
+
+    SwDoc* pDoc = const_cast<SwDoc*>(rFormat.GetDoc());
+
+#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
+    OSL_ENSURE( !(nNew == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE &&
+        (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA==nOld || RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR==nOld || RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR==nOld ) &&
+        pDoc->IsInHeaderFooter( *rOldAnch.GetAnchorNode() )),
+            "forbidden anchor change in Head/Foot." );
+#endif
+
+    return ::lcl_FindAnchorPos( *pDoc, rFly.getFrameArea().Pos(), rFly, rSet );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SelectFlyFrame( SwFlyFrame& rFrame )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    // The frame is new, thus select it.
+    // !! Always select the frame, if it's not selected.
+    // - it could be a new "old" one because the anchor was changed
+    // - "old" frames have had to be selected previously otherwise they could
+    //   not have been changed
+    // The frames should not be selected by the document position, because
+    // it should have been selected!
+    SwViewShellImp *pImpl = Imp();
+    if( !GetWin() )
+        return;
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( rFrame.IsFlyFrame(), "SelectFlyFrame wants a Fly" );
+
+   // nothing to be done if the Fly already was selected
+    if (GetSelectedFlyFrame() == &rFrame)
+        return;
+
+    // assure the anchor is drawn
+    if( rFrame.IsFlyInContentFrame() && rFrame.GetAnchorFrame() )
+         rFrame.GetAnchorFrame()->SetCompletePaint();
+
+    if( pImpl->GetDrawView()->AreObjectsMarked() )
+        pImpl->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+
+    pImpl->GetDrawView()->MarkObj( rFrame.GetVirtDrawObj(),
+                                  pImpl->GetPageView() );
+
+    rFrame.SelectionHasChanged(this);
+
+    KillPams();
+    ClearMark();
+    SelFlyGrabCursor();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::UnfloatFlyFrame()
+{
+    GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo(SwUndoId::DELLAYFMT, nullptr);
+    comphelper::ScopeGuard g([this]
+                             { GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo(SwUndoId::DELLAYFMT, nullptr); });
+
+    SwFlyFrame* pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if (!pFly)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat& rFlyFormat = pFly->GetFrameFormat();
+    const SwFormatContent& rContent = rFlyFormat.GetContent();
+    const SwNodeIndex* pFlyStart = rContent.GetContentIdx();
+    if (!pFlyStart)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const SwEndNode* pFlyEnd = pFlyStart->GetNode().EndOfSectionNode();
+    if (!pFlyEnd)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Create an empty paragraph after the table, so the frame's SwNodes section is non-empty after
+    // MoveNodeRange(). Undo would ensure it's non-empty and then node offsets won't match.
+    IDocumentContentOperations& rIDCO = GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations();
+    {
+        SwNodeIndex aInsertIndex(*pFlyEnd);
+        --aInsertIndex;
+        SwPosition aInsertPos(aInsertIndex);
+        StartAllAction();
+        rIDCO.AppendTextNode(aInsertPos);
+        // Make sure that a layout frame is created for the node, so the fly frame is not deleted,
+        // during MoveNodeRange(), either.
+        EndAllAction();
+    }
+
+    SwNodeRange aRange(pFlyStart->GetNode(), SwNodeOffset(1), *pFlyEnd, SwNodeOffset(-1));
+    const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = rFlyFormat.GetAnchor();
+    SwNode* pAnchor = rAnchor.GetAnchorNode();
+    if (!pAnchor)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Move the content outside of the text frame.
+    SwNodeIndex aInsertPos(*pAnchor);
+    rIDCO.MoveNodeRange(aRange, aInsertPos.GetNode(), SwMoveFlags::CREATEUNDOOBJ);
+
+    // Remove the fly frame frame.
+    IDocumentLayoutAccess& rIDLA = rFlyFormat.getIDocumentLayoutAccess();
+    rIDLA.DelLayoutFormat(&rFlyFormat);
+}
+
+// Get selected fly
+SwFlyFrame* SwFEShell::GetSelectedFlyFrame() const
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        // A Fly is only accessible if it is selected
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1 )
+            return nullptr;
+
+        SdrObject *pO = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+        SwVirtFlyDrawObj *pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pO);
+
+        return pFlyObj ? pFlyObj->GetFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+// Get current fly in which the cursor is positioned
+SwFlyFrame* SwFEShell::GetCurrFlyFrame(const bool bCalcFrame) const
+{
+    SwContentFrame *pContent = GetCurrFrame(bCalcFrame);
+    return pContent ? pContent->FindFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+}
+
+// Get selected fly, but if none Get current fly in which the cursor is positioned
+SwFlyFrame* SwFEShell::GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame() const
+{
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if (pFly)
+        return pFly;
+    return GetCurrFlyFrame();
+}
+
+// Returns non-null pointer, if the current Fly could be anchored to another one (so it is inside)
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::IsFlyInFly()
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if ( !rMrkList.GetMarkCount() )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetCurrFlyFrame(false);
+        if (!pFly)
+            return nullptr;
+        return pFly->GetFormat();
+    }
+    else if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1 ||
+         !GetUserCall(rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj()) )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+    SwFrameFormat *pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+    if( pFormat && RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == pFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() )
+    {
+        const SwFrame* pFly;
+        if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj *>(pObj))
+        {
+            pFly = pFlyObj->GetFlyFrame()->GetAnchorFrame();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pFly = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj))->GetAnchorFrame(pObj);
+        }
+
+        OSL_ENSURE( pFly, "IsFlyInFly: Where's my anchor?" );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pFly->IsFlyFrame(), "IsFlyInFly: Funny anchor!" );
+        return static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pFly)->GetFormat();
+    }
+
+    Point aTmpPos = pObj->GetCurrentBoundRect().TopLeft();
+
+    SwFrame *pTextFrame;
+    {
+        SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+        SwNodeIndex aSwNodeIndex( GetDoc()->GetNodes() );
+        SwPosition aPos( aSwNodeIndex );
+        Point aPoint( aTmpPos );
+        aPoint.setX(aPoint.getX() - 1);                    //do not land in the fly!!
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPoint, &aState );
+        // determine text frame by left-top-corner of object
+        SwContentNode *pNd = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aTmpPos, false);
+        pTextFrame = pNd ? pNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+    }
+    const SwFrame *pTmp = pTextFrame ? ::FindAnchor(pTextFrame, aTmpPos) : nullptr;
+    const SwFlyFrame *pFly = pTmp ? pTmp->FindFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+    if( pFly )
+        return pFly->GetFormat();
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetFlyPos( const Point& rAbsPos )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    // Determine reference point in document coordinates
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetCurrFlyFrame(false);
+    if (!pFly)
+        return;
+
+    //SwSaveHdl aSaveX( Imp() );
+
+    // Set an anchor starting from the absolute position for paragraph bound Flys
+    // Anchor and new RelPos will be calculated and set by the Fly
+    if ( pFly->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+    {
+        if(pFly->IsFlyFreeFrame() && static_cast< SwFlyFreeFrame* >(pFly)->isTransformableSwFrame())
+        {
+            // RotateFlyFrame3: When we have a change and are in transformed state (e.g. rotation used),
+            // we need to correct the absolute position (rAbsPos) which was created in
+            // transformed coordinates to untransformed state
+            TransformableSwFrame* pTransformableSwFrame(static_cast<SwFlyFreeFrame*>(pFly)->getTransformableSwFrame());
+            const SwRect aUntransformedFrameArea(pTransformableSwFrame->getUntransformedFrameArea());
+            const Point aNewAbsPos(
+                rAbsPos.X() + aUntransformedFrameArea.Left() - pFly->getFrameArea().Left(),
+                rAbsPos.Y() + aUntransformedFrameArea.Top() - pFly->getFrameArea().Top());
+            static_cast<SwFlyAtContentFrame*>(pFly)->SetAbsPos(aNewAbsPos);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            static_cast<SwFlyAtContentFrame*>(pFly)->SetAbsPos( rAbsPos );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwFrame *pAnch = pFly->GetAnchorFrame();
+        Point aOrient( pAnch->getFrameArea().Pos() );
+
+        if ( pFly->IsFlyInContentFrame() )
+            aOrient.setX(rAbsPos.getX());
+
+        // calculate RelPos.
+        aOrient.setX(rAbsPos.getX() - aOrient.getX());
+        aOrient.setY(rAbsPos.getY() - aOrient.getY());
+        pFly->ChgRelPos( aOrient );
+    }
+    CallChgLnk();       // call the AttrChangeNotify on the UI-side.
+}
+
+Point SwFEShell::FindAnchorPos( const Point& rAbsPos, bool bMoveIt )
+{
+    Point aRet;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return aRet;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if (rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1)
+        return aRet;
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+    if (!GetUserCall(pObj))
+        return aRet;
+
+    // #i28701#
+    SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = ::GetUserCall( pObj )->GetAnchoredObj( pObj );
+    SwFrameFormat& rFormat = pAnchoredObj->GetFrameFormat();
+    const RndStdIds nAnchorId = rFormat.GetAnchor().GetAnchorId();
+
+    if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == nAnchorId )
+        return aRet;
+
+    bool bFlyFrame = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj *>(pObj) != nullptr;
+
+    bool bTextBox = false;
+    if (rFormat.Which() == RES_DRAWFRMFMT)
+    {
+        bTextBox = SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(&rFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pObj);
+    }
+
+    SwFlyFrame* pFly = nullptr;
+    const SwFrame* pFooterOrHeader = nullptr;
+
+    if( bFlyFrame )
+    {
+        // Calculate reference point in document coordinates
+        SwContentFrame *pContent = GetCurrFrame( false );
+        if( !pContent )
+            return aRet;
+        pFly = pContent->FindFlyFrame();
+        if ( !pFly )
+            return aRet;
+        const SwFrame* pOldAnch = pFly->GetAnchorFrame();
+        if( !pOldAnch )
+            return aRet;
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE != nAnchorId )
+        {
+            pFooterOrHeader = pContent->FindFooterOrHeader();
+        }
+    }
+    else if (bTextBox)
+    {
+        auto pFlyFormat
+            = dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(SwTextBoxHelper::getOtherTextBoxFormat(
+                &rFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pObj));
+        if (pFlyFormat)
+        {
+            pFly = pFlyFormat->GetFrame();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // set <pFooterOrHeader> also for drawing
+    // objects, but not for control objects.
+    // Necessary for moving 'anchor symbol' at the user interface inside header/footer.
+    else if ( !::CheckControlLayer( pObj ) )
+    {
+        SwContentFrame *pContent = GetCurrFrame( false );
+        if( !pContent )
+            return aRet;
+        pFooterOrHeader = pContent->FindFooterOrHeader();
+    }
+
+    // Search nearest SwFlyFrame starting from the upper-left corner
+    // of the fly
+    SwContentFrame *pTextFrame = nullptr;
+    {
+        SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+        SwPosition aPos( GetDoc()->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras() );
+        Point aTmpPnt( rAbsPos );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aTmpPnt, &aState );
+        if (aPos.GetNode() != GetDoc()->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras()
+            && (nAnchorId != RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR || !PosInsideInputField(aPos)))
+        {
+            SwContentNode* pCNode = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            assert(pCNode);
+            pTextFrame = pCNode->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), &aPos, nullptr);
+        }
+    }
+    const SwFrame *pNewAnch = nullptr;
+    if( pTextFrame != nullptr )
+    {
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == nAnchorId )
+        {
+            pNewAnch = pTextFrame->FindPageFrame();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pNewAnch = ::FindAnchor( pTextFrame, rAbsPos );
+
+            if( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == nAnchorId ) // LAYER_IMPL
+            {
+                pNewAnch = pNewAnch->FindFlyFrame();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( pNewAnch && !pNewAnch->IsProtected() )
+    {
+        const SwFlyFrame* pCheck = (bFlyFrame || bTextBox) ? pNewAnch->FindFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+        // If we land inside the frame, make sure
+        // that the frame does not land inside its own content
+        while( pCheck )
+        {
+            if( pCheck == pFly )
+                break;
+            const SwFrame *pTmp = pCheck->GetAnchorFrame();
+            pCheck = pTmp ? pTmp->FindFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+        }
+
+        // Do not switch from header/footer to another area,
+        // do not switch to a header/footer
+        if( !pCheck &&
+            pFooterOrHeader == pNewAnch->FindFooterOrHeader() )
+        {
+            aRet = pNewAnch->GetFrameAnchorPos( ::HasWrap( pObj ) );
+
+            if ( bMoveIt || (nAnchorId == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR) )
+            {
+                SwFormatAnchor aAnch( rFormat.GetAnchor() );
+                switch ( nAnchorId )
+                {
+                    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA:
+                    {
+                        SwPosition pos(pTextFrame->IsTextFrame()
+                            ? *static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pTextFrame)->GetTextNodeForParaProps()
+                            : *static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pTextFrame)->GetNode());
+                        aAnch.SetAnchor( &pos );
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE:
+                    {
+                        aAnch.SetPageNum( static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pNewAnch)->
+                                          GetPhyPageNum() );
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY:
+                    {
+                        SwPosition aPos( *static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pNewAnch)->GetFormat()->
+                                                  GetContent().GetContentIdx() );
+                        aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR:
+                        {
+                            SwPosition pos = *aAnch.GetContentAnchor();
+                            Point aTmpPnt( rAbsPos );
+                            if( pTextFrame->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &pos, aTmpPnt ) )
+                            {
+                                SwRect aTmpRect;
+                                pTextFrame->GetCharRect( aTmpRect, pos );
+                                aRet = aTmpRect.Pos();
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                pos = static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pTextFrame)->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0));
+                            }
+                            aAnch.SetAnchor( &pos );
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    default:
+                        break;
+
+                }
+
+                if( bMoveIt )
+                {
+                    StartAllAction();
+                    // --> handle change of anchor node:
+                    // if count of the anchor frame also change, the fly frames have to be
+                    // re-created. Thus, delete all fly frames except the <this> before the
+                    // anchor attribute is change and re-create them afterwards.
+                    {
+                        std::unique_ptr<SwHandleAnchorNodeChg> pHandleAnchorNodeChg;
+                        SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFrameFormat( dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(&rFormat) );
+                        if ( pFlyFrameFormat )
+                        {
+                            pHandleAnchorNodeChg.reset(
+                                new SwHandleAnchorNodeChg( *pFlyFrameFormat, aAnch ));
+                        }
+                        rFormat.GetDoc()->SetAttr( aAnch, rFormat );
+                        if (SwTextBoxHelper::getOtherTextBoxFormat(&rFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT,
+                            pObj))
+                        {
+                            if (SdrObjList* pObjList = pObj->getChildrenOfSdrObject())
+                            {
+                                for (const rtl::Reference<SdrObject>& pChild : *pObjList)
+                                    SwTextBoxHelper::changeAnchor(&rFormat, pChild.get());
+                            }
+                            else
+                                SwTextBoxHelper::syncFlyFrameAttr(
+                                    rFormat, rFormat.GetAttrSet(), pObj);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    // #i28701# - no call of method
+                    // <CheckCharRectAndTopOfLine()> for to-character anchored
+                    // Writer fly frame needed. This method call can cause a
+                    // format of the anchor frame, which is no longer intended.
+                    // Instead clear the anchor character rectangle and
+                    // the top of line values for all to-character anchored objects.
+                    pAnchoredObj->ClearCharRectAndTopOfLine();
+                    EndAllAction();
+                }
+            }
+
+            SwRect aTmpRect( aRet, rAbsPos );
+            if( aTmpRect.HasArea() )
+                MakeVisible( aTmpRect );
+#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
+            //TODO: That doesn't seem to be intended
+            if( COL_TRANSPARENT != GetOut()->GetLineColor() )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "Hey, Joe: Where's my Null Pen?" );
+                GetOut()->SetLineColor( COL_TRANSPARENT );
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+const SwFrameFormat *SwFEShell::NewFlyFrame( const SfxItemSet& rSet, bool bAnchValid,
+                           SwFrameFormat *pParent )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    SwPaM* pCursor = GetCursor();
+    const Point aPt( GetCursorDocPos() );
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    bool bMoveContent = true;
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes );
+        if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        {
+            // Cursor should be removed from the removal area.
+            // Always put it after/on the table; via the
+            // document position they will be set to the old
+            // position
+            ParkCursor( *aBoxes[0]->GetSttNd() );
+
+            // #i127787# pCurrentCursor will be deleted in ParkCursor,
+            // we better get the current pCurrentCursor instead of working with the
+            // deleted one:
+            pCursor = GetCursor();
+        }
+        else
+            bMoveContent = false;
+    }
+    else if( !pCursor->HasMark() && !pCursor->IsMultiSelection() )
+        bMoveContent = false;
+
+    const SwPosition& rPos = *pCursor->Start();
+
+    SwFormatAnchor& rAnch = const_cast<SwFormatAnchor&>(rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ));
+    RndStdIds eRndId = rAnch.GetAnchorId();
+    switch( eRndId )
+    {
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE:
+        if( !rAnch.GetPageNum() )       //HotFix: Bug in UpdateByExample
+            rAnch.SetPageNum( 1 );
+        break;
+
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY:
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA:
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR:
+    case RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR:
+        if( !bAnchValid )
+        {
+            if( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY != eRndId )
+            {
+                rAnch.SetAnchor( &rPos );
+            }
+            else if( lcl_SetNewFlyPos( rPos.GetNode(), rAnch, aPt ) )
+            {
+                eRndId = RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE;
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "What is the purpose of this Fly?" );
+        break;
+    }
+
+    SwFlyFrameFormat *pRet;
+    if( bMoveContent )
+    {
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().StartUndo( SwUndoId::INSLAYFMT, nullptr );
+        std::unique_ptr<SwFormatAnchor> pOldAnchor;
+        bool bHOriChgd = false, bVOriChgd = false;
+        std::shared_ptr<SwFormatVertOrient> aOldV;
+        std::shared_ptr<SwFormatHoriOrient> aOldH;
+
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE != eRndId )
+        {
+           // First as with page link. Paragraph/character link on if
+            // everything was shifted. Then the position is valid!
+            // JP 13.05.98: if necessary also convert the horizontal/vertical
+            //              orientation, to prevent correction during re-anchoring
+            pOldAnchor.reset(new SwFormatAnchor( rAnch ));
+            const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( SwFormatAnchor( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE, 1 ) );
+
+            const SwFormatHoriOrient* pHoriOrientItem;
+            if( (pHoriOrientItem = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_HORI_ORIENT, false ))
+                && text::HoriOrientation::NONE == pHoriOrientItem->GetHoriOrient() )
+            {
+                bHOriChgd = true;
+                aOldH.reset(pHoriOrientItem->Clone());
+                const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( SwFormatHoriOrient( 0, text::HoriOrientation::LEFT ) );
+            }
+            const SwFormatVertOrient* pVertOrientItem;
+            if( (pVertOrientItem = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_VERT_ORIENT, false ))
+                && text::VertOrientation::NONE == pVertOrientItem->GetVertOrient() )
+            {
+                bVOriChgd = true;
+                aOldV.reset(pVertOrientItem->Clone());
+                const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( SwFormatVertOrient( 0, text::VertOrientation::TOP ) );
+            }
+        }
+
+        pRet = GetDoc()->MakeFlyAndMove( *pCursor, rSet, &aBoxes, pParent );
+
+        KillPams();
+
+        if( pOldAnchor )
+        {
+            if( pRet )
+            {
+                // calculate new position
+                // JP 24.03.97: also go via page links
+                //              anchor should not lie in the shifted area
+                pRet->DelFrames();
+
+                const SwFrame* pAnch = ::FindAnchor( GetLayout(), aPt );
+                SwPosition aPos( pAnch->IsTextFrame()
+                    ? *static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pAnch)->GetTextNodeForParaProps()
+                    : *static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pAnch)->GetNode() );
+
+                if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == eRndId )
+                {
+                    assert(pAnch->IsTextFrame());
+                    aPos = static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pAnch)->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0));
+                }
+                pOldAnchor->SetAnchor( &aPos );
+
+                // shifting of table selection is not Undo-capable. therefore
+                // changing the anchors should not be recorded
+                bool const bDoesUndo =
+                    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo();
+                SwUndoId nLastUndoId(SwUndoId::EMPTY);
+                if (bDoesUndo &&
+                    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().GetLastUndoInfo(nullptr,
+                        & nLastUndoId))
+                {
+                    if (SwUndoId::INSLAYFMT == nLastUndoId)
+                    {
+                        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( std::move(pOldAnchor) );
+
+                if( bHOriChgd )
+                    const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( *aOldH );
+                if( bVOriChgd )
+                    const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet).Put( *aOldV );
+
+                GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameAttr( *pRet, const_cast<SfxItemSet&>(rSet) );
+                GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bDoesUndo);
+            }
+        }
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().EndUndo( SwUndoId::INSLAYFMT, nullptr );
+    }
+    else
+        /* If called from a shell try to propagate an
+            existing adjust item from rPos to the content node of the
+            new frame. */
+        pRet = GetDoc()->MakeFlySection( eRndId, &rPos, &rSet, pParent, true );
+
+    if( pRet )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pRet->GetFrame( &aPt );
+        if( pFrame )
+            SelectFlyFrame( *pFrame );
+        else
+        {
+            GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+            pRet = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::Insert( const OUString& rGrfName, const OUString& rFltName,
+                        const Graphic* pGraphic,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet )
+{
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFormat = nullptr;
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    SwShellCursor *pStartCursor = dynamic_cast<SwShellCursor*>(GetCursor());
+    SwShellCursor *pCursor = pStartCursor;
+    do
+    {
+        if (!pCursor)
+            break;
+
+        // Has the anchor not been set or been set incompletely?
+        if( pFlyAttrSet )
+        {
+            if( const SwFormatAnchor* pItem = pFlyAttrSet->GetItemIfSet( RES_ANCHOR, false ) )
+            {
+                SwFormatAnchor* pAnchor = const_cast<SwFormatAnchor*>(pItem);
+                switch( pAnchor->GetAnchorId())
+                {
+                case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA:
+                case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR: // LAYER_IMPL
+                case RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR:
+                    if( !pAnchor->GetAnchorNode() )
+                    {
+                        pAnchor->SetAnchor( pCursor->GetPoint() );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY:
+                    if( !pAnchor->GetAnchorNode() )
+                    {
+                        lcl_SetNewFlyPos( pCursor->GetPointNode(),
+                                *pAnchor, GetCursorDocPos() );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE:
+                    if( !pAnchor->GetPageNum() )
+                    {
+                        pAnchor->SetPageNum( pCursor->GetPageNum(
+                                true, &pCursor->GetPtPos() ) );
+                    }
+                    break;
+                default :
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        pFormat = GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertGraphic(
+                                *pCursor, rGrfName,
+                                rFltName, pGraphic,
+                                pFlyAttrSet,
+                                nullptr, nullptr );
+        OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "IDocumentContentOperations::InsertGraphic failed.");
+
+        pCursor = pCursor->GetNext();
+    } while( pCursor != pStartCursor );
+
+    EndAllAction();
+
+    if( !pFormat )
+        return;
+
+    const Point aPt( GetCursorDocPos() );
+    SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pFormat->GetFrame( &aPt );
+
+    if( pFrame )
+    {
+        // add a redline to the anchor point at tracked insertion of picture
+        if ( IsRedlineOn() )
+        {
+            const SwPosition & rPos(*pFormat->GetAnchor().GetContentAnchor());
+            SwPaM aPaM(rPos.GetNode(), rPos.GetContentIndex(),
+                    rPos.GetNode(), rPos.GetContentIndex() + 1);
+            GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess().AppendRedline(
+                    new SwRangeRedline( RedlineType::Insert, aPaM ), true);
+        }
+
+        // fdo#36681: Invalidate the content and layout to refresh
+        // the picture anchoring properly
+        SwPageFrame* pPageFrame = pFrame->FindPageFrameOfAnchor();
+        pPageFrame->InvalidateFlyLayout();
+        pPageFrame->InvalidateContent();
+
+        SelectFlyFrame( *pFrame );
+    }
+    else
+        GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+}
+
+SwFlyFrameFormat* SwFEShell::InsertObject( const svt::EmbeddedObjectRef&  xObj,
+                        SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet )
+{
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFormat = nullptr;
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    {
+        for(const SwPaM& rPaM : GetCursor()->GetRingContainer())
+        {
+            pFormat = GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertEmbObject(
+                            rPaM, xObj, pFlyAttrSet );
+            OSL_ENSURE(pFormat, "IDocumentContentOperations::InsertEmbObject failed.");
+        }
+    }
+    EndAllAction();
+
+    if( pFormat )
+    {
+        const Point aPt( GetCursorDocPos() );
+        SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pFormat->GetFrame( &aPt );
+
+        if( pFrame )
+            SelectFlyFrame( *pFrame );
+        else
+            GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+    }
+
+    return pFormat;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::InsertDrawObj( SdrObject& rDrawObj,
+                               const Point& rInsertPosition )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    SfxItemSet rFlyAttrSet( GetDoc()->GetAttrPool(), aFrameFormatSetRange );
+    rFlyAttrSet.Put( SwFormatAnchor( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA ));
+    // #i89920#
+    rFlyAttrSet.Put( SwFormatSurround( css::text::WrapTextMode_THROUGH ) );
+    rDrawObj.SetLayer( getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetHeavenId() );
+
+    // find anchor position
+    SwPaM aPam( mxDoc->GetNodes() );
+    {
+        SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+        Point aTmpPt( rInsertPosition );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( aPam.GetPoint(), aTmpPt, &aState );
+        const SwFrame* pFrame = aPam.GetPointContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, nullptr);
+        const Point aRelPos( rInsertPosition.X() - pFrame->getFrameArea().Left(),
+                             rInsertPosition.Y() - pFrame->getFrameArea().Top() );
+        rDrawObj.SetRelativePos( aRelPos );
+        ::lcl_FindAnchorPos( *GetDoc(), rInsertPosition, *pFrame, rFlyAttrSet );
+    }
+    // insert drawing object into the document creating a new <SwDrawFrameFormat> instance
+    SwDrawFrameFormat* pFormat = GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertDrawObj( aPam, rDrawObj, rFlyAttrSet );
+
+    // move object to visible layer
+    SwContact* pContact = static_cast<SwContact*>(rDrawObj.GetUserCall());
+    if ( pContact )
+    {
+        pContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( &rDrawObj );
+    }
+
+    if (pFormat)
+    {
+        pFormat->SetFormatName(rDrawObj.GetName());
+        // select drawing object
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->MarkObj( &rDrawObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetPageObjs( std::vector<SwFrameFormat*>& rFillArr )
+{
+    rFillArr.clear();
+
+    for(sw::SpzFrameFormat* pFormat : *mxDoc->GetSpzFrameFormats() )
+    {
+        if (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == pFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId())
+        {
+            rFillArr.push_back( pFormat );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetPageObjsNewPage( std::vector<SwFrameFormat*>& rFillArr )
+{
+    if( rFillArr.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    StartUndo();
+
+    SwRootFrame* pTmpRootFrame = GetLayout();
+    sal_uInt16 nMaxPage = pTmpRootFrame->GetPageNum();
+    bool bTmpAssert = false;
+    for( auto pFormat : rFillArr )
+    {
+        if (mxDoc->GetSpzFrameFormats()->IsAlive(static_cast<sw::SpzFrameFormat*>(pFormat)))
+        {
+            // FlyFormat is still valid, therefore process
+
+            SwFormatAnchor aNewAnchor( pFormat->GetAnchor() );
+            if (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE != aNewAnchor.GetAnchorId())
+                // Anchor has been changed, therefore: do not change!
+                continue;
+            sal_uInt16 nNewPage = aNewAnchor.GetPageNum() + 1;
+            if (nNewPage > nMaxPage)
+            {
+                if ( RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pFormat->Which() )
+                    pFormat->CallSwClientNotify(sw::DrawFrameFormatHint(sw::DrawFrameFormatHintId::PAGE_OUT_OF_BOUNDS));
+                else
+                    pFormat->DelFrames();
+                bTmpAssert = true;
+            }
+            aNewAnchor.SetPageNum(nNewPage);
+            mxDoc->SetAttr( aNewAnchor, *pFormat );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( bTmpAssert )
+        pTmpRootFrame->SetAssertFlyPages();
+
+    EndUndo();
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+// All attributes in the "baskets" will be filled with the attributes of the
+// current FlyFrames. Attributes which cannot be filled due to being at the
+// wrong place or which are ambiguous (multiple selections) will be removed.
+bool SwFEShell::GetFlyFrameAttr( SfxItemSet &rSet ) const
+{
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+    if (!pFly)
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "GetFlyFrameAttr, no Fly selected." );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( const_cast<SwFEShell*>(this) );
+
+    if( !rSet.Set( pFly->GetFormat()->GetAttrSet() ) )
+        return false;
+
+    // now examine all attributes. Remove forbidden attributes, then
+    // get all remaining attributes and enter them
+
+    if( const SwFormatAnchor* pAnchor = rSet.GetItemIfSet( RES_ANCHOR, false ) )
+    {
+        RndStdIds eType = pAnchor->GetAnchorId();
+
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE != eType )
+        {
+            // OD 12.11.2003 #i22341# - content anchor of anchor item is needed.
+            // Thus, don't overwrite anchor item by default constructed anchor item.
+            if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == eType )
+            {
+                rSet.ClearItem( RES_OPAQUE );
+                rSet.ClearItem( RES_SURROUND );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    rSet.SetParent( pFly->GetFormat()->GetAttrSet().GetParent() );
+    // attributes must be removed
+    rSet.ClearItem( RES_FILL_ORDER );
+    rSet.ClearItem( RES_CNTNT );
+    //MA: remove first (Template by example etc.)
+    rSet.ClearItem( RES_CHAIN );
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Attributes of the current fly will change.
+bool SwFEShell::SetFlyFrameAttr( SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if( rSet.Count() )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+        OSL_ENSURE(pFly, "SetFlyFrameAttr, no Fly selected.");
+        if (pFly)
+        {
+            StartAllAction();
+            const Point aPt( pFly->getFrameArea().Pos() );
+
+            if( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, false ))
+                sw_ChkAndSetNewAnchor( *pFly, rSet );
+            SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+
+            if( GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameAttr( *pFlyFormat, rSet ))
+            {
+                bRet = true;
+                SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pFlyFormat->GetFrame( &aPt );
+                if( pFrame )
+                    SelectFlyFrame( *pFrame );
+                else
+                    GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+            }
+
+            EndAllActionAndCall();
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+SfxItemSetFixed<RES_VERT_ORIENT, RES_ANCHOR> SwFEShell::makeItemSetFromFormatAnchor(SfxItemPool& rPool, const SwFormatAnchor &rAnchor)
+{
+    // The set also includes VERT/HORI_ORIENT, because the align
+    // shall be changed in FEShell::SetFlyFrameAttr/SetFlyFrameAnchor,
+    // possibly as a result of the anchor change.
+    SfxItemSetFixed<RES_VERT_ORIENT, RES_ANCHOR> aSet(rPool);
+    aSet.Put(rAnchor);
+    return aSet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::SetDrawingAttr( SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    if ( !rSet.Count() ||
+            !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return bRet;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1 )
+        return bRet;
+
+    StartUndo();
+    SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+    SwFrameFormat *pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+    StartAllAction();
+    if( SfxItemState::SET == rSet.GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, false ))
+    {
+        RndStdIds nNew = rSet.Get( RES_ANCHOR ).GetAnchorId();
+        if ( nNew != pFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() )
+        {
+            ChgAnchor( nNew );
+            // #i26791# - clear anchor attribute in item set,
+            // because method <ChgAnchor(..)> takes care of it.
+            rSet.ClearItem( RES_ANCHOR );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameAttr( *pFormat, rSet ))
+    {
+        bRet = true;
+        SelectObj( Point(), 0, pObj );
+    }
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    EndUndo();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+// Reset attributes contained in the set.
+void SwFEShell::ResetFlyFrameAttr( const SfxItemSet* pSet )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFly, "SetFlyFrameAttr, no Fly selected." );
+    if( !pFly )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    SfxItemIter aIter( *pSet );
+    for (const SfxPoolItem* pItem = aIter.GetCurItem(); pItem; pItem = aIter.NextItem())
+    {
+        if( !IsInvalidItem( pItem ) )
+        {
+            sal_uInt16 nWhich = pItem->Which();
+            if( RES_ANCHOR != nWhich && RES_CHAIN != nWhich && RES_CNTNT != nWhich )
+                pFly->GetFormat()->ResetFormatAttr( nWhich );
+        }
+    }
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+// Returns frame-format if frame, otherwise 0
+SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::GetSelectedFrameFormat() const
+{
+    SwFrameFormat* pRet = nullptr;
+    SwLayoutFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if( pFly && ( pRet = static_cast<SwFrameFormat*>(pFly->GetFormat()->DerivedFrom()) ) ==
+                                            GetDoc()->GetDfltFrameFormat() )
+        pRet = nullptr;
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetFrameFormat( SwFrameFormat *pNewFormat, bool bKeepOrient, Point const * pDocPos )
+{
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = nullptr;
+    if(pDocPos)
+    {
+        const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = GetFormatFromObj( *pDocPos );
+
+        if (const SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFormat))
+            pFly = pFlyFormat->GetFrame();
+    }
+    else
+        pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFly, "SetFrameFormat: no frame" );
+    if( !pFly )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+    const Point aPt( pFly->getFrameArea().Pos() );
+
+    std::optional<SfxItemSet> oSet;
+    const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
+    if( SfxItemState::SET == pNewFormat->GetItemState( RES_ANCHOR, false, &pItem ))
+    {
+        oSet.emplace( GetDoc()->GetAttrPool(), aFrameFormatSetRange );
+        oSet->Put( *pItem );
+        if( !sw_ChkAndSetNewAnchor( *pFly, *oSet ))
+        {
+            oSet.reset();
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( GetDoc()->SetFrameFormatToFly( *pFlyFormat, *pNewFormat, oSet ? &*oSet : nullptr, bKeepOrient ))
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pFlyFormat->GetFrame( &aPt );
+        if( pFrame )
+            SelectFlyFrame( *pFrame );
+        else
+            GetLayout()->SetAssertFlyPages();
+    }
+    oSet.reset();
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::GetFlyFrameFormat() const
+{
+    const SwFlyFrame* pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+    if (pFly)
+        return pFly->GetFormat();
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::GetFlyFrameFormat()
+{
+    SwFlyFrame* pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+    if (pFly)
+        return pFly->GetFormat();
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+SwRect SwFEShell::GetFlyRect() const
+{
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetCurrFlyFrame(false);
+    if (!pFly)
+    {
+        SwRect aRect;
+        return aRect;
+    }
+    else
+        return pFly->getFrameArea();
+}
+
+SwRect SwFEShell::GetObjRect() const
+{
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return SwRect(Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetAllMarkedRect());
+    else
+    {
+        SwRect aRect;
+        return aRect;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetObjRect( const SwRect& rRect )
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->SetAllMarkedRect( rRect.SVRect() );
+        CallChgLnk();   // call AttrChangeNotify on the UI-side.
+    }
+}
+
+Size SwFEShell::RequestObjectResize( const SwRect &rRect, const uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject >& xObj )
+{
+    Size aResult;
+
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = FindFlyFrame( xObj );
+    if ( !pFly )
+    {
+        aResult = rRect.SSize();
+        return aResult;
+    }
+
+    aResult = pFly->getFramePrintArea().SSize();
+
+    bool bPosProt = pFly->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsPosProtected();
+    bool bSizeProt = pFly->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsSizeProtected();
+
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // MA we do not allow to clip the Fly, as the OLE server can
+    // request various wishes. Clipping is done via the formatting.
+    // Correct display is done by scaling.
+    // Scaling is done by SwNoTextFrame::Format by calling
+    // SwWrtShell::CalcAndSetScale()
+    if ( rRect.SSize() != pFly->getFramePrintArea().SSize() && !bSizeProt )
+    {
+        Size aSz( rRect.SSize() );
+
+        //JP 28.02.2001: Task 74707 - ask for fly in fly with automatic size
+
+        const SwFrame* pAnchor;
+        const SwFormatFrameSize& rFrameSz = pFly->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize();
+        if (m_bCheckForOLEInCaption &&
+            0 != rFrameSz.GetWidthPercent() &&
+            nullptr != (pAnchor = pFly->GetAnchorFrame()) &&
+            pAnchor->IsTextFrame() &&
+            !pAnchor->GetNext() && !pAnchor->GetPrev() &&
+            pAnchor->GetUpper()->IsFlyFrame())
+        {
+            // search for a sequence field:
+            sw::MergedAttrIter iter(*static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pAnchor));
+            for (SwTextAttr const* pHint = iter.NextAttr(); pHint; pHint = iter.NextAttr())
+            {
+                const SfxPoolItem* pItem = &pHint->GetAttr();
+                if( RES_TXTATR_FIELD == pItem->Which()
+                    && SwFieldTypesEnum::Sequence == static_cast<const SwFormatField*>(pItem)->GetField()->GetTypeId() )
+                {
+                    // sequence field found
+                    SwFlyFrame* pChgFly = const_cast<SwFlyFrame*>(static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pAnchor->GetUpper()));
+                    // calculate the changed size:
+                    // width must change, height can change
+                    Size aNewSz( aSz.Width() + pChgFly->getFrameArea().Width() -
+                                   pFly->getFramePrintArea().Width(), aSz.Height() );
+
+                    SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pChgFly->GetFormat();
+                    SwFormatFrameSize aFrameSz( pFormat->GetFrameSize() );
+                    aFrameSz.SetWidth( aNewSz.Width() );
+                    if( SwFrameSize::Minimum != aFrameSz.GetHeightSizeType() )
+                    {
+                        aNewSz.AdjustHeight(pChgFly->getFrameArea().Height() -
+                                               pFly->getFramePrintArea().Height() );
+                        if( std::abs( aNewSz.Height() - pChgFly->getFrameArea().Height()) > 1 )
+                            aFrameSz.SetHeight( aNewSz.Height() );
+                    }
+                    // via Doc for the Undo!
+                    pFormat->GetDoc()->SetAttr( aFrameSz, *pFormat );
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // set the new Size at the fly themself
+        if ( !pFly->getFramePrintArea().IsEmpty() )
+        {
+            aSz.AdjustWidth(pFly->getFrameArea().Width() - pFly->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+            aSz.AdjustHeight(pFly->getFrameArea().Height()- pFly->getFramePrintArea().Height() );
+        }
+        aResult = pFly->ChgSize( aSz );
+
+        // if the object changes, the contour is outside the object
+        assert(pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame());
+        SwNoTextNode *pNd = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetNoTextNode();
+        assert(pNd);
+        pNd->SetContour( nullptr );
+        ClrContourCache();
+    }
+
+    // if only the size is to be adjusted, a position is transported with
+    // allocated values
+    Point aPt( pFly->getFramePrintArea().Pos() );
+    aPt += pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+    if ( rRect.Top() != LONG_MIN && rRect.Pos() != aPt && !bPosProt )
+    {
+        aPt = rRect.Pos();
+        aPt.setX(aPt.getX() - pFly->getFramePrintArea().Left());
+        aPt.setY(aPt.getY() - pFly->getFramePrintArea().Top());
+
+        // in case of paragraph-bound Flys, starting from the new position,
+        // a new anchor is to be set. The anchor and the new RelPos are
+        // calculated by the Fly and set
+        if( pFly->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+            static_cast<SwFlyAtContentFrame*>(pFly)->SetAbsPos( aPt );
+        else
+        {
+            const SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+            const SwFormatVertOrient &rVert = pFormat->GetVertOrient();
+            const SwFormatHoriOrient &rHori = pFormat->GetHoriOrient();
+            const tools::Long lXDiff = aPt.getX() - pFly->getFrameArea().Left();
+            const tools::Long lYDiff = aPt.getY() - pFly->getFrameArea().Top();
+            const Point aTmp( rHori.GetPos() + lXDiff,
+                              rVert.GetPos() + lYDiff );
+            pFly->ChgRelPos( aTmp );
+        }
+    }
+
+    SwFlyFrameFormat *pFlyFrameFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFrameFormat, "fly frame format missing!" );
+    if ( pFlyFrameFormat )
+        pFlyFrameFormat->SetLastFlyFramePrtRectPos( pFly->getFramePrintArea().Pos() ); //stores the value of last Prt rect
+
+    EndAllAction();
+
+    return aResult;
+}
+
+SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::WizardGetFly()
+{
+    // do not search the Fly via the layout. Now we can delete a frame
+    // without a valid layout. ( e.g. for the wizards )
+    sw::SpzFrameFormats& rSpzArr = *mxDoc->GetSpzFrameFormats();
+    if( !rSpzArr.empty() )
+    {
+        SwNode& rCursorNd = GetCursor()->GetPoint()->GetNode();
+        if( rCursorNd > mxDoc->GetNodes().GetEndOfExtras() )
+            // Cursor is in the body area!
+            return nullptr;
+
+        for( auto pFormat : rSpzArr )
+        {
+            const SwNodeIndex* pIdx = pFormat->GetContent( false ).GetContentIdx();
+            SwStartNode* pSttNd;
+            if( pIdx &&
+                nullptr != ( pSttNd = pIdx->GetNode().GetStartNode() ) &&
+                *pSttNd < rCursorNd &&
+                rCursorNd < *pSttNd->EndOfSectionNode() )
+            {
+                // found: return immediately
+                return pFormat;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetFlyName( const OUString& rName )
+{
+    SwLayoutFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if( pFly )
+        GetDoc()->SetFlyName( *static_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFly->GetFormat()), rName );
+    else {
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "no FlyFrame selected" );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString SwFEShell::GetFlyName() const
+{
+    SwLayoutFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if( pFly )
+        return pFly->GetFormat()->GetName();
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( false, "no FlyFrame selected" );
+    return OUString();
+}
+
+uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > SwFEShell::GetOleRef() const
+{
+    uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > xObj;
+    SwFlyFrame * pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if (pFly && pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame())
+    {
+        SwOLENode *pNd = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode();
+        if (pNd)
+            xObj = pNd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef();
+    }
+    return xObj;
+}
+
+OUString SwFEShell::GetUniqueGrfName() const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetUniqueGrfName();
+}
+
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::IsURLGrfAtPos( const Point& rPt, OUString* pURL,
+                                        OUString *pTargetFrameName,
+                                        OUString *pDescription ) const
+{
+    if( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SdrPageView* pPV;
+    const SwFrameFormat* pRet = nullptr;
+    SwDrawView *pDView = const_cast<SwDrawView*>(Imp()->GetDrawView());
+
+    const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+    pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( 2 );
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPV, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMACRO);
+    SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj);
+    if (pFlyObj)
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = pFlyObj->GetFlyFrame();
+        const SwFormatURL &rURL = pFly->GetFormat()->GetURL();
+        if( !rURL.GetURL().isEmpty() || rURL.GetMap() )
+        {
+            bool bSetTargetFrameName = pTargetFrameName != nullptr;
+            bool bSetDescription = pDescription != nullptr;
+            if ( rURL.GetMap() )
+            {
+                IMapObject *pObject = pFly->GetFormat()->GetIMapObject( rPt, pFly );
+                if ( pObject && !pObject->GetURL().isEmpty() )
+                {
+                    if( pURL )
+                        *pURL = pObject->GetURL();
+                    if ( bSetTargetFrameName && !pObject->GetTarget().isEmpty() )
+                    {
+                        bSetTargetFrameName = false;
+                        *pTargetFrameName = pObject->GetTarget();
+                    }
+                    if ( bSetDescription )
+                    {
+                        bSetDescription = false;
+                        *pDescription = pObject->GetAltText();
+                    }
+                    pRet = pFly->GetFormat();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( pURL )
+                {
+                    *pURL = rURL.GetURL();
+                    if( rURL.IsServerMap() )
+                    {
+                       // append the relative pixel position !!
+                        Point aPt( rPt );
+                        aPt -= pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                        // without MapMode-Offset, without Offset, o ... !!!!!
+                        aPt = GetOut()->LogicToPixel(
+                                aPt, MapMode( MapUnit::MapTwip ) );
+                        *pURL = *pURL + "?" + OUString::number( aPt.getX() )
+                                + "," + OUString::number(aPt.getY() );
+                    }
+                }
+                pRet = pFly->GetFormat();
+            }
+            if ( bSetTargetFrameName )
+                *pTargetFrameName = rURL.GetTargetFrameName();
+            if ( bSetDescription )
+                *pDescription = pFly->GetFormat()->GetName();
+        }
+    }
+    pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+const Graphic *SwFEShell::GetGrfAtPos( const Point &rPt,
+                                       OUString &rName, bool &rbLink ) const
+{
+    if( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    SdrPageView* pPV;
+    SwDrawView *pDView = const_cast<SwDrawView*>(Imp()->GetDrawView());
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPV);
+    SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj);
+    if (pFlyObj)
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = pFlyObj->GetFlyFrame();
+        if ( pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() )
+        {
+            SwGrfNode *const pNd = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetGrfNode();
+            if ( pNd )
+            {
+                if ( pNd->IsGrfLink() )
+                {
+                    // halfway ready graphic?
+                    ::sfx2::SvLinkSource* pLnkObj = pNd->GetLink()->GetObj();
+                    if( pLnkObj && pLnkObj->IsPending() )
+                        return nullptr;
+                    rbLink = true;
+                }
+
+                pNd->GetFileFilterNms( &rName, nullptr );
+                if ( rName.isEmpty() )
+                    rName = pFly->GetFormat()->GetName();
+                return &pNd->GetGrf(true);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::GetFormatFromObj( const Point& rPt, SwRect** pRectToFill ) const
+{
+    SwFrameFormat* pRet = nullptr;
+
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPView;
+
+        SwDrawView *pDView = const_cast<SwDrawView*>(Imp()->GetDrawView());
+
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        // tolerance for Drawing-SS
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( pDView->GetMarkHdlSizePixel()/2 );
+
+        SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPView, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        if (pObj)
+        {
+           // first check it:
+            if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj))
+                pRet = pFlyObj->GetFormat();
+            else if ( pObj->GetUserCall() ) //not for group objects
+                pRet = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(pObj->GetUserCall())->GetFormat();
+            if(pRet && pRectToFill)
+                **pRectToFill = SwRect(pObj->GetCurrentBoundRect());
+        }
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+// returns a format too, if the point is over the text of any fly
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::GetFormatFromAnyObj( const Point& rPt ) const
+{
+    const SwFrameFormat* pRet = GetFormatFromObj( rPt );
+    if( !pRet || RES_FLYFRMFMT == pRet->Which() )
+    {
+        SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+        Point aPt( rPt );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt );
+        SwContentNode *pNd = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(rPt, false);
+        SwFrame* pFrame = pNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)->FindFlyFrame();
+        pRet = pFrame ? static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->GetFormat() : nullptr;
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+ObjCntType SwFEShell::GetObjCntType( const SdrObject& rObj )
+{
+    ObjCntType eType = OBJCNT_NONE;
+
+    // investigate 'master' drawing object, if method
+    // is called for a 'virtual' drawing object.
+    const SdrObject* pInvestigatedObj;
+    if (const SwDrawVirtObj* pDrawVirtObj = dynamic_cast<const SwDrawVirtObj*>( &rObj))
+    {
+        pInvestigatedObj = &(pDrawVirtObj->GetReferencedObj());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pInvestigatedObj = &rObj;
+    }
+
+    if( SdrInventor::FmForm == pInvestigatedObj->GetObjInventor() )
+    {
+        eType = OBJCNT_CONTROL;
+        uno::Reference< awt::XControlModel >  xModel =
+                static_cast<const SdrUnoObj&>(*pInvestigatedObj).GetUnoControlModel();
+        if( xModel.is() )
+        {
+            uno::Any aVal;
+            OUString sName("ButtonType");
+            uno::Reference< beans::XPropertySet >  xSet(xModel, uno::UNO_QUERY);
+
+            uno::Reference< beans::XPropertySetInfo >  xInfo = xSet->getPropertySetInfo();
+            if(xInfo->hasPropertyByName( sName ))
+            {
+                aVal = xSet->getPropertyValue( sName );
+                if( aVal.hasValue() && form::FormButtonType_URL == *o3tl::doAccess<form::FormButtonType>(aVal) )
+                    eType = OBJCNT_URLBUTTON;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else if (const SwVirtFlyDrawObj *pFlyObj = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pInvestigatedObj))
+    {
+        const SwFlyFrame *pFly = pFlyObj->GetFlyFrame();
+        if ( pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() )
+        {
+            if (static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetGrfNode())
+                eType = OBJCNT_GRF;
+            else
+                eType = OBJCNT_OLE;
+        }
+        else
+            eType = OBJCNT_FLY;
+    }
+    else if ( dynamic_cast<const SdrObjGroup*>( pInvestigatedObj) != nullptr )
+    {
+        SwDrawContact* pDrawContact( dynamic_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall( pInvestigatedObj ) ) );
+        if ( !pDrawContact )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<SwFEShell::GetObjCntType(..)> - missing draw contact object" );
+            eType = OBJCNT_NONE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat( pDrawContact->GetFormat() );
+            if ( !pFrameFormat )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "<SwFEShell::GetObjCntType(..)> - missing frame format" );
+                eType = OBJCNT_NONE;
+            }
+            else if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != pFrameFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() )
+            {
+                eType = OBJCNT_GROUPOBJ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        eType = OBJCNT_SIMPLE;
+    return eType;
+}
+
+ObjCntType SwFEShell::GetObjCntType( const Point &rPt, SdrObject *&rpObj ) const
+{
+    ObjCntType eType = OBJCNT_NONE;
+
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPView;
+
+        SwDrawView *pDView = const_cast<SwDrawView*>(Imp()->GetDrawView());
+
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        // tolerance for Drawing-SS
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( pDView->GetMarkHdlSizePixel()/2 );
+
+        SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPView, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        if (pObj)
+        {
+            rpObj = pObj;
+            eType = GetObjCntType( *rpObj );
+        }
+
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    }
+    return eType;
+}
+
+ObjCntType SwFEShell::GetObjCntTypeOfSelection() const
+{
+    ObjCntType eType = OBJCNT_NONE;
+
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for( size_t i = 0, nE = rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); i < nE; ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if( !pObj )
+                continue;
+            ObjCntType eTmp = GetObjCntType( *pObj );
+            if( !i )
+            {
+                eType = eTmp;
+            }
+            else if( eTmp != eType )
+            {
+                eType = OBJCNT_DONTCARE;
+                // once DontCare, always DontCare!
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return eType;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ReplaceSdrObj( const OUString& rGrfName, const Graphic* pGrf )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    const SdrMarkList *pMrkList;
+    if( !(Imp()->HasDrawView() &&  1 ==
+        ( pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList())->GetMarkCount()) )
+        return;
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+    SwFrameFormat *pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+
+    // store attributes, then set the graphic
+    SfxItemSet aFrameSet( mxDoc->GetAttrPool(),
+                        pFormat->GetAttrSet().GetRanges() );
+    aFrameSet.Set( pFormat->GetAttrSet() );
+
+    // set size and position?
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pObj) == nullptr )
+    {
+        // then let's do it:
+        const tools::Rectangle &rBound = pObj->GetSnapRect();
+        Point aRelPos( pObj->GetRelativePos() );
+
+        const tools::Long nWidth = rBound.Right()  - rBound.Left();
+        const tools::Long nHeight= rBound.Bottom() - rBound.Top();
+        aFrameSet.Put( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Minimum,
+                            std::max( nWidth,  tools::Long(MINFLY) ),
+                            std::max( nHeight, tools::Long(MINFLY) )));
+
+        if( SfxItemState::SET != aFrameSet.GetItemState( RES_HORI_ORIENT ))
+            aFrameSet.Put( SwFormatHoriOrient( aRelPos.getX(), text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ));
+
+        if( SfxItemState::SET != aFrameSet.GetItemState( RES_VERT_ORIENT ))
+            aFrameSet.Put( SwFormatVertOrient( aRelPos.getY(), text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME ));
+
+    }
+
+    pObj->GetOrdNum();
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    StartUndo();
+
+    // delete "Sdr-Object", insert the graphic instead
+    DelSelectedObj();
+
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertGraphic(
+        *GetCursor(), rGrfName, "", pGrf, &aFrameSet, nullptr, nullptr);
+
+    EndUndo();
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+static sal_uInt16 SwFormatGetPageNum(const SwFlyFrameFormat * pFormat)
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE(pFormat != nullptr, "invalid argument");
+
+    SwFlyFrame * pFrame = pFormat->GetFrame();
+
+    sal_uInt16 aResult;
+
+    if (pFrame != nullptr)
+        aResult = pFrame->GetPhyPageNum();
+    else
+        aResult = pFormat->GetAnchor().GetPageNum();
+
+    return aResult;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetConnectableFrameFormats(SwFrameFormat & rFormat,
+                                      const OUString & rReference,
+                                      bool bSuccessors,
+                                      std::vector< OUString > & aPrevPageVec,
+                                      std::vector< OUString > & aThisPageVec,
+                                      std::vector< OUString > & aNextPageVec,
+                                      std::vector< OUString > & aRestVec)
+{
+    StartAction();
+
+    SwFormatChain rChain = rFormat.GetChain();
+    SwFrameFormat * pOldChainNext = rChain.GetNext();
+    SwFrameFormat * pOldChainPrev = rChain.GetPrev();
+
+    if (pOldChainNext)
+        mxDoc->Unchain(rFormat);
+
+    if (pOldChainPrev)
+        mxDoc->Unchain(*pOldChainPrev);
+
+    const size_t nCnt = mxDoc->GetFlyCount(FLYCNTTYPE_FRM);
+
+    /* potential successors resp. predecessors */
+    std::vector< const SwFrameFormat * > aTmpSpzArray;
+
+    mxDoc->FindFlyByName(rReference);
+
+    for (size_t n = 0; n < nCnt; ++n)
+    {
+        const SwFrameFormat & rFormat1 = *(mxDoc->GetFlyNum(n, FLYCNTTYPE_FRM));
+
+        /*
+           pFormat is a potential successor of rFormat if it is chainable after
+           rFormat.
+
+           pFormat is a potential predecessor of rFormat if rFormat is chainable
+           after pFormat.
+        */
+
+        SwChainRet nChainState;
+
+        if (bSuccessors)
+            nChainState = mxDoc->Chainable(rFormat, rFormat1);
+        else
+            nChainState = mxDoc->Chainable(rFormat1, rFormat);
+
+        if (nChainState == SwChainRet::OK)
+        {
+            aTmpSpzArray.push_back(&rFormat1);
+
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if  (!aTmpSpzArray.empty())
+    {
+        aPrevPageVec.clear();
+        aThisPageVec.clear();
+        aNextPageVec.clear();
+        aRestVec.clear();
+
+        /* number of page rFormat resides on */
+        sal_uInt16 nPageNum = SwFormatGetPageNum(static_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat *>(&rFormat));
+
+        for (const auto& rpFormat : aTmpSpzArray)
+        {
+            const OUString aString = rpFormat->GetName();
+
+            /* rFormat is not a valid successor or predecessor of
+               itself */
+            if (aString != rReference && aString != rFormat.GetName())
+            {
+                sal_uInt16 nNum1 =
+                    SwFormatGetPageNum(static_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat *>(rpFormat));
+
+                if (nNum1 == nPageNum -1)
+                    aPrevPageVec.push_back(aString);
+                else if (nNum1 == nPageNum)
+                    aThisPageVec.push_back(aString);
+                else if (nNum1 == nPageNum + 1)
+                    aNextPageVec.push_back(aString);
+                else
+                    aRestVec.push_back(aString);
+            }
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if (pOldChainNext)
+        mxDoc->Chain(rFormat, *pOldChainNext);
+
+    if (pOldChainPrev)
+        mxDoc->Chain(*pOldChainPrev, rFormat);
+
+    EndAction();
+}
+
+// #i73249#
+OUString SwFEShell::GetObjTitle() const
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList *pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        if ( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+        {
+            const SdrObject* pObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+            if ( pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT )
+            {
+                return static_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFormat)->GetObjTitle();
+            }
+            return pObj->GetTitle();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return OUString();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetObjTitle( const OUString& rTitle )
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return;
+
+    const SdrMarkList *pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if ( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() != 1 )
+        return;
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+    SwFrameFormat* pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+    if ( pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT )
+    {
+        GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameTitle( dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat&>(*pFormat),
+                                  rTitle );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pObj->SetTitle( rTitle );
+    }
+}
+
+OUString SwFEShell::GetObjDescription() const
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList *pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        if ( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+        {
+            const SdrObject* pObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            const SwFrameFormat* pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+            if ( pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT )
+            {
+                return dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat&>(*pFormat).GetObjDescription();
+            }
+            return pObj->GetDescription();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return OUString();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetObjDescription( const OUString& rDescription )
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return;
+
+    const SdrMarkList *pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if ( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() != 1 )
+        return;
+
+    SdrObject* pObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+    SwFrameFormat* pFormat = FindFrameFormat( pObj );
+    if ( pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT )
+    {
+        GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameDescription(dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat&>(*pFormat),
+                                       rDescription);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pObj->SetDescription( rDescription );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsObjDecorative() const
+{
+    if (!Imp()->HasDrawView())
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    SdrMarkList const& rMarkList(Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList());
+    if (rMarkList.GetMarkCount() != 1)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    SdrObject const*const pObj(rMarkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj());
+    SwFrameFormat const*const pFormat(FindFrameFormat(pObj));
+    if (pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT)
+    {
+        return dynamic_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat&>(*pFormat).GetAttrSet().Get(RES_DECORATIVE).GetValue();
+    }
+    return pObj->IsDecorative();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetObjDecorative(bool const isDecorative)
+{
+    if (!Imp()->HasDrawView())
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SdrMarkList const& rMarkList(Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList());
+    if (rMarkList.GetMarkCount() != 1)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SdrObject *const pObj(rMarkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj());
+    SwFrameFormat *const pFormat(FindFrameFormat(pObj));
+    if (pFormat->Which() == RES_FLYFRMFMT)
+    {
+        GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameDecorative(dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat&>(*pFormat),
+                                       isDecorative);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pObj->SetDecorative(isDecorative);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void SwFEShell::AlignFormulaToBaseline( const uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject >& xObj )
+{
+#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
+    SvGlobalName aCLSID( xObj->getClassID() );
+    const bool bStarMath = ( SotExchange::IsMath( aCLSID ) != 0 );
+    OSL_ENSURE( bStarMath, "AlignFormulaToBaseline should only be called for Math objects" );
+
+    if ( !bStarMath )
+        return;
+#endif
+
+    SwFlyFrame * pFly = FindFlyFrame( xObj );
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFly , "No fly frame!" );
+    SwFrameFormat * pFrameFormat = pFly ? pFly->GetFormat() : nullptr;
+
+    // baseline to baseline alignment should only be applied to formulas anchored as char
+    if ( !pFly || !pFrameFormat || RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != pFrameFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() )
+        return;
+
+    // get baseline from Math object
+    uno::Any aBaseline;
+    if( svt::EmbeddedObjectRef::TryRunningState( xObj ) )
+    {
+        uno::Reference < beans::XPropertySet > xSet( xObj->getComponent(), uno::UNO_QUERY );
+        if ( xSet.is() )
+        {
+            try
+            {
+                aBaseline = xSet->getPropertyValue("BaseLine");
+            }
+            catch ( uno::Exception& )
+            {
+                OSL_FAIL( "Baseline could not be retrieved from Starmath!" );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    sal_Int32 nBaseline = ::comphelper::getINT32(aBaseline);
+    nBaseline = o3tl::toTwips( nBaseline, o3tl::Length::mm100 );
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( nBaseline > 0, "Wrong value of Baseline while retrieving from Starmath!" );
+    //nBaseline must be moved by aPrt position
+    const SwFlyFrameFormat *pFlyFrameFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFlyFrameFormat, "fly frame format missing!" );
+    if ( pFlyFrameFormat )
+        nBaseline += pFlyFrameFormat->GetLastFlyFramePrtRectPos().Y();
+
+    const SwFormatVertOrient &rVert = pFrameFormat->GetVertOrient();
+    SwFormatVertOrient aVert( rVert );
+    aVert.SetPos( -nBaseline );
+    aVert.SetVertOrient( css::text::VertOrientation::NONE );
+
+    pFrameFormat->LockModify();
+    pFrameFormat->SetFormatAttr( aVert );
+    pFrameFormat->UnlockModify();
+    pFly->InvalidatePos();
+
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::AlignAllFormulasToBaseline()
+{
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    SwStartNode *pStNd;
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( *GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionNode(), 1 );
+    while ( nullptr != (pStNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetStartNode()) )
+    {
+        ++aIdx;
+        SwOLENode *pOleNode = aIdx.GetNode().GetOLENode();
+        if ( pOleNode )
+        {
+            const uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > & xObj( pOleNode->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef() );
+            if (xObj.is())
+            {
+                SvGlobalName aCLSID( xObj->getClassID() );
+                if ( SotExchange::IsMath( aCLSID ) )
+                    AlignFormulaToBaseline( xObj );
+            }
+        }
+
+        aIdx.Assign( *pStNd->EndOfSectionNode(), + 1 );
+    }
+
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feflyole.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feflyole.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..efcbaaa172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feflyole.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+
+#include <sfx2/ipclient.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/viewsh.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <notxtfrm.hxx>
+#include <ndole.hxx>
+#include <swcli.hxx>
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLinksAdministration.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/linkmgr.hxx>
+
+using namespace com::sun::star;
+
+SwFlyFrame *SwFEShell::FindFlyFrame( const uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject >& xObj ) const
+{
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if ( pFly && pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() )
+    {
+        SwOLENode *pNd = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode();
+        if ( !pNd || pNd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef() != xObj )
+            pFly = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+        pFly = nullptr;
+
+    if ( !pFly )
+    {
+        // No or wrong fly selected: we have to search.
+        bool bExist = false;
+        SwStartNode *pStNd;
+        SwNodeOffset nSttIdx = GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().StartOfSectionIndex() + 1,
+              nEndIdx = GetNodes().GetEndOfAutotext().GetIndex();
+        while( nSttIdx < nEndIdx &&
+                nullptr != (pStNd = GetNodes()[ nSttIdx ]->GetStartNode()) )
+        {
+            SwNode *pNd = GetNodes()[ nSttIdx+1 ];
+            if ( pNd->IsOLENode() &&
+                 static_cast<SwOLENode*>(pNd)->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef() == xObj )
+            {
+                bExist = true;
+                SwFrame *pFrame = static_cast<SwOLENode*>(pNd)->getLayoutFrame( GetLayout() );
+                if ( pFrame )
+                    pFly = pFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+                break;
+            }
+            nSttIdx = pStNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+        }
+
+        OSL_ENSURE( bExist, "OLE-Object unknown and FlyFrame not found." );
+    }
+    return pFly;
+}
+
+OUString SwFEShell::GetUniqueOLEName() const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetUniqueOLEName();
+}
+
+OUString SwFEShell::GetUniqueFrameName() const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetUniqueFrameName();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::FinishOLEObj()                      // Server is terminated
+{
+    SfxInPlaceClient* pIPClient = GetSfxViewShell()->GetIPClient();
+    if ( !pIPClient )
+        return false;
+
+    bool bRet = pIPClient->IsObjectInPlaceActive();
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        if( CNT_OLE == GetCntType() )
+            ClearAutomaticContour();
+
+        if( static_cast<SwOleClient*>(pIPClient)->IsCheckForOLEInCaption() !=
+            IsCheckForOLEInCaption() )
+            SetCheckForOLEInCaption( !IsCheckForOLEInCaption() );
+
+        // enable update of the link preview
+        comphelper::EmbeddedObjectContainer& rEmbeddedObjectContainer = GetDoc()->GetDocShell()->getEmbeddedObjectContainer();
+        const bool aUserAllowsLinkUpdate = rEmbeddedObjectContainer.getUserAllowsLinkUpdate();
+        rEmbeddedObjectContainer.setUserAllowsLinkUpdate(true);
+
+        // leave UIActive state
+        pIPClient->DeactivateObject();
+
+        // if we have more than one link let's update them too
+        sfx2::LinkManager& rLinkManager = GetDoc()->getIDocumentLinksAdministration().GetLinkManager();
+        if (rLinkManager.GetLinks().size() > 1)
+            rLinkManager.UpdateAllLinks(false, false, nullptr);
+
+        // return back original value of the "update of the link preview" flag
+        rEmbeddedObjectContainer.setUserAllowsLinkUpdate(aUserAllowsLinkUpdate);
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a18e7934c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,3240 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <svx/constructhelper.hxx>
+#include <svx/strings.hrc>
+#include <svx/sdrobjectfilter.hxx>
+#include <svx/svddrgmt.hxx>
+#include <svx/svditer.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdouno.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdocirc.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdopath.hxx>
+#include <svx/sxciaitm.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdocapt.hxx>
+#include <svx/xlnwtit.hxx>
+#include <svx/xlnstwit.hxx>
+#include <svx/xlnedwit.hxx>
+#include <svx/xlnedit.hxx>
+#include <svx/xlnstit.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdomeas.hxx>
+#include <svx/sdtagitm.hxx>
+#include <svx/sdtacitm.hxx>
+#include <svx/sdtaaitm.hxx>
+#include <editeng/opaqitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
+#include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
+#include <svx/dialmgr.hxx>
+#include <tools/globname.hxx>
+#include <sot/exchange.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentDrawModelAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentSettingAccess.hxx>
+#include <DocumentSettingManager.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <drawdoc.hxx>
+#include <textboxhelper.hxx>
+#include <frmfmt.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <fmtsrnd.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtflcnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtcnct.hxx>
+#include <swmodule.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <sectfrm.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <dview.hxx>
+#include <dflyobj.hxx>
+#include <dcontact.hxx>
+#include <viewimp.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <ndole.hxx>
+#include <ndgrf.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <viewopt.hxx>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <notxtfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <mdiexp.hxx>
+#include <sortedobjs.hxx>
+#include <HandleAnchorNodeChg.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygon.hxx>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <sfx2/lokhelper.hxx>
+#include <LibreOfficeKit/LibreOfficeKitEnums.h>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <flyfrms.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx>
+#include <svx/svxids.hrc>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/embed/EmbedMisc.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/embed/Aspects.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/embed/XEmbeddedObject.hpp>
+
+#include <svx/srchdlg.hxx>
+
+#define SCROLLVAL 75
+
+using namespace com::sun::star;
+
+SwFlyFrame *GetFlyFromMarked( const SdrMarkList *pLst, SwViewShell *pSh )
+{
+    if ( !pLst )
+        pLst = pSh->HasDrawView() ? &pSh->Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList():nullptr;
+
+    if ( pLst && pLst->GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pO = pLst->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pO))
+            return pVirtO->GetFlyFrame();
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+static void lcl_GrabCursor( SwFEShell* pSh, SwFlyFrame* pOldSelFly, SwFrameFormat* pNewDrawFormat = nullptr)
+{
+    const SwFrameFormat *pFlyFormat = pSh->SelFlyGrabCursor();
+    if( pFlyFormat && !pSh->ActionPend() &&
+                        (!pOldSelFly || pOldSelFly->GetFormat() != pFlyFormat) )
+    {
+        // now call set macro if applicable
+        pSh->GetFlyMacroLnk().Call( static_cast<const SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFlyFormat) );
+        // if a dialog was started inside a macro, then
+        // MouseButtonUp arrives at macro and not to us. Therefore
+        // flag is always set here and will never be switched to
+        // respective Shell !!!!!!!
+
+        g_bNoInterrupt = false;
+    }
+    else if( !pFlyFormat || RES_DRAWFRMFMT == pFlyFormat->Which() )
+    {
+        // --> assure consistent cursor
+        pSh->KillPams();
+        pSh->ClearMark();
+        if (pNewDrawFormat)
+        {
+            // If we selected a draw shape format, move the cursor to its anchor position.
+            // SetCursor() may pick something inside, which is not wanted: code later assumes that
+            // the cursor is at the anchor point if a shape is selected.
+            const SwPosition* pContentAnchor = pNewDrawFormat->GetAnchor().GetContentAnchor();
+            if (pContentAnchor)
+            {
+                pSh->SetSelection(SwPaM(*pContentAnchor));
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pSh->SetCursor( pSh->Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetAllMarkedRect().TopLeft(), true);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::SelectObj( const Point& rPt, sal_uInt8 nFlag, SdrObject *pObj )
+{
+    SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if(!pDView)
+        return false;
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAction();    // action is necessary to assure only one AttrChgdNotify
+                      // (e.g. due to Unmark->MarkListHasChgd) arrives
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = pDView->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    const bool bHadSelection = rMrkList.GetMarkCount();
+    const bool bAddSelect = 0 != (SW_ADD_SELECT & nFlag);
+    const bool bEnterGroup = 0 != (SW_ENTER_GROUP & nFlag);
+    SwFlyFrame* pOldSelFly = nullptr;
+    const Point aOldPos( pDView->GetAllMarkedRect().TopLeft() );
+
+    if( bHadSelection )
+    {
+        // call Unmark when !bAddSelect or if fly was selected
+        bool bUnmark = !bAddSelect;
+
+        if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+        {
+            // if fly was selected, deselect it first
+            pOldSelFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+            if ( pOldSelFly )
+            {
+                const sal_uInt16 nType = GetCntType();
+                if( nType != CNT_TXT || (SW_LEAVE_FRAME & nFlag) ||
+                    ( pOldSelFly->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected()
+                     && !IsReadOnlyAvailable() ))
+                {
+                    // If a fly is deselected, which contains graphic, OLE or
+                    // otherwise, the cursor should be removed from it.
+                    // Similar if a fly with protected content is deselected.
+                    // For simplicity we put the cursor next to the upper-left
+                    // corner.
+                    Point aPt( pOldSelFly->getFrameArea().Pos() );
+                    aPt.setX(aPt.getX() - 1);
+                    bool bUnLockView = !IsViewLocked();
+                    LockView( true );
+                    SetCursor( aPt, true );
+                    if( bUnLockView )
+                        LockView( false );
+                }
+                if ( nType & CNT_GRF &&
+                     static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pOldSelFly->Lower())->HasAnimation() )
+                {
+                    GetWin()->Invalidate( pOldSelFly->getFrameArea().SVRect() );
+                }
+
+                // Cancel crop mode
+                if ( SdrDragMode::Crop == GetDragMode() )
+                    SetDragMode( SdrDragMode::Move );
+
+                bUnmark = true;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( bUnmark )
+        {
+            pDView->UnmarkAll();
+            if (pOldSelFly)
+                pOldSelFly->SelectionHasChanged(this);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        KillPams();
+        ClearMark();
+    }
+
+    if ( pObj )
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( !bEnterGroup, "SW_ENTER_GROUP is not supported" );
+        pDView->MarkObj( pObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // tolerance limit of Drawing-SS
+        const auto nHdlSizePixel = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkHdlSizePixel();
+        const short nMinMove = static_cast<short>(GetOut()->PixelToLogic(Size(nHdlSizePixel/2, 0)).Width());
+        pDView->MarkObj( rPt, nMinMove, bAddSelect, bEnterGroup );
+    }
+
+    const bool bRet = 0 != rMrkList.GetMarkCount();
+
+    if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() > 1 )
+    {
+        // It sucks if Drawing objects were selected and now
+        // additionally a fly is selected.
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pTmpObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            bool bForget = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pTmpObj) !=  nullptr;
+            if( bForget )
+            {
+                pDView->UnmarkAll();
+                pDView->MarkObj( pTmpObj, Imp()->GetPageView(), bAddSelect, bEnterGroup );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1)
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame* pSelFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked(&rMrkList, this);
+        if (pSelFly && pSelFly->IsFlySplitAllowed())
+        {
+            auto pMaster = static_cast<SwFlyAtContentFrame*>(pSelFly);
+            while (pMaster->IsFollow())
+            {
+                pMaster = pMaster->GetPrecede();
+            }
+            if (pMaster != pSelFly)
+            {
+                // A follow fly frame is selected, select the master instead. Selection of a follow
+                // would not be ideal, since one can't customize its vertical position (always
+                // starts at the top of the page).
+                pDView->UnmarkAll();
+                pDView->MarkObj(pMaster->DrawObj(), Imp()->GetPageView(), bAddSelect, bEnterGroup);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pSelFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+        if (pSelFly)
+            pSelFly->SelectionHasChanged(this);
+    }
+
+    SwFrameFormat* pNewDrawFormat = nullptr;
+    if (!(nFlag & SW_ALLOW_TEXTBOX))
+    {
+        // If the fly frame is a textbox of a shape, then select the shape instead.
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i)
+        {
+            SdrObject* pObject = rMrkList.GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            SwContact* pContact = GetUserCall(pObject);
+            if (!pContact)
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            SwFrameFormat* pFormat = pContact->GetFormat();
+            if (SwFrameFormat* pShapeFormat = SwTextBoxHelper::getOtherTextBoxFormat(pFormat, RES_FLYFRMFMT))
+            {
+                SdrObject* pShape = pShapeFormat->FindSdrObject();
+                pDView->UnmarkAll();
+                pDView->MarkObj(pShape, Imp()->GetPageView(), bAddSelect, bEnterGroup);
+                // Remember that this frame format was marked for selection.
+                pNewDrawFormat = pShapeFormat;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bRet )
+    {
+        ::lcl_GrabCursor(this, pOldSelFly, pNewDrawFormat);
+        if ( GetCntType() & CNT_GRF )
+        {
+            const SwFlyFrame *pTmp = GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+            OSL_ENSURE( pTmp, "Graphic without Fly" );
+            if ( pTmp && static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pTmp->Lower())->HasAnimation() )
+                static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pTmp->Lower())->StopAnimation( GetOut() );
+        }
+    }
+    else if ( !pOldSelFly && bHadSelection )
+        SetCursor( aOldPos, true);
+
+    if( bRet || !bHadSelection )
+        CallChgLnk();
+
+    // update status line
+    ::FrameNotify( this, bRet ? FLY_DRAG_START : FLY_DRAG_END );
+
+    EndAction();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Description: MoveAnchor( nDir ) looked for an another Anchor for
+ *  the selected drawing object (or fly frame) in the given direction.
+ *  An object "as character" doesn't moves anyway.
+ *  A page bounded object could move to the previous/next page with up/down,
+ *  an object bounded "at paragraph" moves to the previous/next paragraph, too.
+ *  An object bounded "at character" moves to the previous/next paragraph
+ *  with up/down and to the previous/next character with left/right.
+ *  If the anchor for at paragraph/character bounded objects has vertical or
+ *  right_to_left text direction, the directions for up/down/left/right will
+ *  interpreted accordingly.
+ *  An object bounded "at fly" takes the center of the actual anchor and looks
+ *  for the nearest fly frame in the given direction.
+ */
+
+static bool LessX( Point const & aPt1, Point const & aPt2, bool bOld )
+{
+    return aPt1.getX() < aPt2.getX()
+            || ( aPt1.getX() == aPt2.getX()
+                && ( aPt1.getY() < aPt2.getY()
+                    || ( aPt1.getY() == aPt2.getY() && bOld ) ) );
+}
+static bool LessY( Point const & aPt1, Point const & aPt2, bool bOld )
+{
+    return aPt1.getY() < aPt2.getY()
+            || ( aPt1.getY() == aPt2.getY()
+                && ( aPt1.getX() < aPt2.getX()
+                    || ( aPt1.getX() == aPt2.getX() && bOld ) ) );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::MoveAnchor( SwMove nDir )
+{
+    if (!Imp()->GetDrawView())
+        return false;
+    const SdrMarkList& pMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if (1 != pMrkList.GetMarkCount())
+        return false;
+    SwFrame* pOld;
+    SwFlyFrame* pFly = nullptr;
+    SdrObject *pObj = pMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+    if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj))
+    {
+        pFly = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame();
+        pOld = pFly->AnchorFrame();
+    }
+    else
+        pOld = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj))->GetAnchorFrame( pObj );
+    bool bRet = false;
+    if( pOld )
+    {
+        SwFrame* pNew = pOld;
+        // #i28701#
+        SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = ::GetUserCall( pObj )->GetAnchoredObj( pObj );
+        SwFrameFormat& rFormat = pAnchoredObj->GetFrameFormat();
+        SwFormatAnchor aAnch( rFormat.GetAnchor() );
+        RndStdIds nAnchorId = aAnch.GetAnchorId();
+        if ( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == nAnchorId )
+            return false;
+        if( pOld->IsVertical() )
+        {
+            if( pOld->IsTextFrame() )
+            {
+                switch( nDir ) {
+                    case SwMove::UP: nDir = SwMove::LEFT; break;
+                    case SwMove::DOWN: nDir = SwMove::RIGHT; break;
+                    case SwMove::LEFT: nDir = SwMove::DOWN; break;
+                    case SwMove::RIGHT: nDir = SwMove::UP; break;
+                }
+                if( pOld->IsRightToLeft() )
+                {
+                    if( nDir == SwMove::LEFT )
+                        nDir = SwMove::RIGHT;
+                    else if( nDir == SwMove::RIGHT )
+                        nDir = SwMove::LEFT;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        switch ( nAnchorId ) {
+            case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE:
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE( pOld->IsPageFrame(), "Wrong anchor, page expected." );
+                if( SwMove::UP == nDir )
+                    pNew = pOld->GetPrev();
+                else if( SwMove::DOWN == nDir )
+                    pNew = pOld->GetNext();
+                if( pNew && pNew != pOld )
+                {
+                    aAnch.SetPageNum( static_cast<SwPageFrame*>(pNew)->GetPhyPageNum() );
+                    bRet = true;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+            case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR:
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE(pOld->IsTextFrame(), "Wrong anchor, text frame expected.");
+                if( SwMove::LEFT == nDir || SwMove::RIGHT == nDir )
+                {
+                    SwPosition pos = *aAnch.GetContentAnchor();
+                    SwTextFrame *const pOldFrame(static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(pOld));
+                    TextFrameIndex const nAct(pOldFrame->MapModelToViewPos(pos));
+                    if( SwMove::LEFT == nDir )
+                    {
+                        bRet = true;
+                        if( nAct )
+                        {
+                            pos = pOldFrame->MapViewToModelPos(nAct - TextFrameIndex(1));
+                        }
+                        else
+                            nDir = SwMove::UP;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        TextFrameIndex const nMax(pOldFrame->GetText().getLength());
+                        if( nAct < nMax )
+                        {
+                            bRet = true;
+                            pos = pOldFrame->MapViewToModelPos(nAct + TextFrameIndex(1));
+                        }
+                        else
+                            nDir = SwMove::DOWN;
+                    }
+                    if( pos != *aAnch.GetContentAnchor())
+                        aAnch.SetAnchor( &pos );
+                }
+                [[fallthrough]];
+            }
+            case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA:
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE(pOld->IsTextFrame(), "Wrong anchor, text frame expected.");
+                if( SwMove::UP == nDir )
+                    pNew = pOld->FindPrev();
+                else if( SwMove::DOWN == nDir )
+                    pNew = pOld->FindNext();
+                if( pNew && pNew != pOld && pNew->IsContentFrame() )
+                {
+                    SwTextFrame *const pNewFrame(static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(pNew));
+                    SwPosition const pos = pNewFrame->MapViewToModelPos(
+                        TextFrameIndex(
+                            (bRet && pNewFrame->GetText().getLength() != 0)
+                                ? pNewFrame->GetText().getLength() - 1
+                                : 0));
+                    aAnch.SetAnchor( &pos );
+                    bRet = true;
+                }
+                else if( SwMove::UP == nDir || SwMove::DOWN == nDir )
+                    bRet = false;
+                break;
+            }
+            case RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY:
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE( pOld->IsFlyFrame(), "Wrong anchor, fly frame expected.");
+                SwPageFrame* pPage = pOld->FindPageFrame();
+                OSL_ENSURE( pPage, "Where's my page?" );
+                SwFlyFrame* pNewFly = nullptr;
+                if( pPage->GetSortedObjs() )
+                {
+                    bool bOld = false;
+                    Point aCenter( pOld->getFrameArea().Left() + pOld->getFrameArea().Width()/2,
+                                   pOld->getFrameArea().Top() + pOld->getFrameArea().Height()/2 );
+                    Point aBest;
+                    for(SwAnchoredObject* pAnchObj : *pPage->GetSortedObjs())
+                    {
+                        if( auto pTmp = pAnchObj->DynCastFlyFrame() )
+                        {
+                            if( pTmp == pOld )
+                                bOld = true;
+                            else
+                            {
+                                const SwFlyFrame* pCheck = pFly ? pTmp : nullptr;
+                                while( pCheck )
+                                {
+                                    if( pCheck == pFly )
+                                        break;
+                                    const SwFrame *pNxt = pCheck->GetAnchorFrame();
+                                    pCheck = pNxt ? pNxt->FindFlyFrame() : nullptr;
+                                }
+                                if( pCheck || pTmp->IsProtected() )
+                                    continue;
+                                Point aNew( pTmp->getFrameArea().Left() +
+                                            pTmp->getFrameArea().Width()/2,
+                                            pTmp->getFrameArea().Top() +
+                                            pTmp->getFrameArea().Height()/2 );
+                                bool bAccept = false;
+                                switch( nDir ) {
+                                    case SwMove::RIGHT:
+                                    {
+                                        bAccept = LessX( aCenter, aNew, bOld )
+                                             && ( !pNewFly ||
+                                             LessX( aNew, aBest, false ) );
+                                        break;
+                                    }
+                                    case SwMove::LEFT:
+                                    {
+                                        bAccept = LessX( aNew, aCenter, !bOld )
+                                             && ( !pNewFly ||
+                                             LessX( aBest, aNew, true ) );
+                                        break;
+                                    }
+                                    case SwMove::UP:
+                                    {
+                                        bAccept = LessY( aNew, aCenter, !bOld )
+                                             && ( !pNewFly ||
+                                             LessY( aBest, aNew, true ) );
+                                        break;
+                                    }
+                                    case SwMove::DOWN:
+                                    {
+                                        bAccept = LessY( aCenter, aNew, bOld )
+                                             && ( !pNewFly ||
+                                             LessY( aNew, aBest, false ) );
+                                        break;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                                if( bAccept )
+                                {
+                                    pNewFly = pTmp;
+                                    aBest = aNew;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if( pNewFly )
+                {
+                    SwPosition aPos( *pNewFly->GetFormat()->
+                                        GetContent().GetContentIdx());
+                    aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+                    bRet = true;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+            default: break;
+        }
+        if( bRet )
+        {
+            StartAllAction();
+            // --> handle change of anchor node:
+            // if count of the anchor frame also change, the fly frames have to be
+            // re-created. Thus, delete all fly frames except the <this> before the
+            // anchor attribute is change and re-create them afterwards.
+            {
+                std::unique_ptr<SwHandleAnchorNodeChg> pHandleAnchorNodeChg;
+                SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFrameFormat( dynamic_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(&rFormat) );
+                if ( pFlyFrameFormat )
+                {
+                    pHandleAnchorNodeChg.reset(
+                        new SwHandleAnchorNodeChg( *pFlyFrameFormat, aAnch ));
+                }
+                rFormat.GetDoc()->SetAttr( aAnch, rFormat );
+            }
+            // #i28701# - no call of method
+            // <CheckCharRectAndTopOfLine()> for to-character anchored
+            // Writer fly frame needed. This method call can cause a
+            // format of the anchor frame, which is no longer intended.
+                    // Instead clear the anchor character rectangle and
+                    // the top of line values for all to-character anchored objects.
+            pAnchoredObj->ClearCharRectAndTopOfLine();
+            EndAllAction();
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+const SdrMarkList* SwFEShell::GetMarkList_() const
+{
+    const SdrMarkList* pMarkList = nullptr;
+    if( Imp()->GetDrawView() != nullptr )
+        pMarkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    return pMarkList;
+}
+
+FrameTypeFlags SwFEShell::GetSelFrameType() const
+{
+    FrameTypeFlags eType;
+
+    // get marked frame list, and check if anything is selected
+    const SdrMarkList* pMarkList = GetMarkList_();
+    if( pMarkList == nullptr  ||  pMarkList->GetMarkCount() == 0 )
+        eType = FrameTypeFlags::NONE;
+    else
+    {
+        // obtain marked item as fly frame; if no fly frame, it must
+        // be a draw object
+        const SwFlyFrame* pFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked(pMarkList, const_cast<SwFEShell*>(this));
+        if ( pFly != nullptr )
+        {
+            if( pFly->IsFlyLayFrame() )
+                eType = FrameTypeFlags::FLY_FREE;
+            else if( pFly->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+                eType = FrameTypeFlags::FLY_ATCNT;
+            else
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE( pFly->IsFlyInContentFrame(), "New frametype?" );
+                eType = FrameTypeFlags::FLY_INCNT;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            eType = FrameTypeFlags::DRAWOBJ;
+    }
+
+    return eType;
+}
+
+// does the draw selection contain a control?
+bool SwFEShell::IsSelContainsControl() const
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    // basically, copy the mechanism from GetSelFrameType(), but call
+    // CheckControl... if you get a drawing object
+    const SdrMarkList* pMarkList = GetMarkList_();
+    if( pMarkList != nullptr  &&  pMarkList->GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+    {
+        // if we have one marked object, get the SdrObject and check
+        // whether it contains a control
+        const SdrObject* pSdrObject = pMarkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        bRet = pSdrObject && ::CheckControlLayer( pSdrObject );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ScrollTo( const Point &rPt )
+{
+    const SwRect aRect( rPt, rPt );
+    if ( IsScrollMDI( this, aRect ) &&
+         (!Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() ||
+          Imp()->IsDragPossible( rPt )) )
+    {
+        ScrollMDI( this, aRect, SCROLLVAL, SCROLLVAL );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetDragMode( SdrDragMode eDragMode )
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->SetDragMode( eDragMode );
+}
+
+SdrDragMode SwFEShell::GetDragMode() const
+{
+    SdrDragMode nRet = SdrDragMode(0);
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        nRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetDragMode();
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::StartCropImage()
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if (!pView) return;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMarkList = pView->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if( 0 == rMarkList.GetMarkCount() ) {
+        // No object selected
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // If more than a single SwVirtFlyDrawObj is selected, select only the first SwVirtFlyDrawObj
+    if ( rMarkList.GetMarkCount() > 1 )
+    {
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMarkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pTmpObj = rMarkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            bool bForget = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pTmpObj) !=  nullptr;
+            if( bForget )
+            {
+                pView->UnmarkAll();
+                pView->MarkObj( pTmpObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Activate CROP mode
+    pView->SetEditMode( SdrViewEditMode::Edit );
+    SetDragMode( SdrDragMode::Crop );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::BeginDrag( const Point* pPt, bool bIsShift)
+{
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if ( pView && pView->AreObjectsMarked() )
+    {
+        m_pChainFrom.reset();
+        m_pChainTo.reset();
+        SdrHdl* pHdl = pView->PickHandle( *pPt );
+        if (pView->BegDragObj( *pPt, nullptr, pHdl ))
+            pView->GetDragMethod()->SetShiftPressed( bIsShift );
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::Drag( const Point *pPt, bool )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "Drag without DrawView?" );
+    if ( HasDrawViewDrag() )
+    {
+        ScrollTo( *pPt );
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->MovDragObj( *pPt );
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->ShowDragAnchor();
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::EndDrag()
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "EndDrag without DrawView?" );
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if ( !pView->IsDragObj() )
+        return;
+
+    for(SwViewShell& rSh : GetRingContainer())
+        rSh.StartAction();
+
+    StartUndo( SwUndoId::START );
+
+    // #50778# Bug during dragging: In StartAction a HideShowXor is called.
+    // In EndDragObj() this is reversed, for no reason and even wrong.
+    // To restore consistency we should bring up the Xor again.
+
+    // Reanimation from the hack #50778 to fix bug #97057
+    // May be not the best solution, but the one with lowest risc at the moment.
+    // pView->ShowShownXor( GetOut() );
+
+    pView->EndDragObj();
+
+    // DrawUndo on to flyframes are not stored
+    //             The flys change the flag.
+    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(true);
+    ChgAnchor( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA, true );
+
+    EndUndo( SwUndoId::END );
+
+    for(SwViewShell& rSh : GetRingContainer())
+    {
+        rSh.EndAction();
+        if( auto pCursorShell = dynamic_cast<SwCursorShell *>(&rSh) )
+            pCursorShell->CallChgLnk();
+    }
+
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    ::FrameNotify( this );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::BreakDrag()
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "BreakDrag without DrawView?" );
+    if( HasDrawViewDrag() )
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->BrkDragObj();
+    SetChainMarker();
+}
+
+// If a fly is selected, pulls the crsr in the first ContentFrame
+const SwFrameFormat* SwFEShell::SelFlyGrabCursor()
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+
+        if( pFly )
+        {
+            SwContentFrame *pCFrame = pFly->ContainsContent();
+            if ( pCFrame )
+            {
+                // --> assure, that the cursor is consistent.
+                KillPams();
+                ClearMark();
+                SwPaM       *pCursor  = GetCursor();
+
+                if (pCFrame->IsTextFrame())
+                {
+                    *pCursor->GetPoint() = static_cast<SwTextFrame *>(pCFrame)
+                        ->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0));
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    assert(pCFrame->IsNoTextFrame());
+                    SwContentNode *const pCNode = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame *>(pCFrame)->GetNode();
+                    pCursor->GetPoint()->Assign(*pCNode);
+                }
+
+                SwRect& rChrRect = const_cast<SwRect&>(GetCharRect());
+                rChrRect = pFly->getFramePrintArea();
+                rChrRect.Pos() += pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                GetCursorDocPos() = rChrRect.Pos();
+            }
+            return pFly->GetFormat();
+        }
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+// Selection to above/below (Z-Order)
+static void lcl_NotifyNeighbours( const SdrMarkList *pLst )
+{
+    // Rules for evasion have changed.
+    // 1. The environment of the fly and everything inside should be notified
+    // 2. The content of the frame itself has to be notified
+    // 3. Frames displaced by the frame have to be notified
+    // 4. Also Drawing objects can displace frames
+    for( size_t j = 0; j < pLst->GetMarkCount(); ++j )
+    {
+        SwPageFrame *pPage;
+        bool bCheckNeighbours = false;
+        sal_Int16 aHori = text::HoriOrientation::NONE;
+        SwRect aRect;
+        SdrObject *pO = pLst->GetMark( j )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pO))
+        {
+            SwFlyFrame *pFly = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame();
+
+            const SwFormatHoriOrient &rHori = pFly->GetFormat()->GetHoriOrient();
+            aHori = rHori.GetHoriOrient();
+            if( text::HoriOrientation::NONE != aHori && text::HoriOrientation::CENTER != aHori &&
+                pFly->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+            {
+                bCheckNeighbours = true;
+                pFly->InvalidatePos();
+                SwFrameAreaDefinition::FrameAreaWriteAccess aFrm(*pFly);
+                aFrm.Pos().AdjustY(1 );
+            }
+
+            pPage = pFly->FindPageFrame();
+            aRect = pFly->getFrameArea();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            SwFrame* pAnch = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>( GetUserCall(pO) )->GetAnchorFrame( pO );
+            if( !pAnch )
+                continue;
+            pPage = pAnch->FindPageFrame();
+            // #i68520# - naming changed
+            aRect = GetBoundRectOfAnchoredObj( pO );
+        }
+
+        const size_t nCount = pPage->GetSortedObjs() ? pPage->GetSortedObjs()->size() : 0;
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
+        {
+            SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pPage->GetSortedObjs())[i];
+            SwFlyFrame* pAct = pAnchoredObj->DynCastFlyFrame();
+            if ( !pAct )
+                continue;
+
+            SwRect aTmpCalcPnt( pAct->getFramePrintArea() );
+            aTmpCalcPnt += pAct->getFrameArea().Pos();
+            if ( aRect.Overlaps( aTmpCalcPnt ) )
+            {
+                SwContentFrame *pCnt = pAct->ContainsContent();
+                while ( pCnt )
+                {
+                    aTmpCalcPnt = pCnt->getFramePrintArea();
+                    aTmpCalcPnt += pCnt->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                    if ( aRect.Overlaps( aTmpCalcPnt ) )
+                        static_cast<SwFrame*>(pCnt)->Prepare( PrepareHint::FlyFrameAttributesChanged );
+                    pCnt = pCnt->GetNextContentFrame();
+                }
+            }
+            if ( bCheckNeighbours && pAct->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+            {
+                const SwFormatHoriOrient &rH = pAct->GetFormat()->GetHoriOrient();
+                if ( rH.GetHoriOrient() == aHori &&
+                     pAct->getFrameArea().Top()    <= aRect.Bottom() &&
+                     pAct->getFrameArea().Bottom() >= aRect.Top() )
+                {
+                    pAct->InvalidatePos();
+                    SwFrameAreaDefinition::FrameAreaWriteAccess aFrm(*pAct);
+                    aFrm.Pos().AdjustY(1 );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetLineEnds(SfxItemSet& rAttr, SdrObject const & rObj, sal_uInt16 nSlotId)
+{
+    ConstructHelper::SetLineEnds(rAttr, rObj, nSlotId, 100);
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SelectionToTop( bool bTop )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "SelectionToTop without DrawView?" );
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    OSL_ENSURE( rMrkList.GetMarkCount(), "No object selected." );
+
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+    if ( pFly && pFly->IsFlyInContentFrame() )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    if ( bTop )
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->PutMarkedToTop();
+    else
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->MovMarkedToTop();
+    ::lcl_NotifyNeighbours( &rMrkList );
+
+    // Does the selection contain a textbox?
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); i++)
+        if (auto pObj = rMrkList.GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj())
+            // Get the textbox-shape
+            if (auto pFormat = FindFrameFormat(pObj))
+            {
+                // If it has not textframe skip...
+                if (!SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pObj))
+                    continue;
+                // If it has a textframe so it is a textbox, get its page
+                if (auto pDrwModel
+                    = pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetDrawModel())
+                    // Not really understood why everything is on page 0...
+                    // but it is easier to handle sdrobjects, that's true
+                    if (auto pPage = pDrwModel->GetPage(0))
+                    {
+                        // nShift: it means how many layers the pObj have to be shifted up,
+                        // in order not to interfere with other shapes and textboxes.
+                        // Situations:
+                        // - The next shape has textframe: This shape have to shifted with
+                        //   two layers.
+                        // - The next shape has not got textframe: This shape have to be
+                        //   shifted only one layer up.
+                        // - The next shape is null:
+                        //      - This shape is already at heaven: Only the textframe have
+                        //        to be adjusted.
+                        sal_uInt32 nShift = 0;
+                        // Get the one level higher object (note: can be nullptr!)
+                        const auto pNextObj = pPage->SetObjectOrdNum(pObj->GetOrdNum() + 1, pObj->GetOrdNum() + 1);
+                        // If there is a higher object (not null)...
+                        if (pNextObj)
+                        {
+                            // One level shift is necessary
+                            nShift++;
+                            // If this object is a textbox, two level increasing needed
+                            // (one for the shape and one for the frame)
+                            if (auto pNextFormat = FindFrameFormat(pNextObj))
+                                if (SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pNextFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pNextObj)
+                                    || SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pNextFormat, RES_FLYFRMFMT))
+                                    nShift++;
+                        }
+                        // Set the new z-order.
+                        pPage->SetObjectOrdNum(pObj->GetOrdNum(), pObj->GetOrdNum() + nShift);
+                    }
+                // The shape is on the right level, correct the layer of the frame
+                SwTextBoxHelper::DoTextBoxZOrderCorrection(pFormat, pObj);
+            }
+
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SelectionToBottom( bool bBottom )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "SelectionToBottom without DrawView?" );
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    OSL_ENSURE( rMrkList.GetMarkCount(), "No object selected." );
+
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+    if ( pFly && pFly->IsFlyInContentFrame() )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    if ( bBottom )
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->PutMarkedToBtm();
+    else
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->MovMarkedToBtm();
+    ::lcl_NotifyNeighbours( &rMrkList );
+
+    // If the selection has textbox
+    for(size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); i++)
+        if (auto pObj = rMrkList.GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj())
+            // Get the shape of the textbox
+            if (auto pFormat = FindFrameFormat(pObj))
+            {
+                // If the shape has not textframes skip.
+                if (!SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pObj))
+                    continue;
+                // If has, move the shape to correct level with...
+                if (auto pDrwModel
+                    = pFormat->GetDoc()->getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetDrawModel())
+                    if (auto pPage = pDrwModel->GetPage(0))
+                    {
+                        const auto pNextObj = pPage->SetObjectOrdNum(pObj->GetOrdNum() - 1, pObj->GetOrdNum() - 1);
+                        // If there is a lower object (not null)...
+                        if (pNextObj)
+                        {
+                            // If the lower has no textframe, just do nothing, else move by one lower
+                            if (auto pNextFormat = FindFrameFormat(pNextObj))
+                                if (SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pNextFormat, RES_DRAWFRMFMT, pNextObj)
+                                    || SwTextBoxHelper::isTextBox(pNextFormat, RES_FLYFRMFMT))
+                                    pPage->SetObjectOrdNum(pObj->GetOrdNum(), pObj->GetOrdNum() - 1);
+                        }
+                    }
+                // And set correct layer for the selected textbox.
+                SwTextBoxHelper::DoTextBoxZOrderCorrection(pFormat, pObj);
+            }
+
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+// Object above/below the document? 2 Controls, 1 Heaven, 0 Hell,
+// SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND Ambiguous
+SdrLayerID SwFEShell::GetLayerId() const
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND;
+
+    SdrLayerID nRet = SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND;
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+    {
+        const SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if( !pObj )
+            continue;
+        if ( nRet == SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND )
+            nRet = pObj->GetLayer();
+        else if ( nRet != pObj->GetLayer() )
+        {
+            return SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND;
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+// Object above/below the document
+// Note: only visible objects can be marked. Thus, objects with invisible
+//       layer IDs have not to be considered.
+//       If <SwFEShell> exists, layout exists!!
+void SwFEShell::ChangeOpaque( SdrLayerID nLayerId )
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    const IDocumentDrawModelAccess& rIDDMA = getIDocumentDrawModelAccess();
+    // correct type of <nControls>
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+    {
+        SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if( !pObj )
+            continue;
+        // or group objects containing controls.
+        // --> #i113730#
+        // consider that a member of a drawing group has been selected.
+        const SwContact* pContact = ::GetUserCall( pObj );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pContact && pContact->GetMaster(), "<SwFEShell::ChangeOpaque(..)> - missing contact or missing master object at contact!" );
+        const bool bControlObj = ( pContact && pContact->GetMaster() )
+                                 ? ::CheckControlLayer( pContact->GetMaster() )
+                                 : ::CheckControlLayer( pObj );
+        if ( !bControlObj && pObj->GetLayer() != nLayerId )
+        {
+            pObj->SetLayer( nLayerId );
+            InvalidateWindows( SwRect( pObj->GetCurrentBoundRect() ) );
+            if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj))
+            {
+                SwFormat *pFormat = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame()->GetFormat();
+                SvxOpaqueItem aOpa( pFormat->GetOpaque() );
+                aOpa.SetValue(  nLayerId == rIDDMA.GetHellId() );
+                pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aOpa );
+                // If pObj has textframe, put its textframe to the right level
+                if (auto pTextBx = FindFrameFormat(pObj))
+                    SwTextBoxHelper::DoTextBoxZOrderCorrection(pTextBx, pObj);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SelectionToHeaven()
+{
+    ChangeOpaque( getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetHeavenId() );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SelectionToHell()
+{
+    ChangeOpaque( getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetHellId() );
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::IsObjSelected() const
+{
+    if ( IsFrameSelected() || !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return 0;
+
+    return Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsFrameSelected() const
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return false;
+    else
+        return nullptr != ::GetFlyFromMarked( &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList(),
+                                        const_cast<SwFEShell*>(this) );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsObjSelected( const SdrObject& rObj ) const
+{
+    if ( IsFrameSelected() || !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return false;
+    else
+        return Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsObjMarked( &rObj );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsRotationOfSwGrfNodePossible() const
+{
+    // RotGrfFlyFrame: check if RotationMode is possible
+    const SdrView *pSdrView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+    if(pSdrView)
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList& rList(pSdrView->GetMarkedObjectList());
+
+        if(1 == rList.GetMarkCount())
+        {
+            const SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtFlyDraw(dynamic_cast< const SwVirtFlyDrawObj* >(rList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj()));
+
+            if(nullptr != pVirtFlyDraw)
+            {
+                return pVirtFlyDraw->ContainsSwGrfNode();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsObjSameLevelWithMarked(const SdrObject* pObj) const
+{
+    if (pObj)
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList& aMarkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        if (aMarkList.GetMarkCount() == 0)
+        {
+            return true;
+        }
+        SdrMark* pM=aMarkList.GetMark(0);
+        if (pM)
+        {
+            SdrObject* pMarkObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if (pMarkObj && pMarkObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject() == pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject())
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::EndTextEdit()
+{
+    // Terminate the TextEditMode. If required (default if the object
+    // does not contain any more text and does not carry attributes) the object
+    // is deleted. All other objects marked are preserved.
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView() && Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsTextEdit(),
+            "EndTextEdit a no Object" );
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    SdrObject *pObj = pView->GetTextEditObject();
+    SdrObjUserCall* pUserCall = GetUserCall(pObj);
+    if( nullptr != pUserCall )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pTmp = static_cast<SwContact*>(pUserCall)->GetMaster();
+        if( !pTmp )
+            pTmp = pObj;
+        pUserCall->Changed( *pTmp, SdrUserCallType::Resize, pTmp->GetLastBoundRect() );
+    }
+    if ( !pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject() )
+    {
+        if ( SdrEndTextEditKind::ShouldBeDeleted == pView->SdrEndTextEdit(true) )
+        {
+            if ( pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() > 1 )
+            {
+                SdrMarkList aSave( pView->GetMarkedObjectList() );
+                aSave.DeleteMark( aSave.FindObject( pObj ) );
+                if ( aSave.GetMarkCount() )
+                {
+                    pView->UnmarkAll();
+                    pView->MarkObj( pObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+                }
+                DelSelectedObj();
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < aSave.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+                    pView->MarkObj( aSave.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj(), Imp()->GetPageView() );
+            }
+            else
+                DelSelectedObj();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        pView->SdrEndTextEdit();
+
+    if (comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+        SfxLokHelper::notifyOtherViews(GetSfxViewShell(), LOK_CALLBACK_VIEW_LOCK, "rectangle", "EMPTY"_ostr);
+
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsInsideSelectedObj( const Point &rPt )
+{
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+        if( pDView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() &&
+            pDView->IsMarkedObjHit( rPt ) )
+        {
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsObjSelectable( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr(this);
+    SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    bool bRet = false;
+    if( pDView )
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPV;
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( pDView->GetMarkHdlSizePixel()/2 );
+
+        bRet = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPV, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE) != nullptr;
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+SdrObject* SwFEShell::GetObjAt( const Point& rPt )
+{
+    SdrObject* pRet = nullptr;
+    CurrShell aCurr(this);
+    SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if( pDView )
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPV;
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( pDView->GetMarkHdlSizePixel()/2 );
+
+        pRet = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPV, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    }
+    return pRet;
+}
+
+// Test if there is an object at that position and if it should be selected.
+bool SwFEShell::ShouldObjectBeSelected(const Point& rPt)
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr(this);
+    SwDrawView *pDrawView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    bool bRet(false);
+
+    if(pDrawView)
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPV;
+        const auto nOld(pDrawView->GetHitTolerancePixel());
+
+        pDrawView->SetHitTolerancePixel(pDrawView->GetMarkHdlSizePixel()/2);
+        SdrObject* pObj = pDrawView->PickObj(rPt, pDrawView->getHitTolLog(), pPV, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        pDrawView->SetHitTolerancePixel(nOld);
+
+        if (pObj)
+        {
+            bRet = true;
+            const IDocumentDrawModelAccess& rIDDMA = getIDocumentDrawModelAccess();
+            // #i89920#
+            // Do not select object in background which is overlapping this text
+            // at the given position.
+            bool bObjInBackground( false );
+            {
+                if ( pObj->GetLayer() == rIDDMA.GetHellId() )
+                {
+                    const SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = ::GetUserCall( pObj )->GetAnchoredObj( pObj );
+                    const SwFrameFormat& rFormat = pAnchoredObj->GetFrameFormat();
+                    const SwFormatSurround& rSurround = rFormat.GetSurround();
+                    if ( rSurround.GetSurround() == css::text::WrapTextMode_THROUGH )
+                    {
+                        bObjInBackground = true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if ( bObjInBackground )
+            {
+                const SwPageFrame* pPageFrame = GetLayout()->GetPageAtPos( rPt );
+                if( pPageFrame )
+                {
+                    const SwContentFrame* pContentFrame( pPageFrame->ContainsContent() );
+                    while ( pContentFrame )
+                    {
+                        if ( pContentFrame->UnionFrame().Contains( rPt ) )
+                        {
+                            const SwTextFrame* pTextFrame = pContentFrame->DynCastTextFrame();
+                            if ( pTextFrame )
+                            {
+                                SwPosition aPos(GetDoc()->GetNodes());
+                                Point aTmpPt( rPt );
+                                if (pTextFrame->GetKeyCursorOfst(&aPos, aTmpPt))
+                                {
+                                    SwRect aCursorCharRect;
+                                    if (pTextFrame->GetCharRect(aCursorCharRect,
+                                                aPos))
+                                    {
+                                        if ( aCursorCharRect.Overlaps( SwRect( pObj->GetLastBoundRect() ) ) )
+                                        {
+                                            bRet = false;
+                                        }
+                                    }
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                bRet = false;
+                            }
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                        pContentFrame = pContentFrame->GetNextContentFrame();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Don't select header / footer objects in body edition and vice-versa
+            SwContact* pContact = static_cast<SwContact*>(pObj->GetUserCall());
+            if (pContact && !pContact->ObjAnchoredAtPage() )
+            {
+                const SwNode& rAnchorNode = pContact->GetAnchorNode();
+                bool bInHdrFtr = GetDoc()->IsInHeaderFooter( rAnchorNode );
+                if (IsHeaderFooterEdit() != bInHdrFtr)
+                {
+                    bRet = false;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( bRet )
+            {
+                const SdrPage* pPage = rIDDMA.GetDrawModel()->GetPage(0);
+                for(auto it = pPage->begin() + pObj->GetOrdNum() + 1; it != pPage->end(); ++it)
+                {
+                    SdrObject *pCandidate = it->get();
+
+                    SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pDrawObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pCandidate);
+                    if (pDrawObj && pDrawObj->GetCurrentBoundRect().Contains(rPt))
+                    {
+                        bRet = false;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+/*
+ * If an object was selected, we assume its upper-left corner
+ * otherwise the middle of the current CharRects.
+ * Does the object include a control or groups,
+ * which comprise only controls
+ */
+static bool lcl_IsControlGroup( const SdrObject *pObj )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    if(dynamic_cast<const SdrUnoObj*>( pObj) !=  nullptr)
+        bRet = true;
+    else if( auto pObjGroup = dynamic_cast<const SdrObjGroup*>( pObj) )
+    {
+        bRet = true;
+        const SdrObjList *pLst = pObjGroup->GetSubList();
+        for (const rtl::Reference<SdrObject>& pChildObj : *pLst)
+            if( !::lcl_IsControlGroup( pChildObj.get() ) )
+                return false;
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    class MarkableObjectsOnly : public svx::ISdrObjectFilter
+    {
+    public:
+        explicit MarkableObjectsOnly( SdrPageView* i_pPV )
+            :m_pPV( i_pPV )
+        {
+        }
+
+        virtual bool    includeObject( const SdrObject& i_rObject ) const override
+        {
+            return m_pPV && m_pPV->GetView().IsObjMarkable( &i_rObject, m_pPV );
+        }
+
+    private:
+        SdrPageView*    m_pPV;
+    };
+}
+
+const SdrObject* SwFEShell::GetBestObject(bool bNext, GotoObjFlags eType, bool bFlat,
+                                          const svx::ISdrObjectFilter* pFilter,
+                                          bool* pbWrapped)
+{
+    if (pbWrapped)
+        *pbWrapped = false;
+
+    if( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        return nullptr;
+
+    const SdrObject *pBest  = nullptr,
+                    *pTop   = nullptr;
+
+    const tools::Long nTmp = bNext ? LONG_MAX : 0;
+    Point aBestPos( nTmp, nTmp );
+    Point aTopPos(  nTmp, nTmp );
+    Point aCurPos;
+    Point aPos;
+    bool bNoDraw((GotoObjFlags::DrawAny & eType) == GotoObjFlags::NONE);
+    bool bNoFly((GotoObjFlags::FlyAny & eType) == GotoObjFlags::NONE);
+
+    if( !bNoFly && bNoDraw )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetCurrFrame( false )->FindFlyFrame();
+        if( pFly )
+            pBest = pFly->GetVirtDrawObj();
+    }
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    SdrPageView* pPV = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetSdrPageView();
+
+    MarkableObjectsOnly aDefaultFilter( pPV );
+    if ( !pFilter )
+        pFilter = &aDefaultFilter;
+
+    if( !pBest || rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1 )
+    {
+        // Determine starting point
+        SdrObjList* pList = nullptr;
+        if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() )
+        {
+            const SdrObject* pStartObj = rMrkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if( auto pVirtFlyDrawObj = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pStartObj) )
+                aPos = pVirtFlyDrawObj->GetFlyFrame()->getFrameArea().Pos();
+            else
+                aPos = pStartObj->GetSnapRect().TopLeft();
+
+            // If an object inside a group is selected, we want to
+            // iterate over the group members.
+            if ( ! pStartObj->GetUserCall() )
+                pList = pStartObj->getParentSdrObjListFromSdrObject();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If no object is selected, we check if we just entered a group.
+            // In this case we want to iterate over the group members.
+            aPos = GetCharRect().Center();
+            const SdrObject* pStartObj = pPV ? pPV->GetCurrentGroup() : nullptr;
+            if ( dynamic_cast<const SdrObjGroup*>( pStartObj) )
+                pList = pStartObj->GetSubList();
+        }
+
+        if ( ! pList )
+        {
+            // Here we are if
+            // A  No object has been selected and no group has been entered or
+            // B  An object has been selected and it is not inside a group
+            pList = getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 );
+        }
+
+        OSL_ENSURE( pList, "No object list to iterate" );
+
+        SdrObjListIter aObjIter( pList, bFlat ? SdrIterMode::Flat : SdrIterMode::DeepNoGroups );
+        while ( aObjIter.IsMore() )
+        {
+            SdrObject* pObj = aObjIter.Next();
+            SwVirtFlyDrawObj *pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj);
+            if( ( bNoFly && pVirtO ) ||
+                ( bNoDraw && !pVirtO ) ||
+                // Ignore TextBoxes of draw shapes here, so that
+                // SwFEShell::SelectObj() won't jump back on this list, meaning
+                // we never jump to the next draw shape.
+                (pVirtO && pVirtO->IsTextBox()) ||
+                ( eType == GotoObjFlags::DrawSimple && lcl_IsControlGroup( pObj ) ) ||
+                ( eType == GotoObjFlags::DrawControl && !lcl_IsControlGroup( pObj ) ) ||
+                !pFilter->includeObject( *pObj ) )
+                continue;
+            if (pVirtO)
+            {
+                SwFlyFrame *pFly = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame();
+                if( GotoObjFlags::FlyAny != ( GotoObjFlags::FlyAny & eType ) )
+                {
+                    switch ( eType )
+                    {
+                        case GotoObjFlags::FlyFrame:
+                            if ( pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() )
+                                continue;
+                        break;
+                        case GotoObjFlags::FlyGrf:
+                            if ( pFly->Lower() &&
+                                (!pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() ||
+                                 !static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetGrfNode()))
+                                continue;
+                        break;
+                        case GotoObjFlags::FlyOLE:
+                            if ( pFly->Lower() &&
+                                (!pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() ||
+                                 !static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode()))
+                                continue;
+                        break;
+                        default: break;
+                    }
+                }
+                aCurPos = pFly->getFrameArea().Pos();
+            }
+            else
+                aCurPos = pObj->GetSnapRect().TopLeft();
+
+            // Special case if another object is on same Y.
+            if( aCurPos != aPos &&          // only when it is not me
+                aCurPos.getY() == aPos.getY() &&  // Y positions equal
+                (bNext? (aCurPos.getX() > aPos.getX()) :  // lies next to me
+                        (aCurPos.getX() < aPos.getX())) ) // " reverse
+            {
+                aBestPos = Point( nTmp, nTmp );
+                SdrObjListIter aTmpIter( pList, bFlat ? SdrIterMode::Flat : SdrIterMode::DeepNoGroups );
+                while ( aTmpIter.IsMore() )
+                {
+                    SdrObject* pTmpObj = aTmpIter.Next();
+                    pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pTmpObj);
+                    if( ( bNoFly && pVirtO ) || ( bNoDraw && !pVirtO ) )
+                        continue;
+                    if (pVirtO)
+                    {
+                        aCurPos = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame()->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                    }
+                    else
+                        aCurPos = pTmpObj->GetCurrentBoundRect().TopLeft();
+
+                    if( aCurPos != aPos && aCurPos.Y() == aPos.Y() &&
+                        (bNext? (aCurPos.getX() > aPos.getX()) :  // lies next to me
+                                (aCurPos.getX() < aPos.getX())) &&    // " reverse
+                        (bNext? (aCurPos.getX() < aBestPos.getX()) :  // better as best
+                                (aCurPos.getX() > aBestPos.getX())) ) // " reverse
+                    {
+                        aBestPos = aCurPos;
+                        pBest = pTmpObj;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if( (
+                (bNext? (aPos.getY() < aCurPos.getY()) :          // only below me
+                        (aPos.getY() > aCurPos.getY())) &&        // " reverse
+                (bNext? (aBestPos.getY() > aCurPos.getY()) :      // closer below
+                        (aBestPos.getY() < aCurPos.getY()))
+                    ) ||    // " reverse
+                        (aBestPos.getY() == aCurPos.getY() &&
+                (bNext? (aBestPos.getX() > aCurPos.getX()) :      // further left
+                        (aBestPos.getX() < aCurPos.getX()))))     // " reverse
+
+            {
+                aBestPos = aCurPos;
+                pBest = pObj;
+            }
+
+            if( (bNext? (aTopPos.getY() > aCurPos.getY()) :       // higher as best
+                        (aTopPos.getY() < aCurPos.getY())) ||     // " reverse
+                        (aTopPos.getY() == aCurPos.getY() &&
+                (bNext? (aTopPos.getX() > aCurPos.getX()) :       // further left
+                        (aTopPos.getX() < aCurPos.getX()))))      // " reverse
+            {
+                aTopPos = aCurPos;
+                pTop = pObj;
+            }
+        }
+        // unfortunately nothing found
+        if( bNext ? (aBestPos.getX() == LONG_MAX) : (aBestPos.getX() == 0) )
+        {
+            pBest = pTop;
+            if (pbWrapped && pBest)
+                *pbWrapped = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return pBest;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GotoObj( bool bNext, GotoObjFlags eType )
+{
+    SvxSearchDialogWrapper::SetSearchLabel( SearchLabel::Empty );
+
+    bool bWrapped(false);
+    const SdrObject* pBest = GetBestObject(bNext, eType, true, nullptr, &bWrapped);
+
+    if ( !pBest )
+    {
+        SvxSearchDialogWrapper::SetSearchLabel( SearchLabel::NavElementNotFound );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    const SwVirtFlyDrawObj *pVirtO = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pBest);
+    if (pVirtO)
+    {
+        const SwRect& rFrame = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame()->getFrameArea();
+        SelectObj( rFrame.Pos(), 0, const_cast<SdrObject*>(pBest) );
+        if( !ActionPend() )
+            MakeVisible( rFrame );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SelectObj( Point(), 0, const_cast<SdrObject*>(pBest) );
+        if( !ActionPend() )
+            MakeVisible( SwRect(pBest->GetCurrentBoundRect()) );
+    }
+    CallChgLnk();
+
+    if (bWrapped)
+        SvxSearchDialogWrapper::SetSearchLabel(bNext ? SearchLabel::EndWrapped :
+                                                       SearchLabel::StartWrapped);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::BeginCreate( SdrObjKind eSdrObjectKind, const Point &rPos )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        Imp()->MakeDrawView();
+
+    if ( GetPageNumber( rPos ) )
+    {
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->SetCurrentObj( eSdrObjectKind );
+        if ( eSdrObjectKind == SdrObjKind::Caption )
+            bRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->BegCreateCaptionObj(
+                        rPos, Size( lMinBorder - MINFLY, lMinBorder - MINFLY ),
+                        GetOut() );
+        else
+            bRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->BegCreateObj( rPos, GetOut() );
+    }
+    if ( bRet )
+    {
+        ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_START );
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::BeginCreate( SdrObjKind eSdrObjectKind, SdrInventor eObjInventor,
+                             const Point &rPos )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        Imp()->MakeDrawView();
+
+    if ( GetPageNumber( rPos ) )
+    {
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->SetCurrentObj( eSdrObjectKind, eObjInventor );
+        bRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->BegCreateObj( rPos, GetOut() );
+    }
+    if ( bRet )
+        ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_START );
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::MoveCreate( const Point &rPos )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "MoveCreate without DrawView?" );
+    if ( GetPageNumber( rPos ) )
+    {
+        ScrollTo( rPos );
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->MovCreateObj( rPos );
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::EndCreate( SdrCreateCmd eSdrCreateCmd )
+{
+    // To assure undo-object from the DrawEngine is not stored,
+    // (we create our own undo-object!), temporarily switch-off Undo
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "EndCreate without DrawView?" );
+    if( !Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsGroupEntered() )
+    {
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(false);
+    }
+    bool bCreate = Imp()->GetDrawView()->EndCreateObj( eSdrCreateCmd );
+    GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(true);
+
+    if ( !bCreate )
+    {
+        ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_END );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if ( eSdrCreateCmd == SdrCreateCmd::NextPoint )
+    {
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+        return true;
+    }
+    return ImpEndCreate();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::ImpEndCreate()
+{
+    if (Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() == 0)
+        return false;
+
+    SdrObject& rSdrObj = *Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+    if( rSdrObj.GetSnapRect().IsEmpty() )
+    {
+        // preferably we forget the object, only gives problems
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->DeleteMarked();
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+        ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_END );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if( rSdrObj.getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject() )
+    {
+        Point aTmpPos( rSdrObj.GetSnapRect().TopLeft() );
+        Point aNewAnchor( rSdrObj.getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject()->GetAnchorPos() );
+        // OD 2004-04-05 #i26791# - direct object positioning for group members
+        rSdrObj.NbcSetRelativePos( aTmpPos - aNewAnchor );
+        rSdrObj.NbcSetAnchorPos( aNewAnchor );
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    LockPaint(LockPaintReason::EndSdrCreate);
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+
+    const tools::Rectangle &rBound = rSdrObj.GetSnapRect();
+    Point aPt( rBound.TopRight() );
+
+    // default for controls character bound, otherwise paragraph bound.
+    SwFormatAnchor aAnch;
+    const SwFrame *pAnch = nullptr;
+    bool bCharBound = false;
+    if( dynamic_cast<const SdrUnoObj*>( &rSdrObj) !=  nullptr )
+    {
+        SwPosition aPos( GetDoc()->GetNodes() );
+        SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+        Point aPoint( aPt.getX(), aPt.getY() + rBound.GetHeight()/2 );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPoint, &aState );
+
+        // characterbinding not allowed in readonly-content
+        if( !aPos.GetNode().IsProtect() )
+        {
+            std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aPoint, true);
+            pAnch = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), &aPos, &tmp);
+            SwRect aTmp;
+            pAnch->GetCharRect( aTmp, aPos );
+
+            // The crsr should not be too far away
+            bCharBound = true;
+            constexpr tools::Long constTwips_1cm = o3tl::toTwips(1, o3tl::Length::cm);
+            tools::Rectangle aRect( aTmp.SVRect() );
+            // Extend by 1 cm in each direction
+            aRect.AdjustLeft(-constTwips_1cm);
+            aRect.AdjustTop(-constTwips_1cm);
+            aRect.AdjustRight(constTwips_1cm);
+            aRect.AdjustBottom(constTwips_1cm);
+
+            if( !aRect.Overlaps( rBound ) && !::GetHtmlMode( GetDoc()->GetDocShell() ))
+                bCharBound = false;
+
+            // anchor in header/footer also not allowed.
+            if( bCharBound )
+                bCharBound = !GetDoc()->IsInHeaderFooter( aPos.GetNode() );
+
+            if( bCharBound )
+            {
+                aAnch.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR );
+                aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !bCharBound )
+    {
+        // allow native drawing objects in header/footer.
+        // Thus, set <bBodyOnly> to <false> for these objects using value
+        // of <nIdent> - value <0xFFFF> indicates control objects, which aren't
+        // allowed in header/footer.
+        //bool bBodyOnly = OBJ_NONE != nIdent;
+        bool bBodyOnly = SdrInventor::Default != rSdrObj.GetObjInventor();
+        bool bAtPage = false;
+        const SwFrame* pPage = nullptr;
+        SwCursorMoveState aState( CursorMoveState::SetOnlyText );
+        Point aPoint( aPt );
+        SwPosition aPos( GetDoc()->GetNodes() );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPoint, &aState );
+
+        // do not set in ReadnOnly-content
+        if (aPos.GetNode().IsProtect())
+        {
+            // then only page bound. Or should we
+            // search the next not-readonly position?
+            bAtPage = true;
+        }
+
+        SwContentNode* pCNode = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aPoint, false);
+        pAnch = pCNode ? pCNode->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp) : nullptr;
+        if (!pAnch)
+        {
+            // Hidden content. Anchor to the page instead
+            bAtPage = true;
+        }
+
+        if( !bAtPage )
+        {
+            const SwFlyFrame *pTmp = pAnch->FindFlyFrame();
+            if( pTmp )
+            {
+                const SwFrame* pTmpFrame = pAnch;
+                SwRect aBound( rBound );
+                while( pTmp )
+                {
+                    if( pTmp->getFrameArea().Contains( aBound ) )
+                    {
+                        if( !bBodyOnly || !pTmp->FindFooterOrHeader() )
+                            pPage = pTmpFrame;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    pTmp = pTmp->GetAnchorFrame()
+                                ? pTmp->GetAnchorFrame()->FindFlyFrame()
+                                : nullptr;
+                    pTmpFrame = pTmp;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if( !pPage )
+                pPage = pAnch->FindPageFrame();
+
+            // Always via FindAnchor, to assure the frame will be bound
+            // to the previous. With GetCrsOfst we can also reach the next. THIS IS WRONG.
+            pAnch = ::FindAnchor( pPage, aPt, bBodyOnly );
+            if (pAnch->IsTextFrame())
+            {
+                std::pair<SwTextNode const*, sal_Int32> const pos(
+                    static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pAnch)->MapViewToModel(TextFrameIndex(0)));
+                aPos.Assign( *pos.first );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aPos.Assign( *static_cast<const SwNoTextFrame*>(pAnch)->GetNode() );
+            }
+
+            // do not set in ReadnOnly-content
+            if( aPos.GetNode().IsProtect() )
+                // then only page bound. Or should we
+                // search the next not-readonly position?
+                bAtPage = true;
+            else
+            {
+                aAnch.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA );
+                aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bAtPage )
+        {
+            pPage = pAnch ? pAnch->FindPageFrame() : GetLayout()->GetPageAtPos(aPoint);
+
+            aAnch.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE );
+            aAnch.SetPageNum( pPage->GetPhyPageNum() );
+            pAnch = pPage;      // page becomes an anchor
+        }
+    }
+
+    SfxItemSetFixed<RES_FRM_SIZE, RES_FRM_SIZE,
+                    RES_SURROUND, RES_ANCHOR>  aSet( GetDoc()->GetAttrPool() );
+    aSet.Put( aAnch );
+
+    // OD 2004-03-30 #i26791# - determine relative object position
+    SwTwips nXOffset;
+    SwTwips nYOffset = rBound.Top() - pAnch->getFrameArea().Top();
+    {
+        if( pAnch->IsVertical() )
+        {
+            nXOffset = nYOffset;
+            nYOffset = pAnch->getFrameArea().Left()+pAnch->getFrameArea().Width()-rBound.Right();
+        }
+        else if( pAnch->IsRightToLeft() )
+            nXOffset = pAnch->getFrameArea().Left()+pAnch->getFrameArea().Width()-rBound.Right();
+        else
+            nXOffset = rBound.Left() - pAnch->getFrameArea().Left();
+        if (pAnch->IsTextFrame())
+        {
+            const SwTextFrame* pTmp = static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnch);
+            if (pTmp->IsFollow())
+            {
+                do {
+                    pTmp = pTmp->FindMaster();
+                    OSL_ENSURE(pTmp, "Where's my Master?");
+                    // OD 2004-03-30 #i26791# - correction: add frame area height
+                    // of master frames.
+                    nYOffset += pTmp->IsVertical() ?
+                                pTmp->getFrameArea().Width() : pTmp->getFrameArea().Height();
+                } while (pTmp->IsFollow());
+            }
+
+            nYOffset -= pTmp->GetBaseVertOffsetForFly(false);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (SdrInventor::Default == rSdrObj.GetObjInventor() && rSdrObj.GetObjIdentifier() == SdrObjKind::NewFrame)
+    {
+        // For OBJ_NONE a fly is inserted.
+        const tools::Long nWidth = rBound.Right()  - rBound.Left();
+        const tools::Long nHeight= rBound.Bottom() - rBound.Top();
+        aSet.Put( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Minimum, std::max( nWidth,  tools::Long(MINFLY) ),
+                                              std::max( nHeight, tools::Long(MINFLY) )));
+
+        SwFormatHoriOrient aHori( nXOffset, text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME );
+        SwFormatVertOrient aVert( nYOffset, text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME );
+        aSet.Put( SwFormatSurround( css::text::WrapTextMode_PARALLEL ) );
+        aSet.Put( aHori );
+        aSet.Put( aVert );
+
+        // Quickly store the square
+        const SwRect aFlyRect( rBound );
+
+        // Throw away generated object, now the fly can nicely
+        // via the available SS be generated.
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(false); // see above
+        // #i52858# - method name changed
+        SdrPage *pPg = getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetOrCreateDrawModel()->GetPage( 0 );
+        if( !pPg )
+        {
+            SdrModel* pTmpSdrModel = getIDocumentDrawModelAccess().GetDrawModel();
+            auto pNewPage = pTmpSdrModel->AllocPage( false );
+            pTmpSdrModel->InsertPage( pNewPage.get() );
+            pPg = pNewPage.get();
+        }
+        pPg->RecalcObjOrdNums();
+        pPg->RemoveObject( rSdrObj.GetOrdNumDirect() );
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(true);
+
+        SwFlyFrame* pFlyFrame;
+        if( NewFlyFrame( aSet, true ) &&
+            ::GetHtmlMode( GetDoc()->GetDocShell() ) &&
+            nullptr != ( pFlyFrame = GetSelectedFlyFrame() ))
+        {
+            SfxItemSetFixed<RES_VERT_ORIENT, RES_HORI_ORIENT> aHtmlSet( GetDoc()->GetAttrPool() );
+            // horizontal orientation:
+            const bool bLeftFrame = aFlyRect.Left() <
+                                      pAnch->getFrameArea().Left() + pAnch->getFramePrintArea().Left(),
+                           bLeftPrt = aFlyRect.Left() + aFlyRect.Width() <
+                                      pAnch->getFrameArea().Left() + pAnch->getFramePrintArea().Width()/2;
+            if( bLeftFrame || bLeftPrt )
+            {
+                aHori.SetHoriOrient( text::HoriOrientation::LEFT );
+                aHori.SetRelationOrient( bLeftFrame ? text::RelOrientation::FRAME : text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const bool bRightFrame = aFlyRect.Left() >
+                                           pAnch->getFrameArea().Left() + pAnch->getFramePrintArea().Width();
+                aHori.SetHoriOrient( text::HoriOrientation::RIGHT );
+                aHori.SetRelationOrient( bRightFrame ? text::RelOrientation::FRAME : text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA );
+            }
+            aHtmlSet.Put( aHori );
+            aVert.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::TOP );
+            aVert.SetRelationOrient( text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA );
+            aHtmlSet.Put( aVert );
+
+            GetDoc()->SetAttr( aHtmlSet, *pFlyFrame->GetFormat() );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (rSdrObj.GetName().isEmpty())
+        {
+            bool bRestore = GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesDrawUndo();
+            GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(false);
+            rSdrObj.MakeNameUnique();
+            GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoDrawUndo(bRestore);
+        }
+
+        aSet.Put( aAnch );
+        aSet.Put( SwFormatSurround( css::text::WrapTextMode_THROUGH ) );
+        // OD 2004-03-30 #i26791# - set horizontal position
+        SwFormatHoriOrient aHori( nXOffset, text::HoriOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME );
+        aSet.Put( aHori );
+        // OD 2004-03-30 #i26791# - set vertical position
+        if( pAnch->IsTextFrame() && static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnch)->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            const SwTextFrame* pTmp = static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnch);
+            do {
+                pTmp = pTmp->FindMaster();
+                assert(pTmp && "Where's my Master?");
+                nYOffset += pTmp->IsVertical() ?
+                            pTmp->getFramePrintArea().Width() : pTmp->getFramePrintArea().Height();
+            } while ( pTmp->IsFollow() );
+        }
+        SwFormatVertOrient aVert( nYOffset, text::VertOrientation::NONE, text::RelOrientation::FRAME );
+        aSet.Put( aVert );
+        SwDrawFrameFormat* pFormat = static_cast<SwDrawFrameFormat*>(getIDocumentLayoutAccess().MakeLayoutFormat( RndStdIds::DRAW_OBJECT, &aSet ));
+        // #i36010# - set layout direction of the position
+        pFormat->SetPositionLayoutDir(
+            text::PositionLayoutDir::PositionInLayoutDirOfAnchor );
+        // #i44344#, #i44681# - positioning attributes already set
+        pFormat->PosAttrSet();
+        pFormat->SetFormatName(rSdrObj.GetName());
+
+        SwDrawContact *pContact = new SwDrawContact( pFormat, &rSdrObj );
+        // #i35635#
+        pContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( &rSdrObj );
+        if( bCharBound )
+        {
+            OSL_ENSURE( aAnch.GetAnchorId() == RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR, "wrong AnchorType" );
+            SwTextNode *pNd = aAnch.GetAnchorNode()->GetTextNode();
+            SwFormatFlyCnt aFormat( pFormat );
+            pNd->InsertItem(aFormat,
+                            aAnch.GetAnchorContentOffset(), 0 );
+            SwFormatVertOrient aVertical( pFormat->GetVertOrient() );
+            aVertical.SetVertOrient( text::VertOrientation::LINE_CENTER );
+            pFormat->SetFormatAttr( aVertical );
+        }
+        if( pAnch->IsTextFrame() && static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnch)->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            const SwTextFrame* pTmp = static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pAnch);
+            do {
+                pTmp = pTmp->FindMaster();
+                OSL_ENSURE( pTmp, "Where's my Master?" );
+            } while( pTmp->IsFollow() );
+            pAnch = pTmp;
+        }
+
+        pContact->ConnectToLayout();
+
+        // mark object at frame the object is inserted at.
+        {
+            SdrObject* pMarkObj = pContact->GetDrawObjectByAnchorFrame( *pAnch );
+            if ( pMarkObj )
+            {
+                Imp()->GetDrawView()->MarkObj( pMarkObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Imp()->GetDrawView()->MarkObj( &rSdrObj, Imp()->GetPageView() );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+
+    KillPams();
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    UnlockPaint();
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::BreakCreate()
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "BreakCreate without DrawView?" );
+    Imp()->GetDrawView()->BrkCreateObj();
+    ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_END );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsDrawCreate() const
+{
+    return Imp()->HasDrawView() && Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsCreateObj();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::BeginMark( const Point &rPos )
+{
+    if ( !Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+        Imp()->MakeDrawView();
+
+    if ( GetPageNumber( rPos ) )
+    {
+        SwDrawView* pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+        if (pDView->HasMarkablePoints())
+            return pDView->BegMarkPoints( rPos );
+        else
+        {
+            pDView->BegMarkObj( rPos );
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        return false;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::MoveMark( const Point &rPos )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "MoveMark without DrawView?" );
+
+    if ( GetPageNumber( rPos ) )
+    {
+        ScrollTo( rPos );
+        SwDrawView* pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+
+        if (pDView->IsInsObjPoint())
+            pDView->MovInsObjPoint( rPos );
+        else if (pDView->IsMarkPoints())
+            pDView->MovMarkPoints( rPos );
+        else
+            pDView->MovAction( rPos );
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::EndMark()
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "EndMark without DrawView?" );
+
+    if (Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsMarkObj())
+    {
+        bRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->EndMarkObj();
+
+        if ( bRet )
+        {
+            bool bShowHdl = false;
+            SwDrawView* pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+            // frames are not selected this way, except when
+            // it is only one frame
+            SdrMarkList &rMrkList = const_cast<SdrMarkList&>(pDView->GetMarkedObjectList());
+            SwFlyFrame* pOldSelFly = ::GetFlyFromMarked( &rMrkList, this );
+
+            if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() > 1 )
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+                {
+                    SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                    if( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pObj) !=  nullptr )
+                    {
+                        if ( !bShowHdl )
+                        {
+                            bShowHdl = true;
+                        }
+                        rMrkList.DeleteMark( i );
+                        --i;    // no exceptions
+                    }
+                }
+
+            if( bShowHdl )
+            {
+                pDView->MarkListHasChanged();
+                pDView->AdjustMarkHdl();
+            }
+
+            if ( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() )
+                ::lcl_GrabCursor(this, pOldSelFly);
+            else
+                bRet = false;
+        }
+        if ( bRet )
+            ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_START );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsMarkPoints())
+            bRet = Imp()->GetDrawView()->EndMarkPoints();
+    }
+
+    SetChainMarker();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+RndStdIds SwFEShell::GetAnchorId() const
+{
+    RndStdIds nRet = RndStdIds(SHRT_MAX);
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if ( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pObj) != nullptr )
+            {
+                nRet = RndStdIds::UNKNOWN;
+                break;
+            }
+            SwDrawContact *pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj));
+            RndStdIds nId = pContact->GetFormat()->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId();
+            if ( nRet == RndStdIds(SHRT_MAX) )
+                nRet = nId;
+            else if ( nRet != nId )
+            {
+                nRet = RndStdIds::UNKNOWN;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( nRet == RndStdIds(SHRT_MAX) )
+        nRet = RndStdIds::UNKNOWN;
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ChgAnchor( RndStdIds eAnchorId, bool bSameOnly, bool bPosCorr )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "ChgAnchor without DrawView?" );
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() &&
+        !rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj()->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject() )
+    {
+        StartAllAction();
+
+        if( GetDoc()->ChgAnchor( rMrkList, eAnchorId, bSameOnly, bPosCorr ))
+            Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+
+        EndAllAction();
+
+        ::FrameNotify( this );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::DelSelectedObj()
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->HasDrawView(), "DelSelectedObj(), no DrawView available" );
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        StartAllAction();
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->DeleteMarked();
+        EndAllAction();
+        ::FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_END );
+    }
+}
+
+// For the statusline to request the current conditions
+Size SwFEShell::GetObjSize() const
+{
+    tools::Rectangle aRect;
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        if ( Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAction() )
+            Imp()->GetDrawView()->TakeActionRect( aRect );
+        else
+            aRect = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetAllMarkedRect();
+    }
+    return aRect.GetSize();
+}
+
+Point SwFEShell::GetAnchorObjDiff() const
+{
+    const SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pView, "GetAnchorObjDiff without DrawView?" );
+
+    tools::Rectangle aRect;
+    if ( Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAction() )
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->TakeActionRect( aRect );
+    else
+        aRect = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetAllMarkedRect();
+
+    Point aRet( aRect.TopLeft() );
+
+    if ( IsFrameSelected() )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+        aRet -= pFly->GetAnchorFrame()->getFrameArea().Pos();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SdrObject *pObj = pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() == 1 ?
+                                pView->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj() : nullptr;
+        if ( pObj )
+            aRet -= pObj->GetAnchorPos();
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+Point SwFEShell::GetObjAbsPos() const
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->GetDrawView(), "GetObjAbsPos() without DrawView?" );
+    return Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetDragStat().GetActionRect().TopLeft();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsGroupSelected(bool bAllowDiagams)
+{
+    if ( IsObjSelected() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            // consider 'virtual' drawing objects.
+            // Thus, use corresponding method instead of checking type.
+            if ( pObj->IsGroupObject() &&
+                 // --> #i38505# No ungroup allowed for 3d objects
+                 !pObj->Is3DObj() &&
+                 RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR != static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj))->
+                                      GetFormat()->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() )
+            {
+                if(!bAllowDiagams)
+                {
+                    // Don't allow enter Diagrams
+                    if(pObj->isDiagram())
+                    {
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+namespace
+{
+    bool HasSuitableGroupingAnchor(const SdrObject* pObj)
+    {
+        bool bSuitable = true;
+        SwFrameFormat* pFrameFormat(::FindFrameFormat(const_cast<SdrObject*>(pObj)));
+        if (!pFrameFormat)
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<HasSuitableGroupingAnchor> - missing frame format" );
+            bSuitable = false;
+        }
+        else if (RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == pFrameFormat->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId())
+        {
+            bSuitable = false;
+        }
+        return bSuitable;
+    }
+}
+
+// Change return type.
+// Adjustments for drawing objects in header/footer:
+//      allow group, only if all selected objects are in the same header/footer
+//      or not in header/footer.
+bool SwFEShell::IsGroupAllowed() const
+{
+    bool bIsGroupAllowed = false;
+    if ( IsObjSelected() > 1 )
+    {
+        bIsGroupAllowed = true;
+        const SdrObject* pUpGroup = nullptr;
+        const SwFrame* pHeaderFooterFrame = nullptr;
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for ( size_t i = 0; bIsGroupAllowed && i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+        {
+            const SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if ( i )
+                bIsGroupAllowed = pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject() == pUpGroup;
+            else
+                pUpGroup = pObj->getParentSdrObjectFromSdrObject();
+
+            if ( bIsGroupAllowed )
+                bIsGroupAllowed = HasSuitableGroupingAnchor(pObj);
+
+            // check, if all selected objects are in the
+            // same header/footer or not in header/footer.
+            if ( bIsGroupAllowed )
+            {
+                const SwFrame* pAnchorFrame = nullptr;
+                if ( auto pVirtFlyDrawObj = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pObj) )
+                {
+                    const SwFlyFrame* pFlyFrame = pVirtFlyDrawObj->GetFlyFrame();
+                    if ( pFlyFrame )
+                    {
+                        pAnchorFrame = pFlyFrame->GetAnchorFrame();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    SwDrawContact* pDrawContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall( pObj ));
+                    if ( pDrawContact )
+                    {
+                        pAnchorFrame = pDrawContact->GetAnchorFrame( pObj );
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( pAnchorFrame )
+                {
+                    if ( i )
+                    {
+                        bIsGroupAllowed =
+                            ( pAnchorFrame->FindFooterOrHeader() == pHeaderFooterFrame );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        pHeaderFooterFrame = pAnchorFrame->FindFooterOrHeader();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bIsGroupAllowed;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsUnGroupAllowed() const
+{
+    bool bIsUnGroupAllowed = false;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i)
+    {
+        const SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        bIsUnGroupAllowed = HasSuitableGroupingAnchor(pObj);
+        if (!bIsUnGroupAllowed)
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return bIsUnGroupAllowed;
+}
+
+// The group gets the anchor and the contactobject of the first in the selection
+void SwFEShell::GroupSelection()
+{
+    if ( IsGroupAllowed() )
+    {
+        StartAllAction();
+        StartUndo( SwUndoId::START );
+
+        GetDoc()->GroupSelection( *Imp()->GetDrawView() );
+
+        EndUndo( SwUndoId::END );
+        EndAllAction();
+    }
+}
+
+// The individual objects get a copy of the anchor and the contactobject of the group
+void SwFEShell::UnGroupSelection()
+{
+    if ( IsGroupSelected(true) )
+    {
+        StartAllAction();
+        StartUndo( SwUndoId::START );
+
+        GetDoc()->UnGroupSelection( *Imp()->GetDrawView() );
+
+        EndUndo( SwUndoId::END );
+        EndAllAction();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::MirrorSelection( bool bHorizontal )
+{
+    SdrView *pView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+    if ( IsObjSelected() && pView->IsMirrorAllowed() )
+    {
+        if ( bHorizontal )
+            pView->MirrorAllMarkedHorizontal();
+        else
+            pView->MirrorAllMarkedVertical();
+    }
+}
+
+// jump to named frame (Graphic/OLE)
+
+bool SwFEShell::GotoFly( const OUString& rName, FlyCntType eType, bool bSelFrame )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    static SwNodeType const aChkArr[ 4 ] = {
+             /* FLYCNTTYPE_ALL */   SwNodeType::NONE,
+             /* FLYCNTTYPE_FRM */   SwNodeType::Text,
+             /* FLYCNTTYPE_GRF */   SwNodeType::Grf,
+             /* FLYCNTTYPE_OLE */   SwNodeType::Ole
+            };
+
+    const SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = mxDoc->FindFlyByName( rName, aChkArr[ eType]);
+    if( pFlyFormat )
+    {
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+        SwFlyFrame* pFrame = SwIterator<SwFlyFrame,SwFormat>( *pFlyFormat ).First();
+        if( pFrame )
+        {
+            if( bSelFrame )
+            {
+                // first make visible, to get a11y events in proper order
+                if (!ActionPend())
+                    MakeVisible( pFrame->getFrameArea() );
+                SelectObj( pFrame->getFrameArea().Pos(), 0, pFrame->GetVirtDrawObj() );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                SwContentFrame *pCFrame = pFrame->ContainsContent();
+                if ( pCFrame )
+                {
+                    ClearMark();
+                    SwPaM* pCursor = GetCursor();
+
+                    if (pCFrame->IsTextFrame())
+                    {
+                        *pCursor->GetPoint() = static_cast<SwTextFrame *>(pCFrame)
+                            ->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0));
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        assert(pCFrame->IsNoTextFrame());
+                        SwContentNode *const pCNode = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame *>(pCFrame)->GetNode();
+
+                        pCursor->GetPoint()->Assign(*pCNode);
+                    }
+
+                    SwRect& rChrRect = const_cast<SwRect&>(GetCharRect());
+                    rChrRect = pFrame->getFramePrintArea();
+                    rChrRect.Pos() += pFrame->getFrameArea().Pos();
+                    GetCursorDocPos() = rChrRect.Pos();
+                }
+            }
+            bRet = true;
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetFlyCount( FlyCntType eType, bool bIgnoreTextBoxes ) const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetFlyCount(eType, bIgnoreTextBoxes);
+}
+
+const SwFrameFormat*  SwFEShell::GetFlyNum(size_t nIdx, FlyCntType eType, bool bIgnoreTextBoxes ) const
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetFlyNum(nIdx, eType, bIgnoreTextBoxes);
+}
+
+std::vector<SwFrameFormat const*> SwFEShell::GetFlyFrameFormats(
+        FlyCntType const eType, bool const bIgnoreTextBoxes)
+{
+    return GetDoc()->GetFlyFrameFormats(eType, bIgnoreTextBoxes);
+}
+
+// show the current selected object
+void SwFEShell::MakeSelVisible()
+{
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() &&
+         Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList().GetMarkCount() )
+    {
+        GetCurrFrame(); // just to trigger formatting in case the selected object is not formatted.
+        MakeVisible( SwRect(Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetAllMarkedRect()) );
+    }
+    else
+        SwCursorShell::MakeSelVisible();
+}
+
+// how is the selected object protected?
+FlyProtectFlags SwFEShell::IsSelObjProtected( FlyProtectFlags eType ) const
+{
+    FlyProtectFlags nChk = FlyProtectFlags::NONE;
+    const bool bParent(eType & FlyProtectFlags::Parent);
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        for( size_t i = rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); i; )
+        {
+            SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( --i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            if (!pObj)
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            if( !bParent )
+            {
+                nChk |= ( pObj->IsMoveProtect() ? FlyProtectFlags::Pos : FlyProtectFlags::NONE ) |
+                        ( pObj->IsResizeProtect()? FlyProtectFlags::Size : FlyProtectFlags::NONE );
+
+                if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj))
+                {
+                    SwFlyFrame *pFly = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame();
+                    if ( (FlyProtectFlags::Content & eType) && pFly->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                        nChk |= FlyProtectFlags::Content;
+
+                    if ( pFly->Lower() && pFly->Lower()->IsNoTextFrame() )
+                    {
+                        SwOLENode *pNd = static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFly->Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode();
+                        uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject > xObj( pNd ? pNd->GetOLEObj().GetOleRef() : nullptr );
+                        if ( xObj.is() )
+                        {
+                            // TODO/LATER: use correct aspect
+                            const bool bNeverResize = (embed::EmbedMisc::EMBED_NEVERRESIZE & xObj->getStatus( embed::Aspects::MSOLE_CONTENT ));
+                            if ( ( (FlyProtectFlags::Content & eType) || (FlyProtectFlags::Size & eType) ) && bNeverResize )
+                            {
+                                nChk |= FlyProtectFlags::Size;
+                                nChk |= FlyProtectFlags::Fixed;
+                            }
+
+                            // set FlyProtectFlags::Pos if it is a Math object anchored 'as char' and baseline alignment is activated
+                            const bool bProtectMathPos = SotExchange::IsMath( xObj->getClassID() )
+                                    && RndStdIds::FLY_AS_CHAR == pFly->GetFormat()->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId()
+                                    && mxDoc->GetDocumentSettingManager().get( DocumentSettingId::MATH_BASELINE_ALIGNMENT );
+                            if ((FlyProtectFlags::Pos & eType) && bProtectMathPos)
+                                nChk |= FlyProtectFlags::Pos;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                nChk &= eType;
+                if( nChk == eType )
+                    return eType;
+            }
+            const SwFrame* pAnch;
+            if (SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pVirtO = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj))
+                pAnch = pVirtO->GetFlyFrame()->GetAnchorFrame();
+            else
+            {
+                SwDrawContact* pTmp = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj));
+                pAnch = pTmp ? pTmp->GetAnchorFrame( pObj ) : nullptr;
+            }
+            if( pAnch && pAnch->IsProtected() )
+                return eType;
+        }
+    }
+    return nChk;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetObjAttr( SfxItemSet &rSet ) const
+{
+    if ( !IsObjSelected() )
+        return false;
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        SwDrawContact *pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj));
+        // --> make code robust
+        OSL_ENSURE( pContact, "<SwFEShell::GetObjAttr(..)> - missing <pContact>." );
+        if ( pContact )
+        {
+            if ( i )
+                rSet.MergeValues( pContact->GetFormat()->GetAttrSet() );
+            else
+                rSet.Put( pContact->GetFormat()->GetAttrSet() );
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetObjAttr( const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    if ( !rSet.Count() )
+    {
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "SetObjAttr, empty set." );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    StartUndo( SwUndoId::INSATTR );
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        SwDrawContact *pContact = static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pObj));
+        GetDoc()->SetAttr( rSet, *pContact->GetFormat() );
+    }
+
+    EndUndo( SwUndoId::INSATTR );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsAlignPossible() const
+{
+    return Imp()->GetDrawView()->IsAlignPossible();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::CheckUnboundObjects()
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+    for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+    {
+        SdrObject *pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( i )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if ( !GetUserCall(pObj) )
+        {
+            const tools::Rectangle &rBound = pObj->GetSnapRect();
+            const Point aPt( rBound.TopLeft() );
+            const SwFrame *pPage = GetLayout()->Lower();
+            const SwFrame *pLast = pPage;
+            while ( pPage && !pPage->getFrameArea().Contains( aPt ) )
+            {
+                if ( aPt.Y() > pPage->getFrameArea().Bottom() )
+                    pLast = pPage;
+                pPage = pPage->GetNext();
+            }
+            if ( !pPage )
+                pPage = pLast;
+            OSL_ENSURE( pPage, "Page not found." );
+
+            SwFormatAnchor aAnch;
+            {
+            const SwContentFrame *const pAnch = ::FindAnchor(pPage, aPt, true);
+            SwPosition aPos( pAnch->IsTextFrame()
+                ? *static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pAnch)->GetTextNodeForParaProps()
+                : *static_cast<SwNoTextFrame const*>(pAnch)->GetNode() );
+            aAnch.SetType( RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA );
+            aAnch.SetAnchor( &aPos );
+            const_cast<SwRect&>(GetCharRect()).Pos() = aPt;
+            }
+
+            // First the action here, to assure GetCharRect delivers current values.
+            StartAllAction();
+
+            SfxItemSetFixed<RES_FRM_SIZE, RES_FRM_SIZE,
+                            RES_SURROUND, RES_ANCHOR>  aSet( GetAttrPool() );
+            aSet.Put( aAnch );
+            aSet.Put( SwFormatSurround( css::text::WrapTextMode_THROUGH ) );
+            SwFrameFormat* pFormat = getIDocumentLayoutAccess().MakeLayoutFormat( RndStdIds::DRAW_OBJECT, &aSet );
+
+            SwDrawContact *pContact = new SwDrawContact(
+                                            static_cast<SwDrawFrameFormat*>(pFormat), pObj );
+
+            // #i35635#
+            pContact->MoveObjToVisibleLayer( pObj );
+            pContact->ConnectToLayout();
+
+            EndAllAction();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetCalcFieldValueHdl(Outliner* pOutliner)
+{
+    GetDoc()->SetCalcFieldValueHdl(pOutliner);
+}
+
+SwChainRet SwFEShell::Chainable( SwRect &rRect, const SwFrameFormat &rSource,
+                            const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    rRect.Clear();
+
+    // The source is not allowed to have a follow.
+    const SwFormatChain &rChain = rSource.GetChain();
+    if ( rChain.GetNext() )
+        return SwChainRet::SOURCE_CHAINED;
+
+    SwChainRet nRet = SwChainRet::NOT_FOUND;
+    if( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        SdrPageView* pPView;
+        SwDrawView *pDView = const_cast<SwDrawView*>(Imp()->GetDrawView());
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( 0 );
+        SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPView, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        SwVirtFlyDrawObj* pDrawObj = dynamic_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj);
+        if (pDrawObj)
+        {
+            SwFlyFrame *pFly = pDrawObj->GetFlyFrame();
+            rRect = pFly->getFrameArea();
+
+            // Target and source should not be equal and the list
+            // should not be cyclic
+            SwFrameFormat *pFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+            nRet = GetDoc()->Chainable(rSource, *pFormat);
+        }
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::Chain( SwFrameFormat &rSource, const SwFrameFormat &rDest )
+{
+    GetDoc()->Chain(rSource, rDest);
+}
+
+SwChainRet SwFEShell::Chain( SwFrameFormat &rSource, const Point &rPt )
+{
+    SwRect aDummy;
+    SwChainRet nErr = Chainable( aDummy, rSource, rPt );
+    if ( nErr == SwChainRet::OK )
+    {
+        StartAllAction();
+        SdrPageView* pPView;
+        SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+        const auto nOld = pDView->GetHitTolerancePixel();
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( 0 );
+        SdrObject* pObj = pDView->PickObj(rPt, pDView->getHitTolLog(), pPView, SdrSearchOptions::PICKMARKABLE);
+        pDView->SetHitTolerancePixel( nOld );
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = static_cast<SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pObj)->GetFlyFrame();
+
+        SwFlyFrameFormat *pFormat = pFly->GetFormat();
+        GetDoc()->Chain(rSource, *pFormat);
+        EndAllAction();
+        SetChainMarker();
+    }
+    return nErr;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::Unchain( SwFrameFormat &rFormat )
+{
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->Unchain(rFormat);
+    EndAllAction();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::HideChainMarker()
+{
+    m_pChainFrom.reset();
+    m_pChainTo.reset();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetChainMarker()
+{
+    bool bDelFrom = true,
+         bDelTo   = true;
+    if ( IsFrameSelected() )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+
+        if ( pFly->GetPrevLink() )
+        {
+            bDelFrom = false;
+            const SwFrame *pPre = pFly->GetPrevLink();
+
+            Point aStart( pPre->getFrameArea().Right(), pPre->getFrameArea().Bottom());
+            Point aEnd(pFly->getFrameArea().Pos());
+
+            if (!m_pChainFrom)
+            {
+                m_pChainFrom.reset(
+                    new SdrDropMarkerOverlay( *GetDrawView(), aStart, aEnd ));
+            }
+        }
+        if ( pFly->GetNextLink() )
+        {
+            bDelTo = false;
+            const SwFlyFrame *pNxt = pFly->GetNextLink();
+
+            Point aStart( pFly->getFrameArea().Right(), pFly->getFrameArea().Bottom());
+            Point aEnd(pNxt->getFrameArea().Pos());
+
+            if (!m_pChainTo)
+            {
+                m_pChainTo.reset(
+                    new SdrDropMarkerOverlay( *GetDrawView(), aStart, aEnd ));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( bDelFrom )
+    {
+        m_pChainFrom.reset();
+    }
+
+    if ( bDelTo )
+    {
+        m_pChainTo.reset();
+    }
+}
+
+tools::Long SwFEShell::GetSectionWidth( SwFormat const & rFormat ) const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    // Is the cursor at this moment in a SectionFrame?
+    if( pFrame && pFrame->IsInSct() )
+    {
+        SwSectionFrame* pSect = pFrame->FindSctFrame();
+        do
+        {
+            // Is it the right one?
+            if( pSect->KnowsFormat( rFormat ) )
+                return pSect->getFrameArea().Width();
+            // for nested areas
+            pSect = pSect->GetUpper()->FindSctFrame();
+        }
+        while( pSect );
+    }
+    SwIterator<SwSectionFrame,SwFormat> aIter( rFormat );
+    for ( SwSectionFrame* pSct = aIter.First(); pSct; pSct = aIter.Next() )
+    {
+        if( !pSct->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            return pSct->getFrameArea().Width();
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::CreateDefaultShape( SdrObjKind eSdrObjectKind, const tools::Rectangle& rRect,
+                sal_uInt16 nSlotId)
+{
+    SdrView* pDrawView = GetDrawView();
+    SdrModel& rDrawModel = pDrawView->GetModel();
+    rtl::Reference<SdrObject> pObj = SdrObjFactory::MakeNewObject(
+        rDrawModel,
+        SdrInventor::Default,
+        eSdrObjectKind);
+
+    if(pObj)
+    {
+        tools::Rectangle aRect(rRect);
+        if(SdrObjKind::CircleArc == eSdrObjectKind || SdrObjKind::CircleCut == eSdrObjectKind)
+        {
+            // force quadratic
+            if(aRect.GetWidth() > aRect.GetHeight())
+            {
+                aRect = tools::Rectangle(
+                    Point(aRect.Left() + ((aRect.GetWidth() - aRect.GetHeight()) / 2), aRect.Top()),
+                    Size(aRect.GetHeight(), aRect.GetHeight()));
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aRect = tools::Rectangle(
+                    Point(aRect.Left(), aRect.Top() + ((aRect.GetHeight() - aRect.GetWidth()) / 2)),
+                    Size(aRect.GetWidth(), aRect.GetWidth()));
+            }
+        }
+        pObj->SetLogicRect(aRect);
+
+        Point aStart = aRect.TopLeft();
+        Point aEnd = aRect.BottomRight();
+
+        if(dynamic_cast<const SdrCircObj*>( pObj.get()) !=  nullptr)
+        {
+            SfxItemSet aAttr(rDrawModel.GetItemPool());
+            aAttr.Put(makeSdrCircStartAngleItem(9000_deg100));
+            aAttr.Put(makeSdrCircEndAngleItem(0_deg100));
+            pObj->SetMergedItemSet(aAttr);
+        }
+        else if(auto pPathObj = dynamic_cast<SdrPathObj*>( pObj.get()))
+        {
+            basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon aPoly;
+
+            switch(eSdrObjectKind)
+            {
+                case SdrObjKind::PathLine:
+                case SdrObjKind::PathFill:
+                {
+                    basegfx::B2DPolygon aInnerPoly;
+
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left(), aRect.Bottom()));
+
+                    const basegfx::B2DPoint aCenterBottom(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Bottom());
+                    aInnerPoly.appendBezierSegment(
+                        aCenterBottom,
+                        aCenterBottom,
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Center().getY()));
+
+                    const basegfx::B2DPoint aCenterTop(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Top());
+                    aInnerPoly.appendBezierSegment(
+                        aCenterTop,
+                        aCenterTop,
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Right(), aRect.Top()));
+
+                    aInnerPoly.setClosed(true);
+                    aPoly.append(aInnerPoly);
+                }
+                break;
+                case SdrObjKind::FreehandLine:
+                case SdrObjKind::FreehandFill:
+                {
+                    basegfx::B2DPolygon aInnerPoly;
+
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left(), aRect.Bottom()));
+
+                    aInnerPoly.appendBezierSegment(
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left(), aRect.Top()),
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Top()),
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Center().getY()));
+
+                    aInnerPoly.appendBezierSegment(
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Bottom()),
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Right(), aRect.Bottom()),
+                        basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Right(), aRect.Top()));
+
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Right(), aRect.Bottom()));
+                    aInnerPoly.setClosed(true);
+                    aPoly.append(aInnerPoly);
+                }
+                break;
+                case SdrObjKind::Polygon:
+                case SdrObjKind::PolyLine:
+                {
+                    basegfx::B2DPolygon aInnerPoly;
+                    sal_Int32 nWdt(aRect.GetWidth());
+                    sal_Int32 nHgt(aRect.GetHeight());
+
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left(), aRect.Bottom()));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left() + (nWdt * 30) / 100, aRect.Top() + (nHgt * 70) / 100));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left(), aRect.Top() + (nHgt * 15) / 100));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left() + (nWdt * 65) / 100, aRect.Top()));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left() + nWdt, aRect.Top() + (nHgt * 30) / 100));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left() + (nWdt * 80) / 100, aRect.Top() + (nHgt * 50) / 100));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Left() + (nWdt * 80) / 100, aRect.Top() + (nHgt * 75) / 100));
+                    aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Bottom(), aRect.Right()));
+
+                    if(SdrObjKind::PolyLine == eSdrObjectKind)
+                    {
+                        aInnerPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.Center().getX(), aRect.Bottom()));
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aInnerPoly.setClosed(true);
+                    }
+
+                    aPoly.append(aInnerPoly);
+                }
+                break;
+                case SdrObjKind::Line :
+                {
+                    sal_Int32 nYMiddle((aRect.Top() + aRect.Bottom()) / 2);
+                    basegfx::B2DPolygon aTempPoly;
+                    aTempPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.TopLeft().getX(), nYMiddle));
+                    aTempPoly.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRect.BottomRight().getX(), nYMiddle));
+                    aPoly.append(aTempPoly);
+
+                    SfxItemSet aAttr(pObj->getSdrModelFromSdrObject().GetItemPool());
+                    SetLineEnds(aAttr, *pObj, nSlotId);
+                    pObj->SetMergedItemSet(aAttr);
+                }
+                break;
+                default:
+                break;
+            }
+
+            pPathObj->SetPathPoly(aPoly);
+        }
+        else if(auto pMeasureObj = dynamic_cast<SdrMeasureObj*>( pObj.get()))
+        {
+            sal_Int32 nYMiddle((aRect.Top() + aRect.Bottom()) / 2);
+            pMeasureObj->SetPoint(Point(aStart.X(), nYMiddle), 0);
+            pMeasureObj->SetPoint(Point(aEnd.X(), nYMiddle), 1);
+
+            SfxItemSet aAttr(pObj->getSdrModelFromSdrObject().GetItemPool());
+            SetLineEnds(aAttr, *pObj, nSlotId);
+            pObj->SetMergedItemSet(aAttr);
+        }
+        else if(auto pCaptionObj = dynamic_cast<SdrCaptionObj*>( pObj.get()))
+        {
+            bool bVerticalText = ( SID_DRAW_TEXT_VERTICAL == nSlotId ||
+                                            SID_DRAW_CAPTION_VERTICAL == nSlotId );
+            pCaptionObj->SetVerticalWriting(bVerticalText);
+            if(bVerticalText)
+            {
+                SfxItemSet aSet(pObj->GetMergedItemSet());
+                aSet.Put(SdrTextVertAdjustItem(SDRTEXTVERTADJUST_CENTER));
+                aSet.Put(SdrTextHorzAdjustItem(SDRTEXTHORZADJUST_RIGHT));
+                pObj->SetMergedItemSet(aSet);
+            }
+
+            pCaptionObj->SetLogicRect(aRect);
+            pCaptionObj->SetTailPos(
+                aRect.TopLeft() - Point(aRect.GetWidth() / 2, aRect.GetHeight() / 2));
+        }
+        else if(auto pText = DynCastSdrTextObj( pObj.get()))
+        {
+            pText->SetLogicRect(aRect);
+
+            bool bVertical = (SID_DRAW_TEXT_VERTICAL == nSlotId);
+            bool bMarquee = (SID_DRAW_TEXT_MARQUEE == nSlotId);
+
+            pText->SetVerticalWriting(bVertical);
+
+            if(bVertical)
+            {
+                SfxItemSet aSet(rDrawModel.GetItemPool());
+                aSet.Put(makeSdrTextAutoGrowWidthItem(true));
+                aSet.Put(makeSdrTextAutoGrowHeightItem(false));
+                aSet.Put(SdrTextVertAdjustItem(SDRTEXTVERTADJUST_TOP));
+                aSet.Put(SdrTextHorzAdjustItem(SDRTEXTHORZADJUST_RIGHT));
+                pText->SetMergedItemSet(aSet);
+            }
+
+            if(bMarquee)
+            {
+                SfxItemSetFixed<SDRATTR_MISC_FIRST, SDRATTR_MISC_LAST> aSet(rDrawModel.GetItemPool());
+                aSet.Put( makeSdrTextAutoGrowWidthItem( false ) );
+                aSet.Put( makeSdrTextAutoGrowHeightItem( false ) );
+                aSet.Put( SdrTextAniKindItem( SdrTextAniKind::Slide ) );
+                aSet.Put( SdrTextAniDirectionItem( SdrTextAniDirection::Left ) );
+                aSet.Put( SdrTextAniCountItem( 1 ) );
+                aSet.Put( SdrTextAniAmountItem( static_cast<sal_Int16>(GetWin()->PixelToLogic(Size(2,1)).Width())) );
+                pObj->SetMergedItemSetAndBroadcast(aSet);
+            }
+        }
+        SdrPageView* pPageView = pDrawView->GetSdrPageView();
+        SdrCreateView::SetupObjLayer(pPageView, pDrawView->GetActiveLayer(), pObj.get());
+        // switch undo off or this combined with ImpEndCreate will cause two undos
+        // see comment made in SwFEShell::EndCreate (we create our own undo-object!)
+        const bool bUndo(GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+        pDrawView->InsertObjectAtView(pObj.get(), *pPageView);
+        GetDoc()->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+    }
+    ImpEndCreate();
+}
+
+/** SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground
+    method determines background color of the page the selected drawing
+    object is on and returns this color.
+    If no color is found, because no drawing object is selected or ...,
+    color COL_BLACK (default color on constructing object of class Color)
+    is returned.
+
+    @returns an object of class Color
+*/
+Color SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground() const
+{
+    Color aRetColor;
+
+    // check, if a draw view exists
+    OSL_ENSURE( Imp()->GetDrawView(), "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - no draw view!");
+    if( Imp()->GetDrawView() )
+    {
+        // determine list of selected objects
+        const SdrMarkList* pMrkList = &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        // check, if exactly one object is selected.
+        OSL_ENSURE( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() == 1, "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - no selected object!");
+        if ( pMrkList->GetMarkCount() == 1)
+        {
+            // get selected object
+            const SdrObject *pSdrObj = pMrkList->GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+            // check, if selected object is a shape (drawing object)
+            OSL_ENSURE( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pSdrObj) ==  nullptr, "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - selected object is not a drawing object!");
+            if ( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pSdrObj) ==  nullptr )
+            {
+                // determine page frame of the frame the shape is anchored.
+                const SwFrame* pAnchorFrame =
+                        static_cast<SwDrawContact*>(GetUserCall(pSdrObj))->GetAnchorFrame( pSdrObj );
+                OSL_ENSURE( pAnchorFrame, "inconsistent model - no anchor at shape!");
+                if ( pAnchorFrame )
+                {
+                    const SwPageFrame* pPageFrame = pAnchorFrame->FindPageFrame();
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pPageFrame, "inconsistent model - no page!");
+                    if ( pPageFrame )
+                    {
+                        aRetColor = pPageFrame->GetDrawBackgroundColor();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return aRetColor;
+}
+
+/** Is default horizontal text direction for selected drawing object right-to-left
+    Because drawing objects only painted for each page only, the default
+    horizontal text direction of a drawing object is given by the corresponding
+    page property.
+
+    @returns boolean, indicating, if the horizontal text direction of the
+    page, the selected drawing object is on, is right-to-left.
+*/
+bool SwFEShell::IsShapeDefaultHoriTextDirR2L() const
+{
+    // check, if a draw view exists
+    OSL_ENSURE(Imp()->GetDrawView(), "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - no draw view!");
+    if (!Imp()->GetDrawView())
+        return false;
+
+    // determine list of selected objects
+    const SdrMarkList& rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+
+    // check, if exactly one object is selected.
+    OSL_ENSURE(rMrkList.GetMarkCount() == 1, "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - no selected object!");
+    if (rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1)
+        return false;
+
+    // get selected object
+    const SdrObject *pSdrObj = rMrkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+
+    // check, if selected object is a shape (drawing object)
+    OSL_ENSURE(dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pSdrObj) == nullptr, "wrong usage of SwFEShell::GetShapeBackground - selected object is not a drawing object!");
+    if (dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>(pSdrObj) != nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    // determine page frame of the frame the shape is anchored.
+    const SwContact* pContact = GetUserCall(pSdrObj);
+    OSL_ENSURE(pContact, "<SwFEShell::IsShapeDefaultHoriTextDirR2L(..)> - missing contact!");
+    if (!pContact)
+        return false;
+
+    const SwFrame* pAnchorFrame = static_cast<const SwDrawContact*>(pContact)->GetAnchorFrame(pSdrObj);
+    OSL_ENSURE(pAnchorFrame, "inconsistent model - no anchor at shape!");
+    if (!pAnchorFrame)
+        return false;
+
+    const SwPageFrame* pPageFrame = pAnchorFrame->FindPageFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE(pPageFrame, "inconsistent model - no page!");
+    if (!pPageFrame)
+        return false;
+
+    return pPageFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+}
+
+Point SwFEShell::GetRelativePagePosition(const Point& rDocPos)
+{
+    Point aRet(-1, -1);
+    const SwFrame *pPage = GetLayout()->Lower();
+    while ( pPage && !pPage->getFrameArea().Contains( rDocPos ) )
+    {
+        pPage = pPage->GetNext();
+    }
+    if(pPage)
+    {
+        aRet = rDocPos - pPage->getFrameArea().TopLeft();
+    }
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79f5eb6b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2530 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+
+#include <vcl/errinf.hxx>
+#include <basegfx/vector/b2dvector.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/brushitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/frmdiritem.hxx>
+#include <svtools/ruler.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <swwait.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <fmtornt.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <wrtsh.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <docsh.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentState.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentRedlineAccess.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <notxtfrm.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <rowfrm.hxx>
+#include <cellfrm.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <swddetbl.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <calc.hxx>
+#include <dialoghelp.hxx>
+#include <tabcol.hxx>
+#include <tblafmt.hxx>
+#include <cellatr.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <viscrs.hxx>
+#include <tblsel.hxx>
+#include <swerror.h>
+#include <swundo.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <fmtrowsplt.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <sortedobjs.hxx>
+
+using namespace ::com::sun::star;
+
+// also see swtable.cxx
+#define COLFUZZY 20L
+
+static bool IsSame( tools::Long nA, tools::Long nB ) { return  std::abs(nA-nB) <= COLFUZZY; }
+
+namespace {
+
+class TableWait
+{
+    const std::unique_ptr<SwWait> m_pWait;
+    // this seems really fishy: do some locking, if an arbitrary number of lines is exceeded
+    static const size_t our_kLineLimit = 20;
+    static bool ShouldWait(size_t nCnt, SwFrame *pFrame, size_t nCnt2)
+        { return our_kLineLimit < nCnt || our_kLineLimit < nCnt2 || (pFrame && our_kLineLimit < pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()->GetTabLines().size()); }
+public:
+    TableWait(size_t nCnt, SwFrame *pFrame, SwDocShell &rDocShell, size_t nCnt2 = 0)
+        : m_pWait( ShouldWait(nCnt, pFrame, nCnt2) ? std::make_unique<SwWait>( rDocShell, true ) : nullptr )
+    { }
+};
+
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ParkCursorInTab()
+{
+    SwCursor * pSwCursor = GetCursor();
+
+    OSL_ENSURE(pSwCursor, "no SwCursor");
+
+    SwPosition aStartPos = *pSwCursor->GetPoint(), aEndPos = aStartPos;
+
+    /* Search least and greatest position in current cursor ring.
+     */
+    for(SwPaM& rTmpCursor : pSwCursor->GetRingContainer())
+    {
+        SwCursor* pTmpCursor = static_cast<SwCursor *>(&rTmpCursor);
+        const SwPosition * pPt = pTmpCursor->GetPoint(),
+            * pMk = pTmpCursor->GetMark();
+
+        if (*pPt < aStartPos)
+            aStartPos = *pPt;
+
+        if (*pPt > aEndPos)
+            aEndPos = *pPt;
+
+        if (*pMk < aStartPos)
+            aStartPos = *pMk;
+
+        if (*pMk > aEndPos)
+            aEndPos = *pMk;
+
+    }
+
+    KillPams();
+
+    /* @@@ semantic: SwCursor::operator=() is not implemented @@@ */
+
+    /* Set cursor to end of selection to ensure IsLastCellInRow works
+       properly. */
+    {
+        SwCursor aTmpCursor( aEndPos, nullptr );
+        *pSwCursor = aTmpCursor;
+    }
+
+    /* Move the cursor out of the columns to delete and stay in the
+       same row. If the table has only one column the cursor will
+       stay in the row and the shell will take care of it. */
+    if (IsLastCellInRow())
+    {
+        /* If the cursor is in the last row of the table, first
+           try to move it to the previous cell. If that fails move
+           it to the next cell. */
+
+        {
+            SwCursor aTmpCursor( aStartPos, nullptr );
+            *pSwCursor = aTmpCursor;
+        }
+
+        if (! pSwCursor->GoPrevCell())
+        {
+            SwCursor aTmpCursor( aEndPos, nullptr );
+            *pSwCursor = aTmpCursor;
+            pSwCursor->GoNextCell();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* If the cursor is not in the last row of the table, first
+           try to move it to the next cell. If that fails move it
+           to the previous cell. */
+
+        {
+            SwCursor aTmpCursor( aEndPos, nullptr );
+            *pSwCursor = aTmpCursor;
+        }
+
+        if (! pSwCursor->GoNextCell())
+        {
+            SwCursor aTmpCursor( aStartPos, nullptr );
+            *pSwCursor = aTmpCursor;
+            pSwCursor->GoPrevCell();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::InsertRow( sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // pending drag & drop?
+    bool bAction = ActionPend();
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // search boxes via the layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    bool bSelectAll = StartsWith_() == StartsWith::Table && ExtendedSelectedAll();
+    if (bSelectAll)
+    {
+        // Set the end of the selection to the last paragraph of the last cell of the table.
+        SwPaM* pPaM = getShellCursor(false);
+        SwNode* pNode = pPaM->Start()->GetNode().FindTableNode()->EndOfSectionNode();
+        // pNode is the end node of the table, we want the last node before the end node of the last cell.
+        pPaM->End()->Assign( pNode->GetIndex() - 2 );
+    }
+    GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Row );
+
+    TableWait aWait( nCnt, pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(), aBoxes.size() );
+
+    if ( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        GetDoc()->InsertRow( aBoxes, nCnt, bBehind, /*bInsertDummy=*/!bAction );
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::InsertCol( sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bBehind )
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    if( !CheckSplitCells( *this, nCnt + 1, SwTableSearchType::Col ) )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLINSCOL_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // pending drag & drop?
+    bool bAction = ActionPend();
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    // search boxes via the layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+
+    TableWait aWait( nCnt, pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(), aBoxes.size() );
+
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        GetDoc()->InsertCol( aBoxes, nCnt, bBehind, /*bInsertDummy=*/!bAction );
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+//  Determines if the current cursor is in the last row of the table.
+bool SwFEShell::IsLastCellInRow() const
+{
+    SwTabCols aTabCols;
+    GetTabCols( aTabCols );
+    bool bResult = false;
+
+    if (IsTableRightToLeft())
+        /* If the table is right-to-left the last row is the most left one. */
+        bResult = 0 == GetCurTabColNum();
+    else
+        /* If the table is left-to-right the last row is the most right one. */
+        bResult = aTabCols.Count() == GetCurTabColNum();
+
+    return bResult;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::DeleteCol()
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return false;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    bool bRecordChanges = GetDoc()->GetDocShell()->IsChangeRecording();
+    bool bRecordAndHideChanges = bRecordChanges &&
+        GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout()->IsHideRedlines();
+
+    // tracked deletion: remove only textbox content,
+    // and set IsNoTracked table box property to false
+    if ( bRecordChanges )
+    {
+        StartUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE);
+        StartAllAction();
+
+        if ( SwWrtShell* pWrtShell = dynamic_cast<SwWrtShell*>(this) )
+            pWrtShell->SelectTableCol();
+
+        // search boxes via the layout
+        SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+        GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+
+        TableWait aWait( 20, pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(), aBoxes.size() );
+
+        SwTableNode* pTableNd = pFrame->IsTextFrame()
+            ? static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTextNodeFirst()->FindTableNode()
+            : static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFrame)->GetNode()->FindTableNode();
+
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < aBoxes.size(); ++i)
+        {
+            SwTableBox *pBox = aBoxes[i];
+            if ( pBox->GetSttNd() )
+            {
+                SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pBox->GetSttNd(), 1 );
+                SwCursor aCursor( SwPosition(aIdx), nullptr );
+                SvxPrintItem aHasTextChangesOnly(RES_PRINT, false);
+                GetDoc()->SetBoxAttr( aCursor, aHasTextChangesOnly );
+
+                // add dummy text content to the empty box for change tracking
+                if ( pBox->IsEmpty() )
+                {
+                    IDocumentContentOperations& rIDCO = GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations();
+                    IDocumentRedlineAccess& rIDRA = GetDoc()->getIDocumentRedlineAccess();
+                    RedlineFlags eOld = rIDRA.GetRedlineFlags();
+                    rIDRA.SetRedlineFlags_intern(RedlineFlags::NONE);
+                    rIDCO.InsertString( aCursor, OUStringChar(CH_TXT_TRACKED_DUMMY_CHAR) );
+                    aCursor.SetMark();
+                    aCursor.GetMark()->SetContent(0);
+                    rIDRA.SetRedlineFlags_intern( eOld );
+                    rIDCO.DeleteAndJoin( aCursor );
+                }
+
+            }
+        }
+
+        SwEditShell* pEditShell = GetDoc()->GetEditShell();
+        pEditShell->Delete();
+
+        // remove cell frames in Hide Changes mode (and table frames, if needed)
+        if ( bRecordAndHideChanges )
+        {
+            // remove all frames of the table, and make them again without the deleted ones
+            // TODO remove only the deleted frames
+            pTableNd->DelFrames();
+
+            if ( !pTableNd->GetTable().IsDeleted() )
+            {
+                pTableNd->MakeOwnFrames();
+            }
+        }
+
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+        EndUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // search boxes via the layout
+    bool bRet;
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    SwTableSearchType eSearchType = SwTableSearchType::Col;
+
+    // NewModel tables already ExpandColumnSelection, so don't do it here also.
+    const SwContentNode* pContentNd = getShellCursor(false)->GetPointNode().GetContentNode();
+    const SwTableNode* pTableNd = pContentNd ? pContentNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if (pTableNd && pTableNd->GetTable().IsNewModel())
+        eSearchType = SwTableSearchType::NONE;
+
+    GetTableSel(*this, aBoxes, eSearchType);
+    if ( !aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        TableWait aWait( aBoxes.size(), pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell() );
+
+        // remove crsr from the deletion area.
+        // Put them behind/on the table; via the
+        // document position they will be put to the old position
+        while( !pFrame->IsCellFrame() )
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+
+        ParkCursorInTab();
+
+        // then delete the column
+        StartUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE);
+        bRet = GetDoc()->DeleteRowCol(aBoxes, SwDoc::RowColMode::DeleteColumn);
+        EndUndo(SwUndoId::COL_DELETE);
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::DeleteTable()
+{
+    DeleteRow(true);
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::DeleteRow(bool bCompleteTable)
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return false;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    bool bRecordChanges = GetDoc()->GetDocShell()->IsChangeRecording();
+    bool bRecordAndHideChanges = bRecordChanges &&
+        GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout()->IsHideRedlines();
+
+    // tracked deletion: all rows have already had tracked row change in the table selection
+    if ( bRecordChanges && !SwDoc::HasRowNotTracked( *getShellCursor( false ) ) )
+        return false;
+
+    if ( bRecordChanges )
+        StartUndo(bCompleteTable ? SwUndoId::UI_TABLE_DELETE : SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE);
+
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // tracked deletion: remove only textbox content,
+    // and set HasTextChangesOnly table line property to false
+    SwEditShell* pEditShell = nullptr;
+    if ( bRecordChanges )
+    {
+        pEditShell = GetDoc()->GetEditShell();
+        SvxPrintItem aHasTextChangesOnly(RES_PRINT, false);
+        GetDoc()->SetRowNotTracked( *getShellCursor( false ), aHasTextChangesOnly );
+
+        if ( SwWrtShell* pWrtShell = dynamic_cast<SwWrtShell*>(this) )
+            pWrtShell->SelectTableRow();
+
+        // don't need to remove the row frames in Show Changes mode
+        if ( !bRecordAndHideChanges )
+        {
+            if ( pEditShell )
+                pEditShell->Delete(false);
+
+            EndAllActionAndCall();
+            EndUndo(bCompleteTable ? SwUndoId::UI_TABLE_DELETE : SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE);
+
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // search for boxes via the layout
+    bool bRet;
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes, SwTableSearchType::Row );
+
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        TableWait aWait( aBoxes.size(), pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell() );
+
+        // Delete cursors from the deletion area.
+        // Then the cursor is:
+        //  1. the following row, if there is another row after this
+        //  2. the preceding row, if there is another row before this
+        //  3. otherwise below the table
+        {
+            SwTableNode* pTableNd = pFrame->IsTextFrame()
+                ? static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTextNodeFirst()->FindTableNode()
+                : static_cast<SwNoTextFrame*>(pFrame)->GetNode()->FindTableNode();
+
+            // search all boxes / lines
+            FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+            {
+                FndPara aPara( aBoxes, &aFndBox );
+                ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines(), &aPara );
+            }
+
+            if( aFndBox.GetLines().empty() )
+            {
+                EndAllActionAndCall();
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            KillPams();
+
+            FndBox_* pFndBox = &aFndBox;
+            while( 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().size() &&
+                    1 == pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes().size())
+            {
+                FndBox_ *const pTmp = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetBoxes()[0].get();
+                if( pTmp->GetBox()->GetSttNd() )
+                    break;      // otherwise too far
+                pFndBox = pTmp;
+            }
+
+            SwTableLine* pDelLine = pFndBox->GetLines().back()->GetLine();
+            SwTableBox* pDelBox = pDelLine->GetTabBoxes().back();
+            while( !pDelBox->GetSttNd() )
+            {
+                SwTableLine* pLn = pDelBox->GetTabLines().back();
+                pDelBox = pLn->GetTabBoxes().back();
+            }
+            SwTableBox* pNextBox = pDelLine->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                            pDelBox );
+            // skip deleted lines in Hide Changes mode with enabled change tracking
+            if ( bRecordAndHideChanges )
+            {
+                SwRedlineTable::size_type nRedlinePos = 0;
+                while( pNextBox && pNextBox->GetUpper()->IsDeleted(nRedlinePos) )
+                    pNextBox = pNextBox->GetUpper()->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                    pNextBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes().back() );
+            }
+
+            // skip protected cells
+            while( pNextBox &&
+                    pNextBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                pNextBox = pNextBox->FindNextBox( pTableNd->GetTable(), pNextBox );
+
+            if( !pNextBox )         // no next? then the previous
+            {
+                pDelLine = pFndBox->GetLines().front()->GetLine();
+                pDelBox = pDelLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ];
+                while( !pDelBox->GetSttNd() )
+                    pDelBox = pDelBox->GetTabLines()[0]->GetTabBoxes()[0];
+                pNextBox = pDelLine->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                                            pDelBox );
+                // skip previous deleted lines in Hide Changes mode with enabled change tracking
+                if ( bRecordAndHideChanges )
+                {
+                    SwRedlineTable::size_type nRedlinePos = 0;
+                    while( pNextBox && pNextBox->GetUpper()->IsDeleted(nRedlinePos) )
+                    {
+                        pNextBox = pNextBox->GetUpper()->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(),
+                                        pNextBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes()[0] );
+                        nRedlinePos = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                // skip previous protected cells
+                while( pNextBox &&
+                        pNextBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                    pNextBox = pNextBox->FindPreviousBox( pTableNd->GetTable(), pNextBox );
+            }
+
+            // delete row content in Hide Changes mode
+            if ( pEditShell && bRecordAndHideChanges )
+            {
+                // select the row deleted with change tracking cell by cell to handle
+                // the already deleted cells
+                SwWrtShell* pWrtShell = dynamic_cast<SwWrtShell*>(this);
+                for (SwSelBoxes::size_type nBox = 0; pWrtShell && nBox < aBoxes.size(); ++nBox)
+                {
+                    pWrtShell->SelectTableRow();
+                    SwCursor* pTableCursor = static_cast<SwCursor*>(GetTableCursor());
+                    auto pStt = aBoxes[nBox];
+                    if ( !pTableCursor )
+                        pTableCursor = GetCursor(true);
+
+                    if ( pTableCursor )
+                    {
+                        // set start and end of the selection
+                        pTableCursor->DeleteMark();
+                        pTableCursor->GetPoint()->Assign( *pStt->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() );
+                        pTableCursor->Move( fnMoveBackward, GoInContent );
+                        pWrtShell->UpdateCursor();
+                    }
+
+                    pEditShell->Delete(false);
+                }
+            }
+
+            SwNodeOffset nIdx;
+            if( pNextBox )      // put cursor here
+                nIdx = pNextBox->GetSttIdx() + 1;
+            else                // otherwise below the table
+                nIdx = pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1;
+
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( GetDoc()->GetNodes(), nIdx );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            if( !pCNd )
+                pCNd = GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx );
+
+            // remove row frames in Hide Changes mode (and table frames, if needed)
+            if ( bRecordAndHideChanges )
+            {
+                // remove all frames of the table, and make them again without the deleted ones
+                // TODO remove only the deleted frames
+                pTableNd->DelFrames();
+                if ( !pTableNd->GetTable().IsDeleted() )
+                {
+                    pTableNd->MakeOwnFrames();
+                }
+
+                EndAllActionAndCall();
+
+                // put cursor
+                SwPaM* pPam = GetCursor();
+                pPam->GetPoint()->Assign( *pCNd, 0 );
+                pPam->SetMark();            // both want something
+                pPam->DeleteMark();
+                if ( SwWrtShell* pWrtShell = dynamic_cast<SwWrtShell*>(this) )
+                {
+                    pWrtShell->UpdateCursor();
+                    // tdf#150578 enable the disabled table toolbar by (zero) cursor moving
+                    pWrtShell->Right( SwCursorSkipMode::Chars, false, 0, false );
+                }
+
+                EndUndo(bCompleteTable ? SwUndoId::UI_TABLE_DELETE : SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE);
+                return true;
+            }
+            else if( pCNd )
+            {
+                // put cursor
+                SwPaM* pPam = GetCursor();
+                pPam->GetPoint()->Assign( *pCNd, 0 );
+                pPam->SetMark();            // both want something
+                pPam->DeleteMark();
+            }
+        }
+
+        // now delete the lines
+        StartUndo(bCompleteTable ? SwUndoId::UI_TABLE_DELETE : SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE);
+        bRet = GetDoc()->DeleteRowCol( aBoxes );
+        EndUndo(bCompleteTable ? SwUndoId::UI_TABLE_DELETE : SwUndoId::ROW_DELETE);
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+TableMergeErr SwFEShell::MergeTab()
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    TableMergeErr nRet = TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        SwShellTableCursor* pTableCursor = GetTableCursor();
+        const SwTableNode* pTableNd = pTableCursor->GetPointNode().FindTableNode();
+        if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(&pTableNd->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+        {
+            ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                            DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CurrShell aCurr( this );
+            StartAllAction();
+
+            TableWait aWait(pTableCursor->GetSelectedBoxesCount(), nullptr,
+                    *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(),
+                     pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines().size() );
+
+            nRet = GetDoc()->MergeTable( *pTableCursor );
+
+            KillPams();
+
+            EndAllActionAndCall();
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SplitTab( bool bVert, sal_uInt16 nCnt, bool bSameHeight )
+{
+    // check if Point/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr  )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+
+    if( bVert && !CheckSplitCells( *this, nCnt + 1, SwTableSearchType::NONE ) )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLSPLIT_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return;
+    }
+    StartAllAction();
+    // search boxes via the layout
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSel( *this, aBoxes );
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        TableWait aWait( nCnt, pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(), aBoxes.size() );
+
+        // now delete the columns
+        GetDoc()->SplitTable( aBoxes, bVert, nCnt, bSameHeight );
+
+        ClearFEShellTabCols(*GetDoc(), nullptr);
+    }
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabCols_(SwTabCols &rToFill, const SwFrame *pBox) const
+{
+    const SwTabFrame *pTab = pBox->FindTabFrame();
+    if (m_pColumnCache)
+    {
+        bool bDel = true;
+        if (m_pColumnCache->pLastTable == pTab->GetTable())
+        {
+            bDel = false;
+            SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+
+            const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+            const sal_uLong nLeftMin = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                                   aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+            const sal_uLong nRightMax = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFrameArea()) -
+                                    aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+
+            if (m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame != pTab)
+            {
+                // if TabFrame was changed, we only shift a little bit
+                // as the width is the same
+                SwRectFnSet fnRectX(m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame);
+                if (fnRectX.GetWidth(m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame->getFrameArea()) ==
+                    aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTab->getFrameArea()) )
+                {
+                    m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->SetLeftMin( nLeftMin );
+
+                    m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame = pTab;
+                }
+                else
+                    bDel = true;
+            }
+
+            if ( !bDel &&
+                 m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->GetLeftMin () == o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(nLeftMin) &&
+                 m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->GetLeft    () == o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTab->getFramePrintArea())) &&
+                 m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->GetRight   () == o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTab->getFramePrintArea()))&&
+                 m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->GetRightMax() == o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(nRightMax) - m_pColumnCache->pLastCols->GetLeftMin() )
+            {
+                if (m_pColumnCache->pLastCellFrame != pBox)
+                {
+                    pTab->GetTable()->GetTabCols( *m_pColumnCache->pLastCols,
+                                        static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pBox)->GetTabBox(), true);
+                    m_pColumnCache->pLastCellFrame = pBox;
+                }
+                rToFill = *m_pColumnCache->pLastCols;
+            }
+            else
+                bDel = true;
+        }
+        if ( bDel )
+            m_pColumnCache.reset();
+    }
+    if (!m_pColumnCache)
+    {
+        SwDoc::GetTabCols( rToFill, static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+
+        m_pColumnCache.reset(new SwColCache);
+        m_pColumnCache->pLastCols.reset(new SwTabCols(rToFill));
+        m_pColumnCache->pLastTable = pTab->GetTable();
+        m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame = pTab;
+        m_pColumnCache->pLastCellFrame = pBox;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabRows_(SwTabCols &rToFill, const SwFrame *pBox) const
+{
+    const SwTabFrame *pTab = pBox->FindTabFrame();
+    if (m_pRowCache)
+    {
+        bool bDel = true;
+        if (m_pRowCache->pLastTable == pTab->GetTable())
+        {
+            bDel = false;
+            SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+            const SwPageFrame* pPage = pTab->FindPageFrame();
+            const tools::Long nLeftMin  = ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() ?
+                                     pTab->GetPrtLeft() - pPage->getFrameArea().Left() :
+                                     pTab->GetPrtTop() - pPage->getFrameArea().Top() );
+            const tools::Long nLeft     = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? LONG_MAX : 0;
+            const tools::Long nRight    = aRectFnSet.GetHeight(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+            const tools::Long nRightMax = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? nRight : LONG_MAX;
+
+            if (m_pRowCache->pLastTabFrame != pTab || m_pRowCache->pLastCellFrame != pBox)
+                bDel = true;
+
+            if ( !bDel &&
+                 m_pRowCache->pLastCols->GetLeftMin () == nLeftMin &&
+                 m_pRowCache->pLastCols->GetLeft    () == nLeft &&
+                 m_pRowCache->pLastCols->GetRight   () == nRight &&
+                 m_pRowCache->pLastCols->GetRightMax() == nRightMax )
+            {
+                rToFill = *m_pRowCache->pLastCols;
+            }
+            else
+                bDel = true;
+        }
+        if ( bDel )
+            m_pRowCache.reset();
+    }
+    if (!m_pRowCache)
+    {
+        SwDoc::GetTabRows( rToFill, static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+
+        m_pRowCache.reset(new SwColCache);
+        m_pRowCache->pLastCols.reset(new SwTabCols(rToFill));
+        m_pRowCache->pLastTable = pTab->GetTable();
+        m_pRowCache->pLastTabFrame = pTab;
+        m_pRowCache->pLastCellFrame = pBox;
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTabCols( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurRowOnly )
+{
+    SwFrame *pBox = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pBox || !pBox->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    do
+    {
+        pBox = pBox->GetUpper();
+    } while (pBox && !pBox->IsCellFrame());
+
+    GetDoc()->SetTabCols( rNew, bCurRowOnly, static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabCols( SwTabCols &rToFill ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+    do
+    {
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+    }
+    while (pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame());
+
+    if (!pFrame)
+        return;
+
+    GetTabCols_( rToFill, pFrame );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabRows( SwTabCols &rToFill ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+    do
+    {
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+    } while (pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame());
+
+    if (!pFrame)
+        return;
+
+    GetTabRows_( rToFill, pFrame );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTabRows( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurColOnly )
+{
+    SwFrame *pBox = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pBox || !pBox->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    do
+    {
+        pBox = pBox->GetUpper();
+    } while (pBox && !pBox->IsCellFrame());
+
+    GetDoc()->SetTabRows( rNew, bCurColOnly, static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetMouseTabRows( SwTabCols &rToFill, const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pBox = GetBox( rPt );
+    if ( pBox )
+        GetTabRows_( rToFill, pBox );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetMouseTabRows( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurColOnly, const Point &rPt )
+{
+    const SwFrame *pBox = GetBox( rPt );
+    if( pBox )
+    {
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+        StartAllAction();
+        GetDoc()->SetTabRows( rNew, bCurColOnly, static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetRowSplit( const SwFormatRowSplit& rNew )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetRowSplit( *getShellCursor( false ), rNew );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwFormatRowSplit> SwFEShell::GetRowSplit() const
+{
+    return SwDoc::GetRowSplit( *getShellCursor( false ) );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetRowHeight( const SwFormatFrameSize &rNew )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetRowHeight( *getShellCursor( false ), rNew );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+std::unique_ptr<SwFormatFrameSize> SwFEShell::GetRowHeight() const
+{
+    return SwDoc::GetRowHeight( *getShellCursor( false ) );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::BalanceRowHeight( bool bTstOnly, const bool bOptimize )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    if( !bTstOnly )
+        StartAllAction();
+    bool bRet = GetDoc()->BalanceRowHeight( *getShellCursor( false ), bTstOnly, bOptimize );
+    if( !bTstOnly )
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetRowBackground( const SvxBrushItem &rNew )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetRowBackground( *getShellCursor( false ), rNew );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetRowBackground( std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem>& rToFill ) const
+{
+    return SwDoc::GetRowBackground( *getShellCursor( false ), rToFill );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTabBorders( const SfxItemSet& rSet )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetTabBorders( *getShellCursor( false ), rSet );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTabLineStyle( const Color* pColor, bool bSetLine,
+                                 const editeng::SvxBorderLine* pBorderLine )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetTabLineStyle( *getShellCursor( false ),
+                                pColor, bSetLine, pBorderLine );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabBorders( SfxItemSet& rSet ) const
+{
+    SwDoc::GetTabBorders( *getShellCursor( false ), rSet );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetBoxBackground( const SvxBrushItem &rNew )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetBoxAttr( *getShellCursor( false ), rNew );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetBoxBackground( std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem>& rToFill ) const
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem> aTemp = std::move(rToFill);
+    bool bRetval(SwDoc::GetBoxAttr(*getShellCursor( false ), aTemp));
+    rToFill.reset(static_cast<SvxBrushItem*>(aTemp.release()));
+    return bRetval;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetBoxDirection( const SvxFrameDirectionItem& rNew )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetBoxAttr( *getShellCursor( false ), rNew );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetBoxDirection( std::unique_ptr<SvxFrameDirectionItem>& rToFill ) const
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem> aTemp = std::move(rToFill);
+    bool bRetval(SwDoc::GetBoxAttr(*getShellCursor( false ), aTemp));
+    rToFill.reset(static_cast<SvxFrameDirectionItem*>(aTemp.release()));
+    return bRetval;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetBoxAlign( sal_uInt16 nAlign )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetBoxAlign( *getShellCursor( false ), nAlign );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetBoxAlign() const
+{
+    return SwDoc::GetBoxAlign( *getShellCursor( false ) );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTabBackground( const SvxBrushItem &rNew )
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->SetAttr( rNew, *pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetFormat() );
+    EndAllAction(); // no call, nothing changes!
+    GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTabBackground( std::unique_ptr<SvxBrushItem>& rToFill ) const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        rToFill = pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetFormat()->makeBackgroundBrushItem();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::HasWholeTabSelection() const
+{
+    // whole table selected?
+    if ( IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+        ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+        if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        {
+            const SwTableNode *pTableNd = IsCursorInTable();
+            return pTableNd &&
+                aBoxes[0]->GetSttIdx() - 1 == pTableNd->EndOfSectionNode()->StartOfSectionIndex() &&
+                aBoxes.back()->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex() + 1 == pTableNd->EndOfSectionIndex();
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::HasBoxSelection() const
+{
+    if(!IsCursorInTable())
+        return false;
+    // whole table selected?
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+        return true;
+    SwPaM* pPam = GetCursor();
+        // empty boxes are also selected as the absence of selection
+    bool bChg = false;
+    if( pPam->GetPoint() == pPam->End())
+    {
+        bChg = true;
+        pPam->Exchange();
+    }
+    SwNode* pNd;
+    if( pPam->GetPoint()->GetNodeIndex() -1 ==
+        ( pNd = &pPam->GetPointNode())->StartOfSectionIndex() &&
+        !pPam->GetPoint()->GetContentIndex() &&
+        pPam->GetMark()->GetNodeIndex() + 1 ==
+        pNd->EndOfSectionIndex())
+    {
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pNd->EndOfSectionNode(), -1 );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            if( !pCNd )
+            {
+                pCNd = SwNodes::GoPrevious( &aIdx );
+                assert(pCNd && "no ContentNode in box ??");
+            }
+            if( pPam->GetMark()->GetContentIndex() == pCNd->Len() )
+            {
+                if( bChg )
+                    pPam->Exchange();
+                return true;
+            }
+    }
+    if( bChg )
+        pPam->Exchange();
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ProtectCells()
+{
+    SvxProtectItem aProt( RES_PROTECT );
+    aProt.SetContentProtect( true );
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    GetDoc()->SetBoxAttr( *getShellCursor( false ), aProt );
+
+    if( !IsCursorReadonly() )
+    {
+        if( IsTableMode() )
+            ClearMark();
+        ParkCursorInTab();
+    }
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+// cancel table selection
+void SwFEShell::UnProtectCells()
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+        ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+    else
+    {
+        SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+        do {
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        } while ( pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame() );
+        if( pFrame )
+        {
+            SwTableBox *pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox());
+            aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+        GetDoc()->UnProtectCells( aBoxes );
+
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::UnProtectTables()
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+    GetDoc()->UnProtectTables( *GetCursor() );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::HasTableAnyProtection( const OUString* pTableName,
+                                     bool* pFullTableProtection )
+{
+    return GetDoc()->HasTableAnyProtection( GetCursor()->GetPoint(), pTableName,
+                                        pFullTableProtection );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::CanUnProtectCells() const
+{
+    bool bUnProtectAvailable = false;
+    const SwTableNode *pTableNd = IsCursorInTable();
+    if( pTableNd && !pTableNd->IsProtect() )
+    {
+        SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+        if( IsTableMode() )
+            ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+        else
+        {
+            SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+            do {
+                if ( pFrame )
+                    pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+            } while ( pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame() );
+            if( pFrame )
+            {
+                SwTableBox *pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox());
+                aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+            }
+        }
+        if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+            bUnProtectAvailable = ::HasProtectedCells( aBoxes );
+    }
+    return bUnProtectAvailable;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetRowsToRepeat() const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    const SwTabFrame *pTab = pFrame ? pFrame->FindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    if( pTab )
+        return pTab->GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetRowsToRepeat( sal_uInt16 nSet )
+{
+    SwFrame    *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = pFrame ? pFrame->FindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    if( pTab && pTab->GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat() != nSet )
+    {
+        SwWait aWait( *GetDoc()->GetDocShell(), true );
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+        StartAllAction();
+        GetDoc()->SetRowsToRepeat( *pTab->GetTable(), nSet );
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    }
+}
+
+// returns the number of rows consecutively selected from top
+static sal_uInt16 lcl_GetRowNumber( const SwPosition& rPos )
+{
+    Point aTmpPt;
+    const SwContentNode *pNd;
+    const SwContentFrame *pFrame;
+
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aTmpPt, false);
+    pNd = rPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    if( nullptr != pNd )
+        pFrame = pNd->getLayoutFrame(pNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), &rPos, &tmp);
+    else
+        pFrame = nullptr;
+
+    const SwFrame* pRow = (pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab()) ? pFrame->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+
+    while (pRow && (!pRow->GetUpper() || !pRow->GetUpper()->IsTabFrame()))
+        pRow = pRow->GetUpper();
+
+    if (!pRow)
+        return USHRT_MAX;
+
+    const SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = static_cast<const SwTabFrame*>(pRow->GetUpper());
+    const SwTableLine* pTabLine = static_cast<const SwRowFrame*>(pRow)->GetTabLine();
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = USHRT_MAX;
+    sal_uInt16 nI = 0;
+    while ( sal::static_int_cast<SwTableLines::size_type>(nI) < pTabFrame->GetTable()->GetTabLines().size() )
+    {
+        if ( pTabFrame->GetTable()->GetTabLines()[ nI ] == pTabLine )
+        {
+            nRet = nI;
+            break;
+        }
+        ++nI;
+    }
+
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetRowSelectionFromTop() const
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = 0;
+    const SwPaM* pPaM = IsTableMode() ? GetTableCursor() : GetCursor_();
+    const sal_uInt16 nPtLine = lcl_GetRowNumber( *pPaM->GetPoint() );
+
+    if ( !IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        nRet = 0 == nPtLine ? 1 : 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const sal_uInt16 nMkLine = lcl_GetRowNumber( *pPaM->GetMark() );
+
+        if ( ( nPtLine == 0 && nMkLine != USHRT_MAX ) ||
+             ( nMkLine == 0 && nPtLine != USHRT_MAX ) )
+        {
+            nRet = std::max( nPtLine, nMkLine ) + 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+/*
+ * 1. case: bRepeat = true
+ * returns true if the current frame is located inside a table headline in
+ * a follow frame
+ *
+ * 2. case: bRepeat = false
+ * returns true if the current frame is located inside a table headline OR
+ * inside the first line of a table!!!
+ */
+bool SwFEShell::CheckHeadline( bool bRepeat ) const
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    if ( !IsTableMode() )
+    {
+        SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();  // DONE MULTIIHEADER
+        SwTabFrame* pTab = (pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab()) ? pFrame->FindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+        if (pTab)
+        {
+            if ( bRepeat )
+            {
+                bRet = pTab->IsFollow() && pTab->IsInHeadline( *pFrame );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bRet = static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pTab->Lower())->IsAnLower( pFrame ) ||
+                        pTab->IsInHeadline( *pFrame );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::AdjustCellWidth( const bool bBalance, const bool bNoShrink )
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // switch on wait-cursor, as we do not know how
+    // much content is affected
+    TableWait aWait(std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max(), nullptr,
+                  *GetDoc()->GetDocShell());
+
+    GetDoc()->AdjustCellWidth( *getShellCursor( false ), bBalance, bNoShrink );
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsAdjustCellWidthAllowed( bool bBalance ) const
+{
+    // at least one row with content should be contained in the selection
+
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return false;
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+
+    if ( bBalance )
+        return aBoxes.size() > 1;
+
+    if ( aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        }
+        while (pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame());
+
+        if (!pFrame)
+            return false;
+
+        SwTableBox *pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox());
+        aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+    }
+
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < aBoxes.size(); ++i)
+    {
+        SwTableBox *pBox = aBoxes[i];
+        if ( pBox->GetSttNd() )
+        {
+            SwNodeIndex aIdx( *pBox->GetSttNd(), 1 );
+            SwTextNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+            if( !pCNd )
+                pCNd = static_cast<SwTextNode*>(GetDoc()->GetNodes().GoNext( &aIdx ));
+
+            while ( pCNd )
+            {
+                if (!pCNd->GetText().isEmpty())
+                    return true;
+                ++aIdx;
+                pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTableStyle(const OUString& rStyleName)
+{
+    // make sure SwDoc has the style
+    SwTableAutoFormat *pTableFormat = GetDoc()->GetTableStyles().FindAutoFormat(rStyleName);
+    if (!pTableFormat)
+        return;
+
+    SwTableNode *pTableNode = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(IsCursorInTable());
+    if (!pTableNode)
+        return;
+
+    // set the name & update
+    UpdateTableStyleFormatting(pTableNode, false, &rStyleName);
+}
+
+    // AutoFormat for the table/table selection
+bool SwFEShell::SetTableStyle(const SwTableAutoFormat& rStyle)
+{
+    // make sure SwDoc has the style
+    GetDoc()->GetTableStyles().AddAutoFormat(rStyle);
+
+    SwTableNode *pTableNode = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(IsCursorInTable());
+    if (!pTableNode)
+        return false;
+
+    // set the name & update
+    return UpdateTableStyleFormatting(pTableNode, false, &rStyle.GetName());
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::UpdateTableStyleFormatting(SwTableNode *pTableNode,
+        bool bResetDirect, OUString const*const pStyleName)
+{
+    if (!pTableNode)
+    {
+        pTableNode = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(IsCursorInTable());
+        if (!pTableNode || pTableNode->GetTable().IsTableComplex())
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    OUString const aTableStyleName(pStyleName
+            ? *pStyleName
+            : pTableNode->GetTable().GetTableStyleName());
+    SwTableAutoFormat* pTableStyle = GetDoc()->GetTableStyles().FindAutoFormat(aTableStyleName);
+    if (!pTableStyle)
+        return false;
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+
+    // whole table or only current selection
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+        ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+    else
+    {
+        const SwTableSortBoxes& rTBoxes = pTableNode->GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes();
+        for (size_t n = 0; n < rTBoxes.size(); ++n)
+        {
+            SwTableBox* pBox = rTBoxes[ n ];
+            aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+        }
+    }
+
+    bool bRet;
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+        StartAllAction();
+        bRet = GetDoc()->SetTableAutoFormat(
+                aBoxes, *pTableStyle, bResetDirect, pStyleName != nullptr);
+        ClearFEShellTabCols(*GetDoc(), nullptr);
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetTableAutoFormat( SwTableAutoFormat& rGet )
+{
+    const SwTableNode *pTableNd = IsCursorInTable();
+    if( !pTableNd || pTableNd->GetTable().IsTableComplex() )
+        return false;
+
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+
+    if ( !IsTableMode() )       // if cursor are not current
+        GetCursor();
+
+    // whole table or only current selection
+    if( IsTableMode() )
+        ::GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+    else
+    {
+        const SwTableSortBoxes& rTBoxes = pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabSortBoxes();
+        for (size_t n = 0; n < rTBoxes.size(); ++n)
+        {
+            SwTableBox* pBox = rTBoxes[ n ];
+            aBoxes.insert( pBox );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return GetDoc()->GetTableAutoFormat( aBoxes, rGet );
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::DeleteTableSel()
+{
+    // check if SPoint/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return false;
+
+    if( dynamic_cast< const SwDDETable* >(pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetTable()) != nullptr )
+    {
+        ErrorHandler::HandleError( ERR_TBLDDECHG_ERROR, GetFrameWeld(GetDoc()->GetDocShell()),
+                        DialogMask::MessageInfo | DialogMask::ButtonsOk );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    // search boxes via the layout
+    bool bRet;
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    GetTableSelCrs( *this, aBoxes );
+    if( !aBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        TableWait aWait( aBoxes.size(), pFrame, *GetDoc()->GetDocShell() );
+
+        // cursor should be removed from deletion area.
+        // Put them behind/on the table; via the document
+        // position they'll be set to the old position
+        while( !pFrame->IsCellFrame() )
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        ParkCursor( *static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox()->GetSttNd() );
+
+        bRet = GetDoc()->DeleteRowCol( aBoxes );
+
+        ClearFEShellTabCols(*GetDoc(), nullptr);
+    }
+    else
+        bRet = false;
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetCurTabColNum() const
+{
+    //!!!GetCurMouseTabColNum() mitpflegen!!!!
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFrame, "Cursor parked?" );
+
+    // check if SPoint/Mark of current cursor are in a table
+    if (!pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab())
+        return 0;
+
+    do
+    {
+        // JP 26.09.95: why compare with ContentFrame
+        //              and not with CellFrame ????
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+    } while (pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame());
+
+    if (!pFrame)
+        return 0;
+
+    size_t nRet = 0;
+
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pFrame);
+
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pFrame->FindPageFrame();
+
+    // get TabCols, as only via these we get to the position
+    SwTabCols aTabCols;
+    GetTabCols( aTabCols );
+
+    if( pFrame->FindTabFrame()->IsRightToLeft() )
+    {
+        tools::Long nX = aRectFnSet.GetRight(pFrame->getFrameArea()) - aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+
+        const tools::Long nRight = aTabCols.GetLeftMin() + aTabCols.GetRight();
+
+        if ( !::IsSame( nX, nRight ) )
+        {
+            nX = nRight - nX + aTabCols.GetLeft();
+            for ( size_t i = 0; i < aTabCols.Count(); ++i )
+                if ( ::IsSame( nX, aTabCols[i] ) )
+                {
+                    nRet = i + 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const tools::Long nX = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pFrame->getFrameArea()) -
+                        aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pPage->getFrameArea());
+
+        const tools::Long nLeft = aTabCols.GetLeftMin();
+
+        if ( !::IsSame( nX, nLeft + aTabCols.GetLeft() ) )
+        {
+            for ( size_t i = 0; i < aTabCols.Count(); ++i )
+                if ( ::IsSame( nX, nLeft + aTabCols[i] ) )
+                {
+                    nRet = i + 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+static const SwFrame *lcl_FindFrameInTab( const SwLayoutFrame *pLay, const Point &rPt, SwTwips nFuzzy )
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = pLay->Lower();
+
+    while( pFrame && pLay->IsAnLower( pFrame ) )
+    {
+        if ( pFrame->getFrameArea().IsNear( rPt, nFuzzy ) )
+        {
+            if ( pFrame->IsLayoutFrame() )
+            {
+                const SwFrame *pTmp = ::lcl_FindFrameInTab( static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame), rPt, nFuzzy );
+                if ( pTmp )
+                    return pTmp;
+            }
+
+            return pFrame;
+        }
+
+        pFrame = pFrame->FindNext();
+    }
+
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+static const SwCellFrame *lcl_FindFrame( const SwLayoutFrame *pLay, const Point &rPt,
+                              SwTwips nFuzzy, bool* pbRow, bool* pbCol )
+{
+    // bMouseMoveRowCols :
+    // Method is called for
+    // - Moving columns/rows with the mouse or
+    // - Enhanced table selection
+    const bool bMouseMoveRowCols = nullptr == pbCol;
+
+    bool bCloseToRow = false;
+    bool bCloseToCol = false;
+
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = pLay->ContainsContent();
+    const SwFrame* pRet = nullptr;
+
+    if ( pFrame )
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            if ( pFrame->IsInTab() )
+                pFrame = const_cast<SwFrame*>(pFrame)->ImplFindTabFrame();
+
+            if (!pFrame)
+                break;
+
+            if ( pFrame->IsTabFrame() )
+            {
+                Point aPt( rPt );
+                bool bSearchForFrameInTab = true;
+                SwTwips nTmpFuzzy = nFuzzy;
+
+                if ( !bMouseMoveRowCols )
+                {
+                    // We ignore nested tables for the enhanced table selection:
+                    while ( pFrame->GetUpper()->IsInTab() )
+                        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper()->FindTabFrame();
+
+                    // We first check if the given point is 'close' to the left or top
+                    // border of the table frame:
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pFrame, "Nested table frame without outer table" );
+                    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pFrame);
+                    const bool bRTL = pFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+
+                    SwRect aTabRect = pFrame->getFramePrintArea();
+                    aTabRect.Pos() += pFrame->getFrameArea().Pos();
+
+                    const SwTwips nLeft = bRTL ?
+                                          aRectFnSet.GetRight(aTabRect) :
+                                          aRectFnSet.GetLeft(aTabRect);
+                    const SwTwips nTop  = aRectFnSet.GetTop(aTabRect);
+
+                    SwTwips const rPointX = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? aPt.Y() : aPt.X();
+                    SwTwips const rPointY = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? aPt.X() : aPt.Y();
+
+                    const SwTwips nXDiff = aRectFnSet.XDiff( nLeft, rPointX ) * ( bRTL ? -1 : 1 );
+                    const SwTwips nYDiff = aRectFnSet.YDiff( nTop, rPointY );
+
+                    bCloseToRow = nXDiff >= 0 && nXDiff < nFuzzy;
+                    bCloseToCol = nYDiff >= 0 && nYDiff < nFuzzy;
+
+                    if ( bCloseToCol && 2 * nYDiff > nFuzzy )
+                    {
+                        const SwFrame* pPrev = pFrame->GetPrev();
+                        if ( pPrev )
+                        {
+                            SwRect aPrevRect = pPrev->getFramePrintArea();
+                            aPrevRect.Pos() += pPrev->getFrameArea().Pos();
+
+                            if( aPrevRect.Contains( rPt ) )
+                            {
+                                bCloseToCol = false;
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                    }
+
+                    // If we found the point to be 'close' to the left or top border
+                    // of the table frame, we adjust the point to be on that border:
+                    if ( bCloseToRow && bCloseToCol )
+                        aPt = bRTL ? aTabRect.TopRight() : aRectFnSet.GetPos(aTabRect);
+                    else if ( bCloseToRow )
+                        aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? aPt.setY(nLeft) : aPt.setX(nLeft);
+                    else if ( bCloseToCol )
+                        aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? aPt.setX(nTop) : aPt.setY(nTop);
+
+                    if ( !bCloseToRow && !bCloseToCol )
+                        bSearchForFrameInTab = false;
+
+                    // Since the point has been adjusted, we call lcl_FindFrameInTab()
+                    // with a fuzzy value of 1:
+                    nTmpFuzzy = 1;
+                }
+
+                const SwFrame* pTmp = bSearchForFrameInTab ?
+                                    ::lcl_FindFrameInTab( static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame), aPt, nTmpFuzzy ) :
+                                    nullptr;
+
+                if ( pTmp )
+                {
+                    pFrame = pTmp;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            pFrame = pFrame->FindNextCnt();
+
+        } while ( pFrame && pLay->IsAnLower( pFrame ) );
+    }
+
+    if ( pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab() && pLay->IsAnLower( pFrame ) )
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            // We allow mouse drag of table borders within nested tables,
+            // but disallow hotspot selection of nested tables.
+            if ( bMouseMoveRowCols )
+            {
+                // find the next cell frame
+                while ( pFrame && !pFrame->IsCellFrame() )
+                    pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // find the most upper cell frame:
+                while ( pFrame &&
+                        ( !pFrame->IsCellFrame() ||
+                          !pFrame->GetUpper()->GetUpper()->IsTabFrame() ||
+                           pFrame->GetUpper()->GetUpper()->GetUpper()->IsInTab() ) )
+                    pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+            }
+
+            if ( pFrame ) // Note: this condition should be the same like the while condition!!!
+            {
+                // #i32329# Enhanced table selection
+                // used for hotspot selection of tab/cols/rows
+                if ( !bMouseMoveRowCols )
+                {
+
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pbCol && pbRow, "pbCol or pbRow missing" );
+
+                    if ( bCloseToRow || bCloseToCol )
+                    {
+                        *pbRow = bCloseToRow;
+                        *pbCol = bCloseToCol;
+                        pRet = pFrame;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // used for mouse move of columns/rows
+                    const SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+                    SwRect aTabRect = pTabFrame->getFramePrintArea();
+                    aTabRect.Pos() += pTabFrame->getFrameArea().Pos();
+
+                    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTabFrame);
+
+                    const SwTwips nTabTop  = aRectFnSet.GetTop(aTabRect);
+                    const SwTwips nMouseTop = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? rPt.X() : rPt.Y();
+
+                    // Do not allow to drag upper table border:
+                    if ( !::IsSame( nTabTop, nMouseTop ) )
+                    {
+                        if ( ::IsSame( pFrame->getFrameArea().Left(), rPt.X() ) ||
+                             ::IsSame( pFrame->getFrameArea().Right(),rPt.X() ) )
+                        {
+                            if ( pbRow ) *pbRow = false;
+                            pRet = pFrame;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                        if ( ::IsSame( pFrame->getFrameArea().Top(), rPt.Y() ) ||
+                             ::IsSame( pFrame->getFrameArea().Bottom(),rPt.Y() ) )
+                        {
+                            if ( pbRow ) *pbRow = true;
+                            pRet = pFrame;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+            }
+        } while ( pFrame );
+    }
+
+    // robust:
+    OSL_ENSURE( !pRet || pRet->IsCellFrame(), "lcl_FindFrame() is supposed to find a cell frame!" );
+    return pRet && pRet->IsCellFrame() ? static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pRet) : nullptr;
+}
+
+// pbCol  = 0 => Used for moving table rows/cols with mouse
+// pbCol != 0 => Used for selecting table/rows/cols
+
+#define ENHANCED_TABLE_SELECTION_FUZZY 10
+
+const SwFrame* SwFEShell::GetBox( const Point &rPt, bool* pbRow, bool* pbCol ) const
+{
+    const SwPageFrame *pPage = static_cast<SwPageFrame*>(GetLayout()->Lower());
+    vcl::Window* pOutWin = GetWin();
+    SwTwips nFuzzy = COLFUZZY;
+    if( pOutWin )
+    {
+        // #i32329# Enhanced table selection
+        SwTwips nSize = pbCol ? ENHANCED_TABLE_SELECTION_FUZZY : RULER_MOUSE_MARGINWIDTH;
+        Size aTmp( nSize, nSize );
+        aTmp = pOutWin->PixelToLogic( aTmp );
+        nFuzzy = aTmp.Width();
+    }
+
+    while ( pPage && !pPage->getFrameArea().IsNear( rPt, nFuzzy ) )
+        pPage = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage->GetNext());
+
+    const SwCellFrame *pFrame = nullptr;
+    if ( pPage )
+    {
+        // We cannot search the box by GetModelPositionForViewPoint or GetContentPos.
+        // This would lead to a performance collapse for documents
+        // with a lot of paragraphs/tables on one page
+        //(BrowseMode!)
+
+        // check flys first
+        if ( pPage->GetSortedObjs() )
+        {
+            for ( size_t i = 0; !pFrame && i < pPage->GetSortedObjs()->size(); ++i )
+            {
+                SwAnchoredObject* pObj = (*pPage->GetSortedObjs())[i];
+                if ( auto pFlyFrame = pObj->DynCastFlyFrame() )
+                {
+                    pFrame = lcl_FindFrame( pFlyFrame, rPt, nFuzzy, pbRow, pbCol );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pLay = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pPage->Lower());
+        while ( pLay && !pFrame )
+        {
+            pFrame = lcl_FindFrame( pLay, rPt, nFuzzy, pbRow, pbCol );
+            pLay = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pLay->GetNext());
+        }
+    }
+    return pFrame;
+}
+
+/* Helper function*/
+/* calculated the distance between Point rC and Line Segment (rA, rB) */
+static double lcl_DistancePoint2Segment( const Point& rA, const Point& rB, const Point& rC )
+{
+    double nRet = 0;
+
+    const basegfx::B2DVector aBC( rC.X() - rB.X(), rC.Y() - rB.Y() );
+    const basegfx::B2DVector aAB( rB.X() - rA.X(), rB.Y() - rA.Y() );
+    const double nDot1 = aBC.scalar( aAB );
+
+    if ( nDot1 > 0 ) // check outside case 1
+        nRet = aBC.getLength();
+    else
+    {
+        const basegfx::B2DVector aAC( rC.X() - rA.X(), rC.Y() - rA.Y() );
+        const basegfx::B2DVector aBA( rA.X() - rB.X(), rA.Y() - rB.Y() );
+        const double nDot2 = aAC.scalar( aBA );
+
+        if ( nDot2 > 0 ) // check outside case 2
+            nRet = aAC.getLength();
+        else
+        {
+            const double nDiv = aAB.getLength();
+            nRet = nDiv ? aAB.cross( aAC ) / nDiv : 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return std::abs(nRet);
+}
+
+/* Helper function*/
+static Point lcl_ProjectOntoClosestTableFrame( const SwTabFrame& rTab, const Point& rPoint, bool bRowDrag )
+{
+    Point aRet( rPoint );
+    const SwTabFrame* pCurrentTab = &rTab;
+    const bool bVert = pCurrentTab->IsVertical();
+    const bool bRTL = pCurrentTab->IsRightToLeft();
+
+    // Western Layout:
+    // bRowDrag = true => compare to left border of table
+    // bRowDrag = false => compare to top border of table
+
+    // Asian Layout:
+    // bRowDrag = true => compare to right border of table
+    // bRowDrag = false => compare to top border of table
+
+    // RTL Layout:
+    // bRowDrag = true => compare to right border of table
+    // bRowDrag = false => compare to top border of table
+    bool bLeft = false;
+    bool bRight = false;
+
+    if ( bRowDrag )
+    {
+        if ( bVert || bRTL )
+            bRight = true;
+        else
+            bLeft = true;
+    }
+
+    // used to find the minimal distance
+    double nMin = -1;
+    Point aMin1;
+    Point aMin2;
+
+    Point aS1;
+    Point aS2;
+
+    while ( pCurrentTab )
+    {
+        SwRect aTabRect( pCurrentTab->getFramePrintArea() );
+        aTabRect += pCurrentTab->getFrameArea().Pos();
+
+        if ( bLeft )
+        {
+            // distance to left table border
+            aS1 = aTabRect.TopLeft();
+            aS2 = aTabRect.BottomLeft();
+        }
+        else if ( bRight )
+        {
+            // distance to right table border
+            aS1 = aTabRect.TopRight();
+            aS2 = aTabRect.BottomRight();
+        }
+        else //if ( bTop )
+        {
+            // distance to top table border
+            aS1 = aTabRect.TopLeft();
+            aS2 = aTabRect.TopRight();
+        }
+
+        const double nDist = lcl_DistancePoint2Segment( aS1, aS2, rPoint );
+
+        if ( nDist < nMin || -1 == nMin )
+        {
+            aMin1 = aS1;
+            aMin2 = aS2;
+            nMin = nDist;
+        }
+
+        pCurrentTab = pCurrentTab->GetFollow();
+    }
+
+    // project onto closest line:
+    if ( bLeft || bRight )
+    {
+        aRet.setX(aMin1.getX());
+        if ( aRet.getY() > aMin2.getY() )
+            aRet.setY(aMin2.getY());
+        else if ( aRet.getY() < aMin1.getY() )
+            aRet.setY(aMin1.getY());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aRet.setY(aMin1.getY());
+        if ( aRet.getX() > aMin2.getX() )
+            aRet.setX(aMin2.getX());
+        else if ( aRet.getX() < aMin1.getX() )
+            aRet.setX(aMin1.getX());
+    }
+
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+// #i32329# Enhanced table selection
+bool SwFEShell::SelTableRowCol( const Point& rPt, const Point* pEnd, bool bRowDrag )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    Point aEndPt;
+    if ( pEnd )
+        aEndPt = *pEnd;
+
+    SwPosition*  ppPos[2] = { nullptr, nullptr };
+    Point        paPt [2] = { rPt, aEndPt };
+    bool         pbRow[2] = { false, false };
+    bool         pbCol[2] = { false, false };
+
+    // pEnd is set during dragging.
+    for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < ( pEnd ? 2 : 1 ); ++i )
+    {
+        const SwCellFrame* pFrame =
+             static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(GetBox( paPt[i], &pbRow[i], &pbCol[i] ) );
+
+        if( pFrame )
+        {
+            while( pFrame && pFrame->Lower() && pFrame->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                pFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>( static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>( pFrame->Lower() )->Lower() );
+            if( pFrame && pFrame->GetTabBox()->GetSttNd() &&
+                pFrame->GetTabBox()->GetSttNd()->IsInProtectSect() )
+                pFrame = nullptr;
+        }
+
+        if ( pFrame )
+        {
+            const SwContentFrame* pContent = ::GetCellContent( *pFrame );
+
+            if ( pContent && pContent->IsTextFrame() )
+            {
+
+                ppPos[i] = new SwPosition(static_cast<SwTextFrame const*>(pContent)->MapViewToModelPos(TextFrameIndex(0)));
+
+                // paPt[i] will not be used any longer, now we use it to store
+                // a position inside the content frame
+                paPt[i] = pContent->getFrameArea().Center();
+            }
+        }
+
+        // no calculation of end frame if start frame has not been found.
+        if ( 1 == i || !ppPos[0] || !pEnd || !pFrame )
+            break;
+
+        // find 'closest' table frame to pEnd:
+        const SwTabFrame* pCurrentTab = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+        if ( pCurrentTab->IsFollow() )
+            pCurrentTab = pCurrentTab->FindMaster( true );
+
+        const Point aProjection = lcl_ProjectOntoClosestTableFrame( *pCurrentTab, *pEnd, bRowDrag );
+        paPt[1] = aProjection;
+    }
+
+    if ( ppPos[0] )
+    {
+        SwShellCursor* pCursor = GetCursor_();
+        SwCursorSaveState aSaveState( *pCursor );
+        SwPosition aOldPos( *pCursor->GetPoint() );
+
+        pCursor->DeleteMark();
+        *pCursor->GetPoint() = *ppPos[0];
+        pCursor->GetPtPos() = paPt[0];
+
+        if ( !pCursor->IsInProtectTable() )
+        {
+            bool bNewSelection = true;
+
+            if ( ppPos[1] )
+            {
+                if ( ppPos[1]->GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() !=
+                     aOldPos.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode() )
+                {
+                    pCursor->SetMark();
+                    SwCursorSaveState aSaveState2( *pCursor );
+                    *pCursor->GetPoint() = *ppPos[1];
+                    pCursor->GetPtPos() = paPt[1];
+
+                    if ( pCursor->IsInProtectTable( false, false ) )
+                    {
+                        pCursor->RestoreSavePos();
+                        bNewSelection = false;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pCursor->RestoreSavePos();
+                    bNewSelection = false;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if ( bNewSelection )
+            {
+                // #i35543# SelTableRowCol should remove any existing
+                // table cursor:
+                if ( IsTableMode() )
+                    TableCursorToCursor();
+
+                if ( pbRow[0] && pbCol[0] )
+                    bRet = SwCursorShell::SelTable();
+                else if ( pbRow[0] )
+                    bRet = SwCursorShell::SelTableRowOrCol( true, true );
+                else if ( pbCol[0] )
+                    bRet = SwCursorShell::SelTableRowOrCol( false, true );
+            }
+            else
+                bRet = true;
+        }
+
+        delete ppPos[0];
+        delete ppPos[1];
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+SwTab SwFEShell::WhichMouseTabCol( const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    SwTab nRet = SwTab::COL_NONE;
+    bool bRow = false;
+    bool bCol = false;
+    bool bSelect = false;
+
+    // First try: Do we get the row/col move cursor?
+    const SwCellFrame* pFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(GetBox( rPt, &bRow ));
+
+    if ( !pFrame )
+    {
+        // Second try: Do we get the row/col/tab selection cursor?
+        pFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(GetBox( rPt, &bRow, &bCol ));
+        bSelect = true;
+    }
+
+    if( pFrame )
+    {
+        while( pFrame && pFrame->Lower() && pFrame->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+            pFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame->Lower())->Lower());
+        if( pFrame && pFrame->GetTabBox()->GetSttNd() &&
+            pFrame->GetTabBox()->GetSttNd()->IsInProtectSect() )
+            pFrame = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if( pFrame )
+    {
+        if ( !bSelect )
+        {
+            if ( pFrame->IsVertical() )
+                nRet = bRow ? SwTab::COL_VERT : SwTab::ROW_VERT;
+            else
+                nRet = bRow ? SwTab::ROW_HORI : SwTab::COL_HORI;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+            if ( pTabFrame->IsVertical() )
+            {
+                if ( bRow && bCol )
+                {
+                    nRet = SwTab::SEL_VERT;
+                }
+                else if ( bRow )
+                {
+                    nRet = SwTab::ROWSEL_VERT;
+                }
+                else if ( bCol )
+                {
+                    nRet = SwTab::COLSEL_VERT;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( bRow && bCol )
+                {
+                    nRet =  pTabFrame->IsRightToLeft() ?
+                            SwTab::SEL_HORI_RTL :
+                            SwTab::SEL_HORI;
+                }
+                else if ( bRow )
+                {
+                    nRet = pTabFrame->IsRightToLeft() ?
+                           SwTab::ROWSEL_HORI_RTL :
+                           SwTab::ROWSEL_HORI;
+                }
+                else if ( bCol )
+                {
+                    nRet = SwTab::COLSEL_HORI;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+// -> #i23726#
+SwTextNode * SwFEShell::GetNumRuleNodeAtPos( const Point &rPt)
+{
+    SwTextNode * pResult = nullptr;
+
+    SwContentAtPos aContentAtPos(IsAttrAtPos::NumLabel);
+
+    if( GetContentAtPos(rPt, aContentAtPos) && aContentAtPos.aFnd.pNode)
+        pResult = aContentAtPos.aFnd.pNode->GetTextNode();
+
+    return pResult;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsNumLabel( const Point &rPt, int nMaxOffset )
+{
+    bool bResult = false;
+
+    SwContentAtPos aContentAtPos(IsAttrAtPos::NumLabel);
+
+    if( GetContentAtPos(rPt, aContentAtPos))
+    {
+        if ((nMaxOffset >= 0 && aContentAtPos.nDist <= nMaxOffset) ||
+            (nMaxOffset < 0))
+            bResult = true;
+    }
+
+    return bResult;
+}
+// <- #i23726#
+
+// #i42921#
+bool SwFEShell::IsVerticalModeAtNdAndPos( const SwTextNode& _rTextNode,
+                                          const Point& _rDocPos )
+{
+    bool bRet( false );
+
+    const SvxFrameDirection nTextDir =
+        _rTextNode.GetTextDirection( SwPosition(_rTextNode), &_rDocPos );
+    switch ( nTextDir )
+    {
+        case SvxFrameDirection::Unknown:
+        case SvxFrameDirection::Horizontal_RL_TB:
+        case SvxFrameDirection::Horizontal_LR_TB:
+        {
+            bRet = false;
+        }
+        break;
+        case SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_LR_TB:
+        case SvxFrameDirection::Vertical_RL_TB:
+        {
+            bRet = true;
+        }
+        break;
+        default: break;
+    }
+
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetMouseTabCols( SwTabCols &rToFill, const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pBox = GetBox( rPt );
+    if ( pBox )
+        GetTabCols_( rToFill, pBox );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetMouseTabCols( const SwTabCols &rNew, bool bCurRowOnly,
+                                 const Point &rPt )
+{
+    const SwFrame *pBox = GetBox( rPt );
+    if( pBox )
+    {
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+        StartAllAction();
+        GetDoc()->SetTabCols( rNew, bCurRowOnly, static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pBox) );
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetCurMouseColNum( const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    return GetCurColNum_( GetBox( rPt ), nullptr );
+}
+
+size_t SwFEShell::GetCurMouseTabColNum( const Point &rPt ) const
+{
+    //!!!GetCurTabColNum() mitpflegen!!!!
+    size_t nRet = 0;
+
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = GetBox( rPt );
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFrame, "Table not found" );
+    if( pFrame )
+    {
+        const tools::Long nX = pFrame->getFrameArea().Left();
+
+        // get TabCols, only via these we get the position
+        SwTabCols aTabCols;
+        GetMouseTabCols( aTabCols, rPt );
+
+        const tools::Long nLeft = aTabCols.GetLeftMin();
+
+        if ( !::IsSame( nX, nLeft + aTabCols.GetLeft() ) )
+        {
+            for ( size_t i = 0; i < aTabCols.Count(); ++i )
+                if ( ::IsSame( nX, nLeft + aTabCols[i] ) )
+                {
+                    nRet = i + 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+void ClearFEShellTabCols(SwDoc & rDoc, SwTabFrame const*const pFrame)
+{
+    auto const pShell(rDoc.getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell());
+    if (pShell)
+    {
+        for (SwViewShell& rCurrentShell : pShell->GetRingContainer())
+        {
+            if (auto const pFE = dynamic_cast<SwFEShell *>(&rCurrentShell))
+            {
+                pFE->ClearColumnRowCache(pFrame);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ClearColumnRowCache(SwTabFrame const*const pFrame)
+{
+    if (m_pColumnCache)
+    {
+        if (pFrame == nullptr || pFrame == m_pColumnCache->pLastTabFrame)
+        {
+            m_pColumnCache.reset();
+        }
+    }
+    if (m_pRowCache)
+    {
+        if (pFrame == nullptr || pFrame == m_pRowCache->pLastTabFrame)
+        {
+            m_pRowCache.reset();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::GetTableAttr( SfxItemSet &rSet ) const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        rSet.Put( pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame()->GetFormat()->GetAttrSet() );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetTableAttr( const SfxItemSet &rNew )
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab() )
+    {
+        CurrShell aCurr( this );
+        StartAllAction();
+        SwTabFrame *pTab = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+        pTab->GetTable()->SetHTMLTableLayout(std::shared_ptr<SwHTMLTableLayout>());
+        GetDoc()->SetAttr( rNew, *pTab->GetFormat() );
+        GetDoc()->getIDocumentState().SetModified();
+        EndAllActionAndCall();
+    }
+}
+
+// change a cell width/cell height/column width/row height
+void SwFEShell::SetColRowWidthHeight( TableChgWidthHeightType eType, sal_uInt16 nDiff )
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if( !pFrame || !pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        return;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    StartAllAction();
+
+    do {
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+    } while( !pFrame->IsCellFrame() );
+
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame();
+
+    // if the table is in relative values (USHRT_MAX)
+    // then it should be recalculated to absolute values now
+    const SwFormatFrameSize& rTableFrameSz = pTab->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize();
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+    tools::Long nPrtWidth = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+    TableChgWidthHeightType eTypePos = extractPosition(eType);
+    if( TableChgMode::VarWidthChangeAbs == pTab->GetTable()->GetTableChgMode() &&
+        ( eTypePos == TableChgWidthHeightType::ColLeft || eTypePos == TableChgWidthHeightType::ColRight ) &&
+        text::HoriOrientation::NONE == pTab->GetFormat()->GetHoriOrient().GetHoriOrient() &&
+        nPrtWidth != rTableFrameSz.GetWidth() )
+    {
+        SwFormatFrameSize aSz( rTableFrameSz );
+        aSz.SetWidth( pTab->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+        pTab->GetFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aSz );
+    }
+
+    SwTwips nLogDiff = nDiff;
+    nLogDiff *= pTab->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+    nLogDiff /= nPrtWidth;
+
+    /** The cells are destroyed in here */
+    GetDoc()->SetColRowWidthHeight(
+                    *const_cast<SwTableBox*>(static_cast<SwCellFrame*>(pFrame)->GetTabBox()),
+                    eType, nDiff, nLogDiff );
+
+    ClearFEShellTabCols(*GetDoc(), nullptr);
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+}
+
+static bool lcl_IsFormulaSelBoxes( const SwTable& rTable, const SwTableBoxFormula& rFormula,
+                            SwCellFrames& rCells )
+{
+    SwTableBoxFormula aTmp( rFormula );
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+    aTmp.GetBoxesOfFormula(rTable, aBoxes);
+    for (size_t nSelBoxes = aBoxes.size(); nSelBoxes; )
+    {
+        SwTableBox* pBox = aBoxes[ --nSelBoxes ];
+
+        if( std::none_of(rCells.begin(), rCells.end(), [&pBox](SwCellFrame* pFrame) { return pFrame->GetTabBox() == pBox; }) )
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+    // ask formula for auto-sum
+void SwFEShell::GetAutoSum( OUString& rFormula ) const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = pFrame ? pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    if( !pTab )
+        return;
+
+    SwCellFrames aCells;
+    OUString sFields;
+    if( ::GetAutoSumSel( *this, aCells ))
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 nW = 0;
+        for( size_t n = aCells.size(); n; )
+        {
+            SwCellFrame* pCFrame = aCells[ --n ];
+            sal_uInt16 nBoxW = pCFrame->GetTabBox()->IsFormulaOrValueBox();
+            if( !nBoxW )
+                break;
+
+            if( !nW )
+            {
+                if( USHRT_MAX == nBoxW )
+                    continue;       // skip space at beginning
+
+                // formula only if box is contained
+                if( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA == nBoxW &&
+                    !::lcl_IsFormulaSelBoxes( *pTab->GetTable(), pCFrame->
+                    GetTabBox()->GetFrameFormat()->GetTableBoxFormula(), aCells))
+                {
+                    nW = RES_BOXATR_VALUE;
+                    // restore previous spaces!
+                    for( size_t i = aCells.size(); n+1 < i; )
+                    {
+                        sFields = "|<" + aCells[--i]->GetTabBox()->GetName() + ">"
+                            + sFields;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                    nW = nBoxW;
+            }
+            else if( RES_BOXATR_VALUE == nW )
+            {
+                // search for values, Value/Formula/Text found -> include
+                if( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA == nBoxW &&
+                    ::lcl_IsFormulaSelBoxes( *pTab->GetTable(), pCFrame->
+                        GetTabBox()->GetFrameFormat()->GetTableBoxFormula(), aCells ))
+                    break;
+                else if( USHRT_MAX != nBoxW )
+                    sFields = OUStringChar(cListDelim) + sFields;
+                else
+                    break;
+            }
+            else if( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA == nW )
+            {
+                // only continue search when the current formula points to
+                // all boxes contained in the selection
+                if( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA == nBoxW )
+                {
+                    if( !::lcl_IsFormulaSelBoxes( *pTab->GetTable(), pCFrame->
+                        GetTabBox()->GetFrameFormat()->GetTableBoxFormula(), aCells ))
+                    {
+                        // redo only for values!
+
+                        nW = RES_BOXATR_VALUE;
+                        sFields.clear();
+                        // restore previous spaces!
+                        for( size_t i = aCells.size(); n+1 < i; )
+                        {
+                            sFields = "|<" + aCells[--i]->GetTabBox()->GetName() + ">"
+                                + sFields;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                        sFields = OUStringChar(cListDelim) + sFields;
+                }
+                else if( USHRT_MAX == nBoxW )
+                    break;
+                else
+                    continue;       // ignore this box
+            }
+            else
+                // all other stuff terminates the loop
+                // possibly allow texts??
+                break;
+
+            sFields = "<" + pCFrame->GetTabBox()->GetName() + ">" + sFields;
+        }
+    }
+
+    rFormula = OUString::createFromAscii( sCalc_Sum );
+    if (!sFields.isEmpty())
+    {
+        rFormula += "(" + sFields + ")";
+    }
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsTableRightToLeft() const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = (pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab()) ? pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    if (!pTab)
+        return false;
+    return pTab->IsRightToLeft();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsMouseTableRightToLeft(const Point &rPt) const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = const_cast<SwFrame *>(GetBox( rPt ));
+    const SwTabFrame*  pTabFrame = pFrame ? pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    OSL_ENSURE( pTabFrame, "Table not found" );
+    return pTabFrame && pTabFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsTableVertical() const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    SwTabFrame *pTab = (pFrame && pFrame->IsInTab()) ? pFrame->ImplFindTabFrame() : nullptr;
+    if (!pTab)
+        return false;
+    return pTab->IsVertical();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fews.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fews.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bce8e2bb97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fews.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1347 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+#include <comphelper/lok.hxx>
+#include <init.hxx>
+#include <fesh.hxx>
+#include <tabcol.hxx>
+#include <pagefrm.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <viewimp.hxx>
+#include <dview.hxx>
+#include <flyfrm.hxx>
+#include <node.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <sectfrm.hxx>
+#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
+#include <fmtsrnd.hxx>
+#include <fmtcntnt.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <flyfrms.hxx>
+#include <txtfrm.hxx>
+#include <mdiexp.hxx>
+#include <pagedesc.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <environmentofanchoredobject.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <dflyobj.hxx>
+#include <dcontact.hxx>
+#include <UndoInsert.hxx>
+#include <formatflysplit.hxx>
+
+using namespace com::sun::star;
+
+namespace
+{
+/**
+ * This mutex is only used for the paste listeners, where the solar mutex can't
+ * be used.
+ */
+osl::Mutex& GetPasteMutex()
+{
+    static osl::Mutex aMutex;
+    return aMutex;
+}
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::EndAllActionAndCall()
+{
+    for(SwViewShell& rCurrentShell : GetRingContainer())
+    {
+        if( dynamic_cast<const SwCursorShell*>( &rCurrentShell) !=  nullptr )
+        {
+            static_cast<SwFEShell*>(&rCurrentShell)->EndAction();
+            static_cast<SwFEShell*>(&rCurrentShell)->CallChgLnk();
+        }
+        else
+            rCurrentShell.EndAction();
+    }
+}
+
+// Determine the Content's nearest to the point
+Point SwFEShell::GetContentPos( const Point& rPoint, bool bNext ) const
+{
+    CurrShell aCurr( const_cast<SwFEShell*>(this) );
+    return GetLayout()->GetNextPrevContentPos( rPoint, bNext );
+}
+
+const SwRect& SwFEShell::GetAnyCurRect( CurRectType eType, const Point* pPt,
+                                        const uno::Reference < embed::XEmbeddedObject >& xObj ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pFrame = Imp()->HasDrawView()
+                ? ::GetFlyFromMarked( &Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList(),
+                                      const_cast<SwFEShell*>(this))
+                : nullptr;
+
+    if( !pFrame )
+    {
+        if( pPt )
+        {
+            SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+            Point aPt( *pPt );
+            GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt );
+            SwContentNode *pNd = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+            std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(*pPt, true);
+            pFrame = pNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const bool bOldCallbackActionEnabled = GetLayout()->IsCallbackActionEnabled();
+            if( bOldCallbackActionEnabled )
+                GetLayout()->SetCallbackActionEnabled( false );
+            pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+            if( bOldCallbackActionEnabled )
+                GetLayout()->SetCallbackActionEnabled( true );
+        }
+    }
+
+    if( !pFrame )
+        return GetLayout()->getFrameArea();
+
+    bool bFrame = true;
+    switch ( eType )
+    {
+        case CurRectType::PagePrt: bFrame = false;
+                                    [[fallthrough]];
+        case CurRectType::Page :    pFrame = pFrame->FindPageFrame();
+                                    break;
+
+        case CurRectType::PageCalc:
+                                {
+                                    DisableCallbackAction a(const_cast<SwRootFrame&>(*pFrame->getRootFrame()));
+                                    pFrame->Calc(Imp()->GetShell()->GetOut());
+                                    pFrame = pFrame->FindPageFrame();
+                                    pFrame->Calc(Imp()->GetShell()->GetOut());
+                                }
+                                    break;
+
+        case CurRectType::FlyEmbeddedPrt:
+                                    bFrame = false;
+                                    [[fallthrough]];
+        case CurRectType::FlyEmbedded:
+        {
+                                    const SwFrame *pFlyFrame = xObj.is() ? FindFlyFrame(xObj) : nullptr;
+                                    pFrame = pFlyFrame ? pFlyFrame
+                                                : pFrame->IsFlyFrame()
+                                                    ? pFrame
+                                                    : pFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+                                    break;
+        }
+        case CurRectType::SectionOutsideTable :
+                                    if( pFrame->IsInTab() )
+                                        pFrame = pFrame->FindTabFrame();
+                                    else {
+                                        OSL_FAIL( "Missing Table" );
+                                    }
+                                    [[fallthrough]];
+        case CurRectType::SectionPrt:
+        case CurRectType::Section:
+                                    if( pFrame->IsInSct() )
+                                        pFrame = pFrame->FindSctFrame();
+                                    else {
+                                        OSL_FAIL( "Missing section" );
+                                    }
+
+                                    if( CurRectType::SectionPrt == eType )
+                                        bFrame = false;
+                                    break;
+
+        case CurRectType::HeaderFooter:
+                                    pFrame = pFrame->FindFooterOrHeader();
+                                    if( nullptr == pFrame )
+                                        return GetLayout()->getFrameArea();
+                                    break;
+
+        case CurRectType::PagesArea:
+                                    return GetLayout()->GetPagesArea();
+
+        default:                    break;
+    }
+    return bFrame ? pFrame->getFrameArea() : pFrame->getFramePrintArea();
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetPageNumber( const Point &rPoint ) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pPage = GetLayout()->Lower();
+    while ( pPage && !pPage->getFrameArea().Contains( rPoint ) )
+        pPage = pPage->GetNext();
+    if ( pPage )
+        return static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage)->GetPhyPageNum();
+    else
+        return 0;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::GetPageNumber( tools::Long nYPos, bool bAtCursorPos, sal_uInt16& rPhyNum, sal_uInt16& rVirtNum, OUString &rDisplay) const
+{
+    const SwFrame *pPage;
+
+    if ( bAtCursorPos )                   // get page of Cursor
+    {
+        pPage = GetCurrFrame( false );
+        if ( pPage )
+            pPage = pPage->FindPageFrame();
+    }
+    else if ( nYPos > -1 )              // determine page via the position
+    {
+        pPage = GetLayout()->Lower();
+        while( pPage &&  (pPage->getFrameArea().Bottom() < nYPos ||
+                            nYPos < pPage->getFrameArea().Top() ) )
+            pPage = pPage->GetNext();
+    }
+    else                                // first visible page
+    {
+        pPage = Imp()->GetFirstVisPage(GetOut());
+        if ( pPage && static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage)->IsEmptyPage() )
+            pPage = pPage->GetNext();
+    }
+
+    if( pPage )
+    {
+        rPhyNum  = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage)->GetPhyPageNum();
+        rVirtNum = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage)->GetVirtPageNum();
+        const SvxNumberType& rNum = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage)->GetPageDesc()->GetNumType();
+        rDisplay = rNum.GetNumStr( rVirtNum );
+    }
+
+    return nullptr != pPage;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsDirectlyInSection() const
+{
+    SwFrame* pFrame = GetCurrFrame( false );
+    return pFrame && pFrame->GetUpper() && pFrame->GetUpper()->IsSctFrame();
+}
+
+FrameTypeFlags SwFEShell::GetFrameType( const Point *pPt, bool bStopAtFly ) const
+{
+    FrameTypeFlags nReturn = FrameTypeFlags::NONE;
+    const SwFrame *pFrame;
+    if ( pPt )
+    {
+        SwPosition aPos( *GetCursor()->GetPoint() );
+        Point aPt( *pPt );
+        GetLayout()->GetModelPositionForViewPoint( &aPos, aPt );
+        SwContentNode *pNd = aPos.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(*pPt, true);
+        pFrame = pNd->getLayoutFrame(GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp);
+    }
+    else
+        pFrame = GetCurrFrame( false );
+    while ( pFrame )
+    {
+        switch ( pFrame->GetType() )
+        {
+            case SwFrameType::Column:
+                                if( pFrame->GetUpper()->IsSctFrame() )
+                                {
+                                    // Check, if isn't not only a single column
+                                    // from a section with footnotes at the end.
+                                    if( pFrame->GetNext() || pFrame->GetPrev() )
+                                        // Sectioncolumns
+                                        nReturn |= ( nReturn & FrameTypeFlags::TABLE ) ?
+                                            FrameTypeFlags::COLSECTOUTTAB : FrameTypeFlags::COLSECT;
+                                }
+                                else // only pages and frame columns
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::COLUMN;
+                                break;
+            case SwFrameType::Page:
+                                nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::PAGE;
+                                if( static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pFrame)->IsFootnotePage() )
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FTNPAGE;
+                                break;
+            case SwFrameType::Header:    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::HEADER;      break;
+            case SwFrameType::Footer:    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FOOTER;      break;
+            case SwFrameType::Body:
+                                if( pFrame->GetUpper()->IsPageFrame() ) // not for ColumnFrames
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::BODY;
+                                break;
+            case SwFrameType::Ftn:       nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FOOTNOTE;    break;
+            case SwFrameType::Fly:
+                                if( static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pFrame)->IsFlyLayFrame() )
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FLY_FREE;
+                                else if ( static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pFrame)->IsFlyAtContentFrame() )
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FLY_ATCNT;
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    OSL_ENSURE( static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pFrame)->IsFlyInContentFrame(),
+                                            "New frametype?" );
+                                    nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FLY_INCNT;
+                                }
+                                nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::FLY_ANY;
+                                if( bStopAtFly )
+                                    return nReturn;
+                                break;
+            case SwFrameType::Tab:
+            case SwFrameType::Row:
+            case SwFrameType::Cell:      nReturn |= FrameTypeFlags::TABLE;       break;
+            default:            /* do nothing */                break;
+        }
+        if ( pFrame->IsFlyFrame() )
+            pFrame = static_cast<const SwFlyFrame*>(pFrame)->GetAnchorFrame();
+        else
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+    }
+    return nReturn;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ShellGetFocus()
+{
+    ::SetShell( this );
+    SwCursorShell::ShellGetFocus();
+
+    if ( HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        if (!comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+            Imp()->GetDrawView()->showMarkHandles();
+        if ( Imp()->GetDrawView()->AreObjectsMarked() )
+            FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_START );
+    }
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ShellLoseFocus()
+{
+    SwCursorShell::ShellLoseFocus();
+
+    if ( HasDrawView() && Imp()->GetDrawView()->AreObjectsMarked() )
+    {
+        if (!comphelper::LibreOfficeKit::isActive())
+            Imp()->GetDrawView()->hideMarkHandles();
+        FrameNotify( this, FLY_DRAG_END );
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetPhyPageNum() const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if ( pFrame )
+        return pFrame->GetPhyPageNum();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetVirtPageNum() const
+{
+    SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    if ( pFrame )
+        return pFrame->GetVirtPageNum();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void lcl_SetAPageOffset( sal_uInt16 nOffset, SwPageFrame* pPage, SwFEShell* pThis )
+{
+    pThis->StartAllAction();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pPage->FindFirstBodyContent(),
+            "SwFEShell _SetAPageOffset() without ContentFrame" );
+
+    SwFormatPageDesc aDesc( pPage->GetPageDesc() );
+    aDesc.SetNumOffset( nOffset );
+
+    SwFrame *pFrame = pThis->GetCurrFrame( false );
+    if ( pFrame->IsInTab() )
+        pThis->GetDoc()->SetAttr( aDesc, *pFrame->FindTabFrame()->GetFormat() );
+    else
+    {
+        pThis->GetDoc()->getIDocumentContentOperations().InsertPoolItem(
+            *pThis->GetCursor(), aDesc, SetAttrMode::DEFAULT, pThis->GetLayout());
+    }
+
+    pThis->EndAllAction();
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetNewPageOffset( sal_uInt16 nOffset )
+{
+    GetLayout()->SetVirtPageNum( true );
+    const SwPageFrame *pPage = GetCurrFrame( false )->FindPageFrame();
+    lcl_SetAPageOffset( nOffset, const_cast<SwPageFrame*>(pPage), this );
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::SetPageOffset( sal_uInt16 nOffset )
+{
+    const SwPageFrame *pPage = GetCurrFrame( false )->FindPageFrame();
+    const SwRootFrame* pDocLayout = GetLayout();
+    while ( pPage )
+    {
+        const SwFrame *pFlow = pPage->FindFirstBodyContent();
+        if ( pFlow )
+        {
+            if ( pFlow->IsInTab() )
+                pFlow = pFlow->FindTabFrame();
+            const SwFormatPageDesc& rPgDesc = pFlow->GetPageDescItem();
+            if ( rPgDesc.GetNumOffset() )
+            {
+                pDocLayout->SetVirtPageNum( true );
+                lcl_SetAPageOffset( nOffset, const_cast<SwPageFrame*>(pPage), this );
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        pPage = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage->GetPrev());
+    }
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetPageOffset() const
+{
+    const SwPageFrame *pPage = GetCurrFrame()->FindPageFrame();
+    while ( pPage )
+    {
+        const SwFrame *pFlow = pPage->FindFirstBodyContent();
+        if ( pFlow )
+        {
+            if ( pFlow->IsInTab() )
+                pFlow = pFlow->FindTabFrame();
+            ::std::optional<sal_uInt16> oNumOffset = pFlow->GetPageDescItem().GetNumOffset();
+            if ( oNumOffset )
+                return *oNumOffset;
+        }
+        pPage = static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pPage->GetPrev());
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::InsertLabel( const SwLabelType eType, const OUString &rText, const OUString& rSeparator,
+                             const OUString& rNumberSeparator,
+                             const bool bBefore, const sal_uInt16 nId,
+                             const OUString& rCharacterStyle,
+                             const bool bCpyBrd )
+{
+    // get node index of cursor position, SwDoc can do everything else itself
+    SwContentFrame *pCnt = SwLabelType::Draw==eType ? nullptr : GetCurrFrame( false );
+    if( SwLabelType::Draw!=eType && !pCnt )
+        return;
+
+    StartAllAction();
+    SwRewriter aRewriter(SwUndoInsertLabel::CreateRewriter(rText));
+    StartUndo(SwUndoId::INSERTLABEL, &aRewriter);
+
+    SwNodeOffset nIdx(0);
+    bool bInnerCntIsFly = false;
+    SwFlyFrameFormat* pFlyFormat = nullptr;
+    switch( eType )
+    {
+    case SwLabelType::Object:
+    case SwLabelType::Fly:
+        bInnerCntIsFly = pCnt->IsInFly();
+        if (bInnerCntIsFly)
+        {
+            // pass down index to the startnode for flys
+            nIdx = pCnt->FindFlyFrame()->
+                        GetFormat()->GetContent().GetContentIdx()->GetIndex();
+        }
+        break;
+    case SwLabelType::Table:
+        if( pCnt->IsInTab() )
+        {
+            // pass down index to the TableNode for tables
+            SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = pCnt->FindTabFrame();
+            const SwTable& rTable = *pTabFrame->GetTable();
+            nIdx = rTable.GetTabSortBoxes()[ 0 ]
+                        ->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode()->GetIndex();
+
+            SwFlyFrame* pFly = pTabFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+            if (pFly && pFly->IsFlySplitAllowed())
+            {
+                // This table is in a split fly, but we will insert a label, which means this is not
+                // a floating table anymore, disable the "can split" bit, it'll be hidden on the UI
+                // anyway.
+                SwFrameFormat& rFlyFormat = pFly->GetFrameFormat();
+                SfxItemSetFixed<RES_FLY_SPLIT, RES_FLY_SPLIT> aSet(GetDoc()->GetAttrPool());
+                SwFormatFlySplit aSplit(false);
+                aSet.Put(aSplit);
+                // SwUndoFormatAttr is created for us.
+                GetDoc()->SetFlyFrameAttr(rFlyFormat, aSet);
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    case SwLabelType::Draw:
+        if( Imp()->GetDrawView() )
+        {
+            SwDrawView *pDView = Imp()->GetDrawView();
+            const SdrMarkList& rMrkList = pDView->GetMarkedObjectList();
+
+            // copy marked drawing objects to
+            // local list to perform the corresponding action for each object
+            std::vector<SdrObject*> aDrawObjs;
+            {
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < rMrkList.GetMarkCount(); ++i )
+                {
+                    SdrObject* pDrawObj = rMrkList.GetMark(i)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+                    if( pDrawObj )
+                        aDrawObjs.push_back( pDrawObj );
+                }
+            }
+            // loop on marked drawing objects
+            while ( !aDrawObjs.empty() )
+            {
+                SdrObject* pDrawObj = aDrawObjs.back();
+                if ( dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pDrawObj) ==  nullptr &&
+                     dynamic_cast<const SwFlyDrawObj*>( pDrawObj) ==  nullptr )
+                {
+                    SwFlyFrameFormat *pFormat =
+                        GetDoc()->InsertDrawLabel( rText, rSeparator, rNumberSeparator, nId, rCharacterStyle, *pDrawObj );
+                    if( !pFlyFormat )
+                        pFlyFormat = pFormat;
+                }
+
+                aDrawObjs.pop_back();
+            }
+
+        }
+        break;
+    default:
+        OSL_ENSURE( false, "Cursor neither in table nor in fly." );
+    }
+
+    if( nIdx )
+    {
+        pFlyFormat = GetDoc()->InsertLabel(eType, rText, rSeparator,
+                                           rNumberSeparator, bBefore, nId,
+                                           nIdx, rCharacterStyle, bCpyBrd);
+    }
+
+    if (pFlyFormat)
+    {
+        const Point aPt(GetCursorDocPos());
+        if (SwFlyFrame* pFrame = pFlyFormat->GetFrame(&aPt))
+            SelectFlyFrame(*pFrame);
+    }
+    EndUndo();
+    EndAllActionAndCall();
+
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::Sort(const SwSortOptions& rOpt)
+{
+    if( !HasSelection() )
+        return false;
+
+    CurrShell aCurr( this );
+    bool bRet = false;
+    StartAllAction();
+    if(IsTableMode())
+    {
+        // Sort table
+        // check if Point/Mark of current Cursor are in one table
+        SwFrame *pFrame = GetCurrFrame( false );
+        OSL_ENSURE( pFrame->FindTabFrame(), "Cursor not in table." );
+
+        // search boxes via the layout
+        SwSelBoxes  aBoxes;
+        GetTableSel(*this, aBoxes);
+
+        // The Cursor should be removed from the deletion area.
+        // Always put them behind/on the table; via the
+        // document position they will always be set to the old position
+        while( !pFrame->IsCellFrame() )
+            pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        {
+            /* ParkCursor->ParkCursorTab */
+            ParkCursorInTab();
+        }
+
+        // call sorting on document
+        bRet = mxDoc->SortTable(aBoxes, rOpt);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Sort text nothing else
+        for(SwPaM& rPaM : GetCursor()->GetRingContainer())
+        {
+            SwPaM* pPam = &rPaM;
+
+            auto [pStart, pEnd] = pPam->StartEnd(); // SwPosition*
+
+            SwNodeIndex aPrevIdx( pStart->GetNode(), -1 );
+            SwNodeOffset nOffset = pEnd->GetNodeIndex() - pStart->GetNodeIndex();
+            const sal_Int32 nCntStt  = pStart->GetContentIndex();
+
+            // Sorting
+            bRet = mxDoc->SortText(*pPam, rOpt);
+
+            // put selection again
+            pPam->DeleteMark();
+            pPam->GetPoint()->Assign( aPrevIdx.GetNode(), SwNodeOffset(+1) );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = pPam->GetPointContentNode();
+            sal_Int32 nLen = pCNd->Len();
+            if( nLen > nCntStt )
+                nLen = nCntStt;
+            pPam->GetPoint()->SetContent(nLen );
+            pPam->SetMark();
+
+            pPam->GetPoint()->Adjust(nOffset);
+            pCNd = pPam->GetPointContentNode();
+            pPam->GetPoint()->SetContent( pCNd->Len() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    EndAllAction();
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsColRightToLeft() const
+{
+    SwFrame* pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    while (pFrame)
+    {
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        if (pFrame && pFrame->IsColumnFrame())
+        {
+            return pFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetCurColNum_( const SwFrame *pFrame,
+                                SwGetCurColNumPara* pPara )
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = 0;
+    while ( pFrame )
+    {
+        pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+        if( pFrame && pFrame->IsColumnFrame() )
+        {
+            const SwFrame *pCurFrame = pFrame;
+            do {
+                ++nRet;
+                pFrame = pFrame->GetPrev();
+            } while ( pFrame );
+
+            if( pPara )
+            {
+                // now search the format, determining the columness
+                pFrame = pCurFrame->GetUpper();
+                while( pFrame )
+                {
+                    if( ( SwFrameType::Page | SwFrameType::Fly | SwFrameType::Section ) & pFrame->GetType() )
+                    {
+                        pPara->pFrameFormat = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pFrame)->GetFormat();
+                        pPara->pPrtRect = &pFrame->getFramePrintArea();
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    pFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+                }
+                if( !pFrame )
+                {
+                    pPara->pFrameFormat = nullptr;
+                    pPara->pPrtRect = nullptr;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetCurColNum( SwGetCurColNumPara* pPara ) const
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( GetCurrFrame(), "Cursor parked?" );
+    return GetCurColNum_( GetCurrFrame(), pPara );
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SwFEShell::GetCurOutColNum() const
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nRet = 0;
+    SwFrame* pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pFrame, "Cursor parked?" );
+    if( pFrame )
+    {
+        pFrame = pFrame->IsInTab() ? static_cast<SwFrame*>(pFrame->FindTabFrame())
+                               : static_cast<SwFrame*>(pFrame->FindSctFrame());
+        OSL_ENSURE( pFrame, "No Tab, no Sect" );
+        if( pFrame )
+            nRet = GetCurColNum_( pFrame, nullptr );
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+SwFEShell::SwFEShell( SwDoc& rDoc, vcl::Window *pWindow, const SwViewOption *pOptions )
+    : SwEditShell( rDoc, pWindow, pOptions )
+    , m_bCheckForOLEInCaption(false)
+    , m_aPasteListeners(GetPasteMutex())
+    , m_eTableInsertMode(SwTable::SEARCH_NONE)
+    , m_bTableCopied(false)
+{
+}
+
+SwFEShell::SwFEShell( SwEditShell& rShell, vcl::Window *pWindow )
+    : SwEditShell( rShell, pWindow )
+    , m_bCheckForOLEInCaption(false)
+    , m_aPasteListeners(GetPasteMutex())
+    , m_eTableInsertMode(SwTable::SEARCH_NONE)
+    , m_bTableCopied(false)
+{
+}
+
+SwFEShell::~SwFEShell()
+{
+}
+
+// #i17567# - adjustments for allowing
+//          negative vertical positions for fly frames anchored to paragraph/to character.
+// #i22305# - adjustments for option 'Follow text flow'
+//          for to frame anchored objects.
+// #i22341# - adjustments for vertical alignment at top of line
+//          for to character anchored objects.
+void SwFEShell::CalcBoundRect( SwRect& _orRect,
+                               const RndStdIds _nAnchorId,
+                               const sal_Int16 _eHoriRelOrient,
+                               const sal_Int16 _eVertRelOrient,
+                               const SwFormatAnchor* _pToCharContentPos,
+                               const bool _bFollowTextFlow,
+                               bool _bMirror,
+                               Point* _opRef,
+                               Size* _opPercent,
+                               const SwFormatFrameSize* pFormatFrameSize) const
+{
+    const SwFrame* pFrame;
+    const SwFlyFrame* pFly;
+    if( _opRef )
+    {
+        pFrame = GetCurrFrame();
+        pFly = pFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+        if( nullptr != pFly )
+            pFrame = pFly->GetAnchorFrame();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pFly = GetSelectedOrCurrFlyFrame();
+        pFrame = pFly ? pFly->GetAnchorFrame() : GetCurrFrame();
+    }
+
+    bool bWrapThrough = false;
+    if ( pFly )
+    {
+        SwFlyFrameFormat* pFormat = const_cast<SwFlyFrameFormat*>(pFly->GetFormat());
+        const SwFormatSurround& rSurround = pFormat->GetSurround();
+        bWrapThrough = rSurround.GetSurround() == css::text::WrapTextMode_THROUGH;
+    }
+
+    const SwPageFrame* pPage = pFrame->FindPageFrame();
+    _bMirror = _bMirror && !pPage->OnRightPage();
+
+    Point aPos;
+    bool bVertic = false;
+    bool bRTL = false;
+    bool bVerticalL2R = false;
+
+    if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == _nAnchorId) || (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == _nAnchorId)) // LAYER_IMPL
+    {
+        const SwFrame* pTmp = pFrame;
+        // #i22305#
+        if ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PAGE == _nAnchorId) ||
+            ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_FLY == _nAnchorId) && !_bFollowTextFlow))
+        {
+            pFrame = pPage;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pFrame = pFrame->FindFlyFrame();
+        }
+        if ( !pFrame )
+            pFrame = pTmp;
+        _orRect = pFrame->getFrameArea();
+        SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pFrame);
+        bRTL = pFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+        if ( bRTL )
+            aPos = pFrame->getFrameArea().TopRight();
+        else
+            aPos = aRectFnSet.GetPos(pFrame->getFrameArea());
+
+        if( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+        {
+            bVertic = aRectFnSet.IsVert();
+            bVerticalL2R = aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R();
+            _bMirror = false; // no mirroring in vertical environment
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT: aPos.AdjustY(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Height() );
+                    [[fallthrough]];
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA: aPos.AdjustY(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Top() ); break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( _bMirror )
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+                    [[fallthrough]];
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left() ); break;
+                default: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFrameArea().Width() );
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( bRTL )
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+                    [[fallthrough]];
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_LEFT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_LEFT: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left() -
+                                               pFrame->getFrameArea().Width() ); break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT:   aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+                    [[fallthrough]];
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA: aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left() ); break;
+                default:break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() && !aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+        {
+            switch ( _eVertRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                {
+                    aPos.AdjustX( -(pFrame->GetRightMargin()) );
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+        {
+            switch ( _eVertRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                {
+                    aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->GetLeftMargin() );
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            switch ( _eVertRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                {
+                    if ( pFrame->IsPageFrame() )
+                    {
+                        aPos.setY(
+                            static_cast<const SwPageFrame*>(pFrame)->PrtWithoutHeaderAndFooter().Top() );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aPos.AdjustY(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Top() );
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( _opPercent )
+            *_opPercent = pFrame->getFramePrintArea().SSize();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwFrame* pUpper = ( pFrame->IsPageFrame() || pFrame->IsFlyFrame() ) ?
+                              pFrame : pFrame->GetUpper();
+        SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pUpper);
+        if ( _opPercent )
+        {
+            // If the size is relative from page, then full size should be counted from the page frame.
+            if (pFormatFrameSize && pFormatFrameSize->GetWidthPercentRelation() == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME)
+                _opPercent->setWidth(pPage->getFrameArea().Width());
+            else
+                _opPercent->setWidth(pUpper->getFramePrintArea().Width());
+
+            if (pFormatFrameSize && pFormatFrameSize->GetHeightPercentRelation() == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME)
+                // If the size is relative from page, then full size should be counted from the page frame.
+                _opPercent->setHeight(pPage->getFrameArea().Height());
+            else
+                _opPercent->setHeight(pUpper->getFramePrintArea().Height());
+        }
+
+        bRTL = pFrame->IsRightToLeft();
+        if ( bRTL )
+            aPos = pFrame->getFrameArea().TopRight();
+        else
+            aPos = aRectFnSet.GetPos(pFrame->getFrameArea());
+        // #i17567# - allow negative positions
+        // for fly frames anchor to paragraph/to character.
+        if ((_nAnchorId == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA) || (_nAnchorId == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR))
+        {
+            // The rectangle, the fly frame can be positioned in, is determined
+            // horizontally by the frame area of the horizontal environment
+            // and vertically by the printing area of the vertical environment,
+            // if the object follows the text flow, or by the frame area of the
+            // vertical environment, if the object doesn't follow the text flow.
+            // new class <SwEnvironmentOfAnchoredObject>
+            objectpositioning::SwEnvironmentOfAnchoredObject aEnvOfObj(
+                                                            _bFollowTextFlow );
+            const SwLayoutFrame& rHoriEnvironLayFrame =
+                                aEnvOfObj.GetHoriEnvironmentLayoutFrame( *pFrame );
+            const SwLayoutFrame& rVertEnvironLayFrame =
+                                aEnvOfObj.GetVertEnvironmentLayoutFrame( *pFrame );
+            const SwRect& aHoriEnvironRect( rHoriEnvironLayFrame.getFrameArea() );
+            SwRect aVertEnvironRect;
+            if ( _bFollowTextFlow )
+            {
+                aVertEnvironRect = rVertEnvironLayFrame.getFramePrintArea();
+                aVertEnvironRect.Pos() += rVertEnvironLayFrame.getFrameArea().Pos();
+                // #i18732# - adjust vertical 'virtual' anchor position
+                // (<aPos.Y()> respectively <aPos.X()>), if object is vertical aligned
+                // to page areas.
+                if ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME || _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA )
+                {
+                    if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() && !aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                    {
+                        aPos.setX( aVertEnvironRect.Right() );
+                    }
+                    else if ( aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                    {
+                        aPos.setX( aVertEnvironRect.Left() );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aPos.setY( aVertEnvironRect.Top() );
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                OSL_ENSURE( rVertEnvironLayFrame.IsPageFrame(),
+                        "<SwFEShell::CalcBoundRect(..)> - not following text flow, but vertical environment *not* page!" );
+                aVertEnvironRect = rVertEnvironLayFrame.getFrameArea();
+                // #i18732# - adjustment vertical 'virtual' anchor position
+                // (<aPos.Y()> respectively <aPos.X()>), if object is vertical aligned
+                // to page areas.
+                if (_eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME
+                    || _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA
+                    || _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA_BOTTOM)
+                {
+                    if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() && !aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                    {
+                        aPos.setX( aVertEnvironRect.Right() );
+                        if ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA )
+                        {
+                            aPos.setX(aPos.getX() - rVertEnvironLayFrame.GetRightMargin());
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if ( aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                    {
+                        aPos.setX( aVertEnvironRect.Left() );
+                        if ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA )
+                        {
+                            aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + rVertEnvironLayFrame.GetLeftMargin());
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        aPos.setY( aVertEnvironRect.Top() );
+                        if ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA )
+                        {
+                            aPos.setY(aPos.getY() + rVertEnvironLayFrame.GetTopMargin());
+                            // add height of page header
+                            const SwFrame* pTmpFrame = rVertEnvironLayFrame.Lower();
+                            if ( pTmpFrame->IsHeaderFrame() )
+                            {
+                                aPos.setY(aPos.getY() + pTmpFrame->getFrameArea().Height());
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else if (_eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA_BOTTOM)
+                        {
+                            if (rVertEnvironLayFrame.IsPageFrame())
+                            {
+                                auto& rPageFrame = static_cast<const SwPageFrame&>(rVertEnvironLayFrame);
+                                aPos.setY(rPageFrame.PrtWithoutHeaderAndFooter().Bottom());
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                aPos.AdjustY(rVertEnvironLayFrame.getFramePrintArea().Bottom());
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // #i22341# - adjust vertical 'virtual' anchor position
+            // (<aPos.Y()> respectively <aPos.X()>), if object is anchored to
+            // character and vertical aligned at character or top of line
+            // <pFrame>, which is the anchor frame or the proposed anchor frame,
+            // doesn't have to be a text frame (e.g. edit a to-page anchored
+            // fly frame). Thus, assure this.
+            const SwTextFrame* pTextFrame = pFrame->DynCastTextFrame();
+            if ( pTextFrame &&
+                 (_nAnchorId == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR) &&
+                 ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::CHAR ||
+                   _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::TEXT_LINE ) )
+            {
+                SwTwips nTop = 0;
+                if ( _eVertRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::CHAR )
+                {
+                    SwRect aChRect;
+                    if ( _pToCharContentPos )
+                    {
+                        pTextFrame->GetAutoPos( aChRect, *_pToCharContentPos->GetContentAnchor() );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // No content position provided. Thus, use a default one.
+                        SwPosition aDefaultContentPos(*(pTextFrame->GetTextNodeFirst()));
+                        pTextFrame->GetAutoPos( aChRect, aDefaultContentPos );
+                    }
+                    nTop = aRectFnSet.GetBottom(aChRect);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    if ( _pToCharContentPos )
+                    {
+                        pTextFrame->GetTopOfLine( nTop, *_pToCharContentPos->GetContentAnchor() );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // No content position provided. Thus, use a default one.
+                        SwPosition aDefaultContentPos(*(pTextFrame->GetTextNodeFirst()));
+                        pTextFrame->GetTopOfLine( nTop, aDefaultContentPos );
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                {
+                    aPos.setX(nTop);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(nTop);
+                }
+            }
+
+            // #i26945# - adjust horizontal 'virtual' anchor
+            // position (<aPos.X()> respectively <aPos.Y()>), if object is
+            // anchored to character and horizontal aligned at character.
+            if ( pTextFrame &&
+                 (_nAnchorId == RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR) &&
+                 _eHoriRelOrient == text::RelOrientation::CHAR )
+            {
+                SwTwips nLeft = 0;
+                SwRect aChRect;
+                if ( _pToCharContentPos )
+                {
+                    pTextFrame->GetAutoPos( aChRect, *_pToCharContentPos->GetContentAnchor() );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // No content position provided. Thus, use a default one.
+                    SwPosition aDefaultContentPos(*(pTextFrame->GetTextNodeFirst()));
+                    pTextFrame->GetAutoPos( aChRect, aDefaultContentPos );
+                }
+                nLeft = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(aChRect);
+                if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(nLeft);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    aPos.setX(nLeft);
+                }
+            }
+            if ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+            {
+                _orRect = SwRect( aVertEnvironRect.Left(),
+                                  aHoriEnvironRect.Top(),
+                                  aVertEnvironRect.Width(),
+                                  aHoriEnvironRect.Height() );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                _orRect = SwRect( aHoriEnvironRect.Left(),
+                                  aVertEnvironRect.Top(),
+                                  aHoriEnvironRect.Width(),
+                                  aVertEnvironRect.Height() );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( _opRef && pFly && pFly->IsFlyInContentFrame() )
+                *_opRef = static_cast<const SwFlyInContentFrame*>( pFly )->GetRefPoint();
+
+            _orRect = pUpper->getFrameArea();
+            if( !pUpper->IsBodyFrame() )
+            {
+                _orRect += pUpper->getFramePrintArea().Pos();
+                _orRect.SSize( pUpper->getFramePrintArea().SSize() );
+                if ( pUpper->IsCellFrame() )//MA_FLY_HEIGHT
+                {
+                    const SwFrame* pTab = pUpper->FindTabFrame();
+                    tools::Long nBottom = aRectFnSet.GetPrtBottom(*pTab->GetUpper());
+                    aRectFnSet.SetBottom( _orRect, nBottom );
+                }
+            }
+            // only use 90% of height for character bound
+            {
+                if( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+                    _orRect.Width( (_orRect.Width()*9)/10 );
+                else
+                    _orRect.Height( (_orRect.Height()*9)/10 );
+            }
+        }
+
+        const SwTwips nBaseOfstForFly = ( pFrame->IsTextFrame() && pFly ) ?
+                                        static_cast<const SwTextFrame*>(pFrame)->GetBaseOffsetForFly( !bWrapThrough ) :
+                                         0;
+        if( aRectFnSet.IsVert() || aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R() )
+        {
+            bVertic = aRectFnSet.IsVert();
+            bVerticalL2R = aRectFnSet.IsVertL2R();
+            _bMirror = false;
+
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT:
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(aPos.getY() + pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Height());
+                    aPos += aRectFnSet.GetPos(pFrame->getFramePrintArea());
+                    break;
+                }
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                {
+                    aPos += aRectFnSet.GetPos(pFrame->getFramePrintArea());
+                    aPos.setY(aPos.getY() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+                }
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(pPage->getFrameArea().Top() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Bottom());
+                    break;
+                }
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(pPage->getFrameArea().Top() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Top());
+                    break;
+                }
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_LEFT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME:
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(pPage->getFrameArea().Top());
+                    break;
+                }
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME:
+                {
+                    aPos.setY(aPos.getY() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+                }
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if( _bMirror )
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT:   aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left()); break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME:
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_LEFT: aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + pFrame->getFrameArea().Width()); break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA: aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Right()); break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_LEFT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME: aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Right()); break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA: aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left()
+                                              + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Left()); break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( bRTL )
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_LEFT:
+                    aPos.setX(pFrame->getFrameArea().Left() +
+                               pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left());
+                    break;
+
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                    aPos.setX(pFrame->getFrameArea().Left() + pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Left() +
+                               pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Width());
+                    aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_LEFT:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Left());
+                    break;
+
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Left() +
+                               pPage->getFramePrintArea().Width());
+                    break;
+
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Right());
+                    break;
+
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME:
+                    aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            switch ( _eHoriRelOrient )
+            {
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME_RIGHT:
+                    aPos.AdjustX(pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Width() );
+                    aPos += pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Pos();
+                    break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PRINT_AREA:
+                    aPos += pFrame->getFramePrintArea().Pos();
+                    aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_RIGHT:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Right());
+                    break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left() + pPage->getFramePrintArea().Left());
+                    break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_LEFT:
+                case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME:
+                    aPos.setX(pPage->getFrameArea().Left());
+                    break;
+                case text::RelOrientation::FRAME:
+                    aPos.setX(aPos.getX() + nBaseOfstForFly);
+                    break;
+                default: break;
+            }
+        }
+
+    }
+    if( _opRef )
+        return;
+
+    if( bVertic && !bVerticalL2R )
+        _orRect.Pos( aPos.getX() - _orRect.Width() - _orRect.Left(), _orRect.Top() - aPos.getY() );
+    else if( bVerticalL2R )
+        _orRect.Pos( _orRect.Left() - aPos.getX(), _orRect.Top() - aPos.getY() );
+    else if ( bRTL )
+        _orRect.Pos( - ( _orRect.Right() - aPos.getX() ), _orRect.Top() - aPos.getY() );
+    else
+        _orRect.Pos( _orRect.Left() - aPos.getX(), _orRect.Top() - aPos.getY() );
+    if( _bMirror )
+        _orRect.Pos( -_orRect.Right(), _orRect.Top() );
+}
+
+Size SwFEShell::GetGraphicDefaultSize() const
+{
+    Size aRet;
+    SwFlyFrame *pFly = GetSelectedFlyFrame();
+    if ( pFly )
+    {
+        // #i32951# - due to issue #i28701# no format of a
+        // newly inserted Writer fly frame or its anchor frame is performed
+        // any more. Thus, it could be possible (e.g. on insert of a horizontal
+        // line) that the anchor frame isn't formatted and its printing area
+        // size is (0,0). If this is the case the printing area of the upper
+        // of the anchor frame is taken.
+        const SwFrame* pAnchorFrame = pFly->GetAnchorFrame();
+        aRet = pAnchorFrame->getFramePrintArea().SSize();
+        if ( aRet.IsEmpty() && pAnchorFrame->GetUpper() )
+        {
+            aRet = pAnchorFrame->GetUpper()->getFramePrintArea().SSize();
+        }
+
+        SwRect aBound;
+        CalcBoundRect( aBound, pFly->GetFormat()->GetAnchor().GetAnchorId());
+        if ( pFly->GetAnchorFrame()->IsVertical() )
+            aRet.setWidth( aBound.Width() );
+        else
+            aRet.setHeight( aBound.Height() );
+    }
+    return aRet;
+}
+
+bool SwFEShell::IsFrameVertical(const bool bEnvironment, bool& bRTL, bool& bVertL2R) const
+{
+    bool bVert = false;
+    bRTL = false;
+    bVertL2R = false;
+
+    if ( Imp()->HasDrawView() )
+    {
+        const SdrMarkList &rMrkList = Imp()->GetDrawView()->GetMarkedObjectList();
+        if( rMrkList.GetMarkCount() != 1 )
+            return bVert;
+
+        SdrObject* pObj = rMrkList.GetMark( 0 )->GetMarkedSdrObj();
+        if ( !pObj )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<SwFEShell::IsFrameVertical(..)> - missing SdrObject instance in marked object list -> This is a serious situation" );
+            return bVert;
+        }
+        // #i26791#
+        SwContact* pContact = GetUserCall( pObj );
+        if ( !pContact )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<SwFEShell::IsFrameVertical(..)> - missing SwContact instance at marked object -> This is a serious situation" );
+            return bVert;
+        }
+        const SwFrame* pRef = pContact->GetAnchoredObj( pObj )->GetAnchorFrame();
+        if ( !pRef )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "<SwFEShell::IsFrameVertical(..)> - missing anchor frame at marked object -> This is a serious situation" );
+            return bVert;
+        }
+
+        if ( !bEnvironment )
+            if ( auto pVirtFly = dynamic_cast<const SwVirtFlyDrawObj*>( pObj) )
+                pRef = pVirtFly->GetFlyFrame();
+
+        bVert = pRef->IsVertical();
+        bRTL = pRef->IsRightToLeft();
+        bVertL2R = pRef->IsVertLR();
+    }
+
+    return bVert;
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::MoveObjectIfActive( svt::EmbeddedObjectRef&, const Point& )
+{
+    // does not do anything, only avoids crash if the method is used for wrong shell
+}
+
+void SwFEShell::ToggleHeaderFooterEdit()
+{
+    // Clear objects selection
+    if ( Imp()->GetDrawView()->AreObjectsMarked() )
+    {
+        Imp()->GetDrawView()->UnmarkAll();
+        ClearMark();
+    }
+
+    SwCursorShell::ToggleHeaderFooterEdit();
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/tblsel.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/tblsel.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec56a52856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/tblsel.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,2605 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx>
+#include <editeng/protitem.hxx>
+#include <osl/diagnose.h>
+
+#include <hintids.hxx>
+#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
+#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
+#include <frmatr.hxx>
+#include <tblsel.hxx>
+#include <crsrsh.hxx>
+#include <doc.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentUndoRedo.hxx>
+#include <IDocumentLayoutAccess.hxx>
+#include <pam.hxx>
+#include <ndtxt.hxx>
+#include <swtable.hxx>
+#include <cntfrm.hxx>
+#include <tabfrm.hxx>
+#include <rowfrm.hxx>
+#include <cellfrm.hxx>
+#include <rootfrm.hxx>
+#include <viscrs.hxx>
+#include <swtblfmt.hxx>
+#include <UndoTable.hxx>
+#include <sectfrm.hxx>
+#include <frmtool.hxx>
+#include <calbck.hxx>
+#include <frameformats.hxx>
+#include <deque>
+#include <memory>
+
+// see also swtable.cxx
+#define COLFUZZY 20L
+
+// macros, determining how table boxes are merged:
+//  - 1. remove empty lines, all boxes separated with blanks,
+//      all lines separated with ParaBreak
+//  - 2. remove all empty lines and remove all empty boxes at beginning and end,
+//      all boxes separated with Blank,
+//      all lines separated with ParaBreak
+//  - 3. remove all empty boxes, all boxes separated with blanks,
+//      all lines separated with ParaBreak
+
+#undef      DEL_ONLY_EMPTY_LINES
+#undef      DEL_EMPTY_BOXES_AT_START_AND_END
+
+namespace {
+
+struct CmpLPt
+{
+    Point aPos;
+    const SwTableBox* pSelBox;
+    bool bVert;
+
+    CmpLPt( const Point& rPt, const SwTableBox* pBox, bool bVertical );
+
+    bool operator<( const CmpLPt& rCmp ) const
+    {
+        if ( bVert )
+            return X() > rCmp.X() || ( X() == rCmp.X() && Y() < rCmp.Y() );
+        else
+            return Y() < rCmp.Y() || ( Y() == rCmp.Y() && X() < rCmp.X() );
+    }
+
+    tools::Long X() const { return aPos.X(); }
+    tools::Long Y() const { return aPos.Y(); }
+};
+
+}
+
+typedef o3tl::sorted_vector<CmpLPt> MergePos;
+
+namespace {
+
+struct Sort_CellFrame
+{
+    const SwCellFrame* pFrame;
+
+    explicit Sort_CellFrame( const SwCellFrame& rCFrame )
+        : pFrame( &rCFrame ) {}
+};
+
+}
+
+static const SwLayoutFrame *lcl_FindCellFrame( const SwLayoutFrame *pLay )
+{
+    while ( pLay && !pLay->IsCellFrame() )
+        pLay = pLay->GetUpper();
+    return pLay;
+}
+
+static const SwLayoutFrame *lcl_FindNextCellFrame( const SwLayoutFrame *pLay )
+{
+    // ensure we leave the cell (sections)
+    const SwLayoutFrame *pTmp = pLay;
+    do {
+        pTmp = pTmp->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+    } while( pLay->IsAnLower( pTmp ) );
+
+    while( pTmp && !pTmp->IsCellFrame() )
+        pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper();
+    return pTmp;
+}
+
+void GetTableSelCrs( const SwCursorShell &rShell, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes )
+{
+    rBoxes.clear();
+    if( rShell.IsTableMode() && const_cast<SwCursorShell&>(rShell).UpdateTableSelBoxes())
+    {
+        rBoxes.insert(rShell.GetTableCursor()->GetSelectedBoxes());
+    }
+}
+
+void GetTableSelCrs( const SwTableCursor& rTableCursor, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes )
+{
+    rBoxes.clear();
+
+    if (rTableCursor.IsChgd() || !rTableCursor.GetSelectedBoxesCount())
+    {
+        SwTableCursor* pTCursor = const_cast<SwTableCursor*>(&rTableCursor);
+        pTCursor->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout()->MakeTableCursors( *pTCursor );
+    }
+
+    if (rTableCursor.GetSelectedBoxesCount())
+    {
+        rBoxes.insert(rTableCursor.GetSelectedBoxes());
+    }
+}
+
+void GetTableSel( const SwCursorShell& rShell, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    // get start and end cell
+    if ( !rShell.IsTableMode() )
+        rShell.GetCursor();
+
+    GetTableSel( *rShell.getShellCursor(false), rBoxes, eSearchType );
+}
+
+void GetTableSel( const SwCursor& rCursor, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    // get start and end cell
+    OSL_ENSURE( rCursor.GetPointContentNode() && rCursor.GetMarkContentNode(),
+            "Tabselection not on Cnt." );
+
+    // Row-selection:
+    // Check for complex tables. If Yes, search selected boxes via
+    // the layout. Otherwise via the table structure (for macros !!)
+    const SwContentNode* pContentNd = rCursor.GetPointNode().GetContentNode();
+    const SwTableNode* pTableNd = pContentNd ? pContentNd->FindTableNode() : nullptr;
+    if( pTableNd && pTableNd->GetTable().IsNewModel() )
+    {
+        SwTable::SearchType eSearch;
+        switch( SwTableSearchType::Col & eSearchType )
+        {
+            case SwTableSearchType::Row: eSearch = SwTable::SEARCH_ROW; break;
+            case SwTableSearchType::Col: eSearch = SwTable::SEARCH_COL; break;
+            default: eSearch = SwTable::SEARCH_NONE; break;
+        }
+        const bool bChkP( SwTableSearchType::Protect & eSearchType );
+        pTableNd->GetTable().CreateSelection( rCursor, rBoxes, eSearch, bChkP );
+        return;
+    }
+    if( SwTableSearchType::Row == ((~SwTableSearchType::Protect ) & eSearchType ) &&
+        pTableNd && !pTableNd->GetTable().IsTableComplex() )
+    {
+        const SwTable& rTable = pTableNd->GetTable();
+        const SwTableLines& rLines = rTable.GetTabLines();
+
+        const SwNode& rMarkNode = rCursor.GetMarkNode();
+        const SwNodeOffset nMarkSectionStart = rMarkNode.StartOfSectionIndex();
+        const SwTableBox* pMarkBox = rTable.GetTableBox( nMarkSectionStart );
+
+        OSL_ENSURE( pMarkBox, "Point in table, mark outside?" );
+
+        const SwTableLine* pLine = pMarkBox ? pMarkBox->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+        sal_uInt16 nSttPos = rLines.GetPos( pLine );
+        OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nSttPos, "Where is my row in the table?" );
+        pLine = rTable.GetTableBox( rCursor.GetPointNode().StartOfSectionIndex() )->GetUpper();
+        sal_uInt16 nEndPos = rLines.GetPos( pLine );
+        OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nEndPos, "Where is my row in the table?" );
+        // pb: #i20193# if tableintable then nSttPos == nEndPos == USHRT_MAX
+        if ( nSttPos != USHRT_MAX && nEndPos != USHRT_MAX )
+        {
+            if( nEndPos < nSttPos )     // exchange
+                std::swap( nSttPos, nEndPos );
+
+            bool bChkProtected( SwTableSearchType::Protect & eSearchType );
+            for( ; nSttPos <= nEndPos; ++nSttPos )
+            {
+                pLine = rLines[ nSttPos ];
+                for( auto n = pLine->GetTabBoxes().size(); n ; )
+                {
+                    SwTableBox* pBox = pLine->GetTabBoxes()[ --n ];
+                    // check for cell protection??
+                    if( !bChkProtected ||
+                        !pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                        rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Point aPtPos, aMkPos;
+        const SwShellCursor* pShCursor = dynamic_cast<const SwShellCursor*>(&rCursor);
+        if( pShCursor )
+        {
+            aPtPos = pShCursor->GetPtPos();
+            aMkPos = pShCursor->GetMkPos();
+        }
+        const SwContentNode *pCntNd = rCursor.GetPointContentNode();
+        std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(aPtPos, true);
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pStart = pCntNd ?
+            pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+        pCntNd = rCursor.GetMarkContentNode();
+        tmp.first = aMkPos;
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pEnd = pCntNd ?
+            pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+        if( pStart && pEnd )
+            GetTableSel( pStart, pEnd, rBoxes, nullptr, eSearchType );
+    }
+}
+
+void GetTableSel( const SwLayoutFrame* pStart, const SwLayoutFrame* pEnd,
+                SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, SwCellFrames* pCells,
+                const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    const SwTabFrame* pStartTab = pStart->FindTabFrame();
+    if ( !pStartTab )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "GetTableSel without start table" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    bool bChkProtected( SwTableSearchType::Protect & eSearchType );
+
+    // #i55421# Reduced value 10
+    int nLoopMax = 10;
+
+    do {
+        bool bTableIsValid = true;
+
+        // First, compute tables and rectangles
+        SwSelUnions aUnions;
+        ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd, eSearchType );
+
+        Point aCurrentTopLeft( LONG_MAX, LONG_MAX );
+        Point aCurrentTopRight( 0, LONG_MAX );
+        Point aCurrentBottomLeft( LONG_MAX, 0 );
+        Point aCurrentBottomRight( 0, 0 );
+        const SwCellFrame* pCurrentTopLeftFrame     = nullptr;
+        const SwCellFrame* pCurrentTopRightFrame    = nullptr;
+        const SwCellFrame* pCurrentBottomLeftFrame  = nullptr;
+        const SwCellFrame* pCurrentBottomRightFrame  = nullptr;
+
+        // Now find boxes for each entry and emit
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < aUnions.size() && bTableIsValid; ++i)
+        {
+            SwSelUnion *pUnion = &aUnions[i];
+            const SwTabFrame *pTable = pUnion->GetTable();
+
+            if( !pTable->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax )
+            {
+                bTableIsValid = false;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                      pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                      static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+            while( pRow && bTableIsValid )
+            {
+                if( !pRow->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax )
+                {
+                    bTableIsValid = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                if ( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( pUnion->GetUnion() ) )
+                {
+                    const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                    while (pCell && pRow->IsAnLower(pCell))
+                    {
+                        if( !pCell->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax )
+                        {
+                            bTableIsValid = false;
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                        OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without Cell" );
+                        if( ::IsFrameInTableSel( pUnion->GetUnion(), pCell ) )
+                        {
+                            SwTableBox* pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(
+                                static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pCell)->GetTabBox());
+                            // check for cell protection??
+                            if( !bChkProtected ||
+                                !pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+                                rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+
+                            if ( pCells )
+                            {
+                                const Point aTopLeft( pCell->getFrameArea().TopLeft() );
+                                const Point aTopRight( pCell->getFrameArea().TopRight() );
+                                const Point aBottomLeft( pCell->getFrameArea().BottomLeft() );
+                                const Point aBottomRight( pCell->getFrameArea().BottomRight() );
+
+                                if ( aTopLeft.getY() < aCurrentTopLeft.getY() ||
+                                     ( aTopLeft.getY() == aCurrentTopLeft.getY() &&
+                                       aTopLeft.getX() <  aCurrentTopLeft.getX() ) )
+                                {
+                                    aCurrentTopLeft = aTopLeft;
+                                    pCurrentTopLeftFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>( pCell );
+                                }
+
+                                if ( aTopRight.getY() < aCurrentTopRight.getY() ||
+                                     ( aTopRight.getY() == aCurrentTopRight.getY() &&
+                                       aTopRight.getX() >  aCurrentTopRight.getX() ) )
+                                {
+                                    aCurrentTopRight = aTopRight;
+                                    pCurrentTopRightFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>( pCell );
+                                }
+
+                                if ( aBottomLeft.getY() > aCurrentBottomLeft.getY() ||
+                                     ( aBottomLeft.getY() == aCurrentBottomLeft.getY() &&
+                                       aBottomLeft.getX() <  aCurrentBottomLeft.getX() ) )
+                                {
+                                    aCurrentBottomLeft = aBottomLeft;
+                                    pCurrentBottomLeftFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>( pCell );
+                                }
+
+                                if ( aBottomRight.getY() > aCurrentBottomRight.getY() ||
+                                     ( aBottomRight.getY() == aCurrentBottomRight.getY() &&
+                                       aBottomRight.getX() >  aCurrentBottomRight.getX() ) )
+                                {
+                                    aCurrentBottomRight = aBottomRight;
+                                    pCurrentBottomRightFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>( pCell );
+                                }
+
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if ( pCell->GetNext() )
+                        {
+                            pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                            if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                                pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                    }
+                }
+                pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+            }
+        }
+
+        if ( pCells )
+        {
+            pCells->clear();
+            pCells->push_back( const_cast< SwCellFrame* >(pCurrentTopLeftFrame) );
+            pCells->push_back( const_cast< SwCellFrame* >(pCurrentTopRightFrame) );
+            pCells->push_back( const_cast< SwCellFrame* >(pCurrentBottomLeftFrame) );
+            pCells->push_back( const_cast< SwCellFrame* >(pCurrentBottomRightFrame) );
+        }
+
+        if( bTableIsValid )
+            break;
+
+        SwDeletionChecker aDelCheck( pStart );
+
+        // otherwise quickly "calculate" the table layout and start over
+        SwTabFrame *pTable = aUnions.front().GetTable();
+        while( pTable )
+        {
+            if( pTable->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() )
+            {
+                pTable->InvalidatePos();
+            }
+
+            pTable->SetONECalcLowers();
+            pTable->Calc(pTable->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell()->GetOut());
+            pTable->SetCompletePaint();
+
+            pTable = pTable->GetFollow();
+            if( nullptr == pTable )
+                break;
+        }
+
+        // --> Make code robust, check if pStart has
+        // been deleted due to the formatting of the table:
+        if ( aDelCheck.HasBeenDeleted() )
+        {
+            OSL_FAIL( "Current box has been deleted during GetTableSel()" );
+            break;
+        }
+
+        rBoxes.clear();
+        --nLoopMax;
+
+    } while( true );
+    OSL_ENSURE( nLoopMax, "Table layout is still invalid!" );
+}
+
+bool ChkChartSel( const SwNode& rSttNd, const SwNode& rEndNd )
+{
+    const SwTableNode* pTNd = rSttNd.FindTableNode();
+    if( !pTNd )
+        return false;
+
+    Point aNullPos;
+    SwNodeIndex aIdx( rSttNd );
+    const SwContentNode* pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    if( !pCNd )
+        pCNd = aIdx.GetNodes().GoNextSection( &aIdx, false, false );
+
+    // if table is invisible, return
+    // (layout needed for forming table selection further down, so we can't
+    //  continue with invisible tables)
+    // #i22135# - Also the content of the table could be
+    //                          invisible - e.g. in a hidden section
+    // Robust: check, if content was found (e.g. empty table cells)
+    if ( !pCNd || pCNd->getLayoutFrame( pCNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() ) == nullptr )
+            return false;
+
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(aNullPos, true);
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pStart = pCNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pStart, "without frame nothing works" );
+
+    aIdx = rEndNd;
+    pCNd = aIdx.GetNode().GetContentNode();
+    if( !pCNd )
+        pCNd = aIdx.GetNodes().GoNextSection( &aIdx, false, false );
+
+    // #i22135# - Robust: check, if content was found and if it's visible
+    if ( !pCNd || pCNd->getLayoutFrame( pCNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout() ) == nullptr )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pEnd = pCNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    OSL_ENSURE( pEnd, "without frame nothing works" );
+
+    bool bValidChartSel;
+    // #i55421# Reduced value 10
+    int nLoopMax = 10;      //JP 28.06.99: max 100 loops - Bug 67292
+
+    do {
+        bool bTableIsValid = true;
+        bValidChartSel = true;
+
+        sal_uInt16 nRowCells = USHRT_MAX;
+
+        // First, compute tables and rectangles
+        SwSelUnions aUnions;
+        ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd, SwTableSearchType::NoUnionCorrect );
+
+        // find boxes for each entry and emit
+        for( auto & rSelUnion : aUnions )
+        {
+            if (!bTableIsValid || !bValidChartSel)
+                break;
+
+            SwSelUnion *pUnion = &rSelUnion;
+            const SwTabFrame *pTable = pUnion->GetTable();
+
+            SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTable);
+            bool bRTL = pTable->IsRightToLeft();
+
+            if( !pTable->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax  )
+            {
+                bTableIsValid = false;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            std::deque< Sort_CellFrame > aCellFrames;
+
+            // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                      pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                      static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+            while( pRow && bTableIsValid && bValidChartSel )
+            {
+                if( !pRow->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax )
+                {
+                    bTableIsValid = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                if( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( pUnion->GetUnion() ) )
+                {
+                    const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                    while (pCell && pRow->IsAnLower(pCell))
+                    {
+                        if( !pCell->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() && nLoopMax  )
+                        {
+                            bTableIsValid = false;
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                        OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without Cell" );
+                        const SwRect& rUnion = pUnion->GetUnion(),
+                                    & rFrameRect = pCell->getFrameArea();
+
+                        const tools::Long nUnionRight = rUnion.Right();
+                        const tools::Long nUnionBottom = rUnion.Bottom();
+                        const tools::Long nFrameRight = rFrameRect.Right();
+                        const tools::Long nFrameBottom = rFrameRect.Bottom();
+
+                        // ignore if FrameRect is outside the union
+
+                        const tools::Long nXFuzzy = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? 0 : 20;
+                        const tools::Long nYFuzzy = aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? 20 : 0;
+
+                        if( !(  rUnion.Top()  + nYFuzzy > nFrameBottom ||
+                                nUnionBottom < rFrameRect.Top() + nYFuzzy ||
+                                rUnion.Left() + nXFuzzy > nFrameRight ||
+                                nUnionRight < rFrameRect.Left() + nXFuzzy ))
+                        {
+                            // ok, rUnion is _not_ completely outside of rFrameRect
+
+                            // if not completely inside the union, then
+                            // for Chart it is an invalid selection
+                            if( rUnion.Left()   <= rFrameRect.Left() + nXFuzzy &&
+                                rFrameRect.Left() <= nUnionRight &&
+                                rUnion.Left()   <= nFrameRight &&
+                                nFrameRight       <= nUnionRight + nXFuzzy &&
+                                rUnion.Top()    <= rFrameRect.Top() + nYFuzzy &&
+                                rFrameRect.Top()  <= nUnionBottom &&
+                                rUnion.Top()    <= nFrameBottom &&
+                                nFrameBottom      <= nUnionBottom+ nYFuzzy )
+
+                                aCellFrames.emplace_back( *static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pCell) );
+                            else
+                            {
+                                bValidChartSel = false;
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if ( pCell->GetNext() )
+                        {
+                            pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                            if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                                pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                    }
+                }
+                pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+            }
+
+            if( !bValidChartSel )
+                break;
+
+            // all cells of the (part) table together. Now check if
+            // they're all adjacent
+            size_t n;
+            sal_uInt16 nCellCnt = 0;
+            tools::Long nYPos = LONG_MAX;
+            tools::Long nXPos = 0;
+            tools::Long nHeight = 0;
+
+            for( n = 0 ; n < aCellFrames.size(); ++n )
+            {
+                const Sort_CellFrame& rCF = aCellFrames[ n ];
+                if( aRectFnSet.GetTop(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea()) != nYPos )
+                {
+                    // new row
+                    if( n )
+                    {
+                        if( USHRT_MAX == nRowCells )        // 1. row change
+                            nRowCells = nCellCnt;
+                        else if( nRowCells != nCellCnt )
+                        {
+                            bValidChartSel = false;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    nCellCnt = 1;
+                    nYPos = aRectFnSet.GetTop(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea());
+                    nHeight = aRectFnSet.GetHeight(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea());
+
+                    nXPos = bRTL ?
+                            aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea()) :
+                            aRectFnSet.GetRight(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea());
+                }
+                else if( nXPos == ( bRTL ?
+                                    aRectFnSet.GetRight(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea()) :
+                                    aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea()) ) &&
+                         nHeight == aRectFnSet.GetHeight(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea()) )
+                {
+                    nXPos += ( bRTL ? -1 : 1 ) *
+                             aRectFnSet.GetWidth(rCF.pFrame->getFrameArea());
+                    ++nCellCnt;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    bValidChartSel = false;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if( bValidChartSel )
+            {
+                if( USHRT_MAX == nRowCells )
+                    nRowCells = nCellCnt;
+                else if( nRowCells != nCellCnt )
+                    bValidChartSel = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( bTableIsValid )
+            break;
+
+        // otherwise quickly "calculate" table layout and start over
+        SwTabFrame *pTable = aUnions.front().GetTable();
+
+        for( SwSelUnions::size_type i = 0; i < aUnions.size(); ++i )
+        {
+            if( pTable->isFrameAreaDefinitionValid() )
+            {
+                pTable->InvalidatePos();
+            }
+
+            pTable->SetONECalcLowers();
+            pTable->Calc(pTable->getRootFrame()->GetCurrShell()->GetOut());
+            pTable->SetCompletePaint();
+
+            pTable = pTable->GetFollow();
+            if( nullptr == pTable )
+                break;
+        }
+        --nLoopMax;
+    } while( true );
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( nLoopMax, "table layout is still invalid!" );
+
+    return bValidChartSel;
+}
+
+bool IsFrameInTableSel( const SwRect& rUnion, const SwFrame* pCell )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without Gazelle" );
+
+    if( pCell->FindTabFrame()->IsVertical() )
+        return   rUnion.Right() >= pCell->getFrameArea().Right() &&
+                 rUnion.Left() <= pCell->getFrameArea().Left() &&
+            (( rUnion.Top() <= pCell->getFrameArea().Top()+20 &&
+               rUnion.Bottom() > pCell->getFrameArea().Top() ) ||
+             ( rUnion.Top() >= pCell->getFrameArea().Top() &&
+               rUnion.Bottom() < pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() ));
+
+    return
+        rUnion.Top() <= pCell->getFrameArea().Top() &&
+        rUnion.Bottom() >= pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() &&
+
+        (( rUnion.Left() <= pCell->getFrameArea().Left()+20 &&
+           rUnion.Right() > pCell->getFrameArea().Left() ) ||
+
+         ( rUnion.Left() >= pCell->getFrameArea().Left() &&
+           rUnion.Right() < pCell->getFrameArea().Right() ));
+}
+
+bool GetAutoSumSel( const SwCursorShell& rShell, SwCellFrames& rBoxes )
+{
+    SwShellCursor* pCursor = rShell.m_pCurrentCursor;
+    if ( rShell.IsTableMode() )
+        pCursor = rShell.m_pTableCursor;
+
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(pCursor->GetPtPos(), true);
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pStart = pCursor->GetPointContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(
+            rShell.GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    tmp.first = pCursor->GetMkPos();
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pEnd = pCursor->GetMarkContentNode()->getLayoutFrame(
+            rShell.GetLayout(), nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+
+    const SwLayoutFrame* pSttCell = pStart;
+    while( pSttCell && !pSttCell->IsCellFrame() )
+        pSttCell = pSttCell->GetUpper();
+
+    // First, compute tables and rectangles
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+
+    // by default, first test above and then to the left
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd, SwTableSearchType::Col );
+
+    bool bTstRow = true, bFound = false;
+
+    // 1. check if box above contains value/formula
+    for( SwSelUnions::size_type i = 0; i < aUnions.size(); ++i )
+    {
+        SwSelUnion *pUnion = &aUnions[i];
+        const SwTabFrame *pTable = pUnion->GetTable();
+
+        // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+        const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                  pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                  static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+        while( pRow )
+        {
+            if( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( pUnion->GetUnion() ) )
+            {
+                const SwCellFrame* pUpperCell = nullptr;
+                const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                while( pCell && pRow->IsAnLower( pCell ) )
+                {
+                    if( pCell == pSttCell )
+                    {
+                        sal_uInt16 nWhichId = 0;
+                        for( size_t n = rBoxes.size(); n; )
+                        {
+                            nWhichId = rBoxes[ --n ]->GetTabBox()->IsFormulaOrValueBox();
+                            if( USHRT_MAX != nWhichId )
+                                break;
+                        }
+
+                        // all boxes together, do not check the
+                        // row, if a formula or value was found
+                        bTstRow = 0 == nWhichId || USHRT_MAX == nWhichId;
+                        bFound = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without cell" );
+                    if( ::IsFrameInTableSel( pUnion->GetUnion(), pCell ) )
+                        pUpperCell = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pCell);
+
+                    if( pCell->GetNext() )
+                    {
+                        pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                        if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                            pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                    }
+                    else
+                        pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                }
+
+                if( pUpperCell )
+                    rBoxes.push_back( const_cast< SwCellFrame* >(pUpperCell) );
+            }
+            if( bFound )
+            {
+                i = aUnions.size();
+                break;
+            }
+            pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+        }
+    }
+
+    // 2. check if box on left contains value/formula
+    if( bTstRow )
+    {
+        bFound = false;
+
+        rBoxes.clear();
+        aUnions.clear();
+        ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd, SwTableSearchType::Row );
+
+        for( SwSelUnions::size_type i = 0; i < aUnions.size(); ++i )
+        {
+            SwSelUnion *pUnion = &aUnions[i];
+            const SwTabFrame *pTable = pUnion->GetTable();
+
+            // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                      pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                      static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+            while( pRow )
+            {
+                if( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( pUnion->GetUnion() ) )
+                {
+                    const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                    while( pCell && pRow->IsAnLower( pCell ) )
+                    {
+                        if( pCell == pSttCell )
+                        {
+                            sal_uInt16 nWhichId = 0;
+                            for( size_t n = rBoxes.size(); n; )
+                            {
+                                nWhichId = rBoxes[ --n ]
+                                    ->GetTabBox()->IsFormulaOrValueBox();
+                                if( USHRT_MAX != nWhichId )
+                                    break;
+                            }
+
+                            // all boxes together, do not check the
+                            // row if a formula or value was found
+                            bFound = 0 != nWhichId && USHRT_MAX != nWhichId;
+                            bTstRow = false;
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                        OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without cell" );
+                        if( ::IsFrameInTableSel( pUnion->GetUnion(), pCell ) )
+                        {
+                            SwCellFrame* pC = const_cast<SwCellFrame*>(static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pCell));
+                            rBoxes.push_back( pC );
+                        }
+                        if( pCell->GetNext() )
+                        {
+                            pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                            if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                                pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                    }
+                }
+                if( !bTstRow )
+                {
+                    i = aUnions.size();
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return bFound;
+}
+
+bool HasProtectedCells( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes )
+{
+    bool bRet = false;
+    for (size_t n = 0; n < rBoxes.size(); ++n)
+    {
+        if( rBoxes[ n ]->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+        {
+            bRet = true;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+CmpLPt::CmpLPt( const Point& rPt, const SwTableBox* pBox, bool bVertical )
+    : aPos( rPt ), pSelBox( pBox ), bVert( bVertical )
+{}
+
+static void lcl_InsTableBox( SwTableNode* pTableNd, SwDoc* pDoc, SwTableBox* pBox,
+                        sal_uInt16 nInsPos, sal_uInt16 nCnt = 1 )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( pBox->GetSttNd(), "Box without Start-Node" );
+    SwContentNode* pCNd = pDoc->GetNodes()[ pBox->GetSttIdx() + 1 ]
+                                ->GetContentNode();
+    if( pCNd && pCNd->IsTextNode() )
+        pDoc->GetNodes().InsBoxen( pTableNd, pBox->GetUpper(),
+                static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pBox->GetFrameFormat()),
+                static_cast<SwTextNode*>(pCNd)->GetTextColl(),
+                pCNd->GetpSwAttrSet(),
+                nInsPos, nCnt );
+    else
+        pDoc->GetNodes().InsBoxen( pTableNd, pBox->GetUpper(),
+                static_cast<SwTableBoxFormat*>(pBox->GetFrameFormat()),
+                pDoc->GetDfltTextFormatColl(), nullptr,
+                nInsPos, nCnt );
+}
+
+bool IsEmptyBox( const SwTableBox& rBox, SwPaM& rPam )
+{
+    rPam.GetPoint()->Assign( *rBox.GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode() );
+    rPam.Move( fnMoveBackward, GoInContent );
+    rPam.SetMark();
+    rPam.GetPoint()->Assign( *rBox.GetSttNd() );
+    rPam.Move( fnMoveForward, GoInContent );
+    bool bRet = *rPam.GetMark() == *rPam.GetPoint()
+        && ( rBox.GetSttNd()->GetIndex() + 1 == rPam.GetPoint()->GetNodeIndex() );
+
+    if( bRet )
+    {
+        // now check for paragraph bound flies
+        const sw::SpzFrameFormats& rFormats = *rPam.GetDoc().GetSpzFrameFormats();
+        SwNodeOffset nSttIdx = rPam.GetPoint()->GetNodeIndex(),
+              nEndIdx = rBox.GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex(),
+              nIdx;
+
+        for( auto pFormat : rFormats )
+        {
+            const SwFormatAnchor& rAnchor = pFormat->GetAnchor();
+            const SwNode* pAnchorNode = rAnchor.GetAnchorNode();
+            if (pAnchorNode &&
+                ((RndStdIds::FLY_AT_PARA == rAnchor.GetAnchorId()) ||
+                 (RndStdIds::FLY_AT_CHAR == rAnchor.GetAnchorId())) &&
+                nSttIdx <= ( nIdx = pAnchorNode->GetIndex() ) &&
+                nIdx < nEndIdx )
+            {
+                bRet = false;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bRet;
+}
+
+void GetMergeSel( const SwPaM& rPam, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                SwTableBox** ppMergeBox, SwUndoTableMerge* pUndo )
+{
+    rBoxes.clear();
+
+    OSL_ENSURE( rPam.GetPointContentNode() && rPam.GetMarkContentNode(),
+            "Tabselection not on Cnt." );
+
+//JP 24.09.96:  Merge with repeating TableHeadLines does not work properly.
+//              Why not use point 0,0? Then it is assured the first
+//              headline is contained.
+    Point aPt( 0, 0 );
+
+    const SwContentNode* pCntNd = rPam.GetPointContentNode();
+    std::pair<Point, bool> const tmp(aPt, true);
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pStart = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    pCntNd = rPam.GetMarkContentNode();
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pEnd = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+
+    // First, compute tables and rectangles
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd );
+    if( aUnions.empty() )
+        return;
+
+    const SwTable *pTable = aUnions.front().GetTable()->GetTable();
+    SwDoc* pDoc = const_cast<SwDoc*>(pStart->GetFormat()->GetDoc());
+    SwTableNode* pTableNd = const_cast<SwTableNode*>(pTable->GetTabSortBoxes()[ 0 ]->
+                                        GetSttNd()->FindTableNode());
+
+    MergePos aPosArr;      // Sort-Array with the frame positions
+    tools::Long nWidth;
+    SwTableBox* pLastBox = nullptr;
+
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pStart->GetUpper());
+
+    for ( auto & rSelUnion : aUnions )
+    {
+        const SwTabFrame *pTabFrame = rSelUnion.GetTable();
+
+        SwRect &rUnion = rSelUnion.GetUnion();
+
+        // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+        const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTabFrame->IsFollow() ?
+                                  pTabFrame->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                  static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTabFrame->Lower());
+
+        while ( pRow )
+        {
+            if ( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( rUnion ) )
+            {
+                const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                while ( pCell && pRow->IsAnLower( pCell ) )
+                {
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without cell" );
+                    // overlap in full width?
+                    if( rUnion.Top() <= pCell->getFrameArea().Top() &&
+                        rUnion.Bottom() >= pCell->getFrameArea().Bottom() )
+                    {
+                        SwTableBox* pBox = const_cast<SwTableBox*>(static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pCell)->GetTabBox());
+
+                        // only overlap to the right?
+                        if( ( rUnion.Left() - COLFUZZY ) <= pCell->getFrameArea().Left() &&
+                            ( rUnion.Right() - COLFUZZY ) > pCell->getFrameArea().Left() )
+                        {
+                            if( ( rUnion.Right() + COLFUZZY ) < pCell->getFrameArea().Right() )
+                            {
+                                sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pBox->GetUpper()->GetBoxPos( pBox )+1;
+                                lcl_InsTableBox( pTableNd, pDoc, pBox, nInsPos );
+                                pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                                SwFormatFrameSize aNew(
+                                        pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() );
+                                nWidth = rUnion.Right() - pCell->getFrameArea().Left();
+                                nWidth = nWidth * aNew.GetWidth() /
+                                         pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+                                tools::Long nTmpWidth = aNew.GetWidth() - nWidth;
+                                aNew.SetWidth( nWidth );
+                                pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+                                // this box is selected
+                                pLastBox = pBox;
+                                rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                                aPosArr.insert(
+                                    CmpLPt( aRectFnSet.GetPos(pCell->getFrameArea()),
+                                    pBox, aRectFnSet.IsVert() ) );
+
+                                pBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos ];
+                                aNew.SetWidth( nTmpWidth );
+                                pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                                pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                                if( pUndo )
+                                    pUndo->AddNewBox( pBox->GetSttIdx() );
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                // this box is selected
+                                pLastBox = pBox;
+                                rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                                aPosArr.insert(
+                                    CmpLPt( aRectFnSet.GetPos(pCell->getFrameArea()),
+                                    pBox, aRectFnSet.IsVert() ) );
+                            }
+                        }
+                        // overlapping on left- or right-side
+                        else if( ( rUnion.Left() - COLFUZZY ) >= pCell->getFrameArea().Left() &&
+                                ( rUnion.Right() + COLFUZZY ) < pCell->getFrameArea().Right() )
+                        {
+                            sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pBox->GetUpper()->GetBoxPos( pBox )+1;
+                            lcl_InsTableBox( pTableNd, pDoc, pBox, nInsPos, 2 );
+                            pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                            SwFormatFrameSize aNew(
+                                        pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() );
+                            tools::Long nLeft = rUnion.Left() - pCell->getFrameArea().Left();
+                            nLeft = nLeft * aNew.GetWidth() /
+                                    pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+                            tools::Long nRight = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() - rUnion.Right();
+                            nRight = nRight * aNew.GetWidth() /
+                                     pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+                            nWidth = aNew.GetWidth() - nLeft - nRight;
+
+                            aNew.SetWidth( nLeft );
+                            pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                            if( const SvxBoxItem* pItem = pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetAttrSet()
+                                        .GetItemIfSet( RES_BOX, false ))
+                            {
+                                SvxBoxItem aBox( *pItem );
+                                aBox.SetLine( nullptr, SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+                                pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aBox );
+                            }
+
+                            pBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos ];
+                            aNew.SetWidth( nWidth );
+                            pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                            pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                            if( pUndo )
+                                pUndo->AddNewBox( pBox->GetSttIdx() );
+
+                            // this box is selected
+                            pLastBox = pBox;
+                            rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                            aPosArr.insert(
+                                CmpLPt( aRectFnSet.GetPos(pCell->getFrameArea()),
+                                pBox, aRectFnSet.IsVert() ) );
+
+                            pBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos+1 ];
+                            aNew.SetWidth( nRight );
+                            pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                            pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                            if( pUndo )
+                                pUndo->AddNewBox( pBox->GetSttIdx() );
+                        }
+                       // is right side of box part of the selected area?
+                        else if( ( pCell->getFrameArea().Right() - COLFUZZY ) < rUnion.Right() &&
+                                 ( pCell->getFrameArea().Right() - COLFUZZY ) > rUnion.Left() &&
+                                 ( pCell->getFrameArea().Left() + COLFUZZY ) < rUnion.Left() )
+                        {
+                            // then we should insert a new box and adjust the widths
+                            sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pBox->GetUpper()->GetBoxPos( pBox )+1;
+                            lcl_InsTableBox( pTableNd, pDoc, pBox, nInsPos );
+
+                            SwFormatFrameSize aNew(pBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize() );
+                            tools::Long nLeft = rUnion.Left() - pCell->getFrameArea().Left(),
+                                nRight = pCell->getFrameArea().Right() - rUnion.Left();
+
+                            nLeft = nLeft * aNew.GetWidth() /
+                                    pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+                            nRight = nRight * aNew.GetWidth() /
+                                    pCell->getFrameArea().Width();
+
+                            aNew.SetWidth( nLeft );
+                            pBox->ClaimFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                                // this box is selected
+                            pBox = pBox->GetUpper()->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos ];
+                            aNew.SetWidth( nRight );
+                            pBox->ClaimFrameFormat();
+                            pBox->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aNew );
+
+                            pLastBox = pBox;
+                            rBoxes.insert( pBox );
+                            aPosArr.insert( CmpLPt( Point( rUnion.Left(),
+                                                pCell->getFrameArea().Top()), pBox, aRectFnSet.IsVert() ));
+
+                            if( pUndo )
+                                pUndo->AddNewBox( pBox->GetSttIdx() );
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if ( pCell->GetNext() )
+                    {
+                        pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                        // --> Check if table cell is not empty
+                        if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                            pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                    }
+                    else
+                        pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                }
+            }
+            pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+        }
+    }
+
+    // no SSelection / no boxes found
+    if( 1 >= rBoxes.size() )
+        return;
+
+    // now search all horizontally adjacent boxes and connect
+    // their contents with blanks. All vertically adjacent will be tied
+    // together as paragraphs
+
+    // 1. Solution: map array and all on same Y-level
+    //      are separated with blanks
+    //      all others are separated with paragraphs
+    bool bCalcWidth = true;
+    const SwTableBox* pFirstBox = aPosArr[ 0 ].pSelBox;
+
+    // JP 27.03.98:  Optimise - if boxes on one row are empty,
+    //              then do not insert blanks or carriage returns
+    //Block to assure SwPaM, SwPosition are deleted from stack
+    {
+        SwPaM aPam( pDoc->GetNodes() );
+
+#if defined( DEL_ONLY_EMPTY_LINES )
+        nWidth = pFirstBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+        bool bEmptyLine = sal_True;
+        sal_uInt16 n, nSttPos = 0;
+
+        for( n = 0; n < aPosArr.Count(); ++n )
+        {
+            const CmpLPt& rPt = aPosArr[ n ];
+            if( n && aPosArr[ n - 1 ].Y() == rPt.Y() )  // same Y level?
+            {
+                if( bEmptyLine && !IsEmptyBox( *rPt.pSelBox, aPam ))
+                    bEmptyLine = sal_False;
+                if( bCalcWidth )
+                    nWidth += rPt.pSelBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( bCalcWidth && n )
+                    bCalcWidth = false;     // one line is ready
+
+                if( bEmptyLine && nSttPos < n )
+                {
+                    // now complete line is empty and should not
+                    // be filled with blanks and be inserted as paragraph
+                    if( pUndo )
+                        for( sal_uInt16 i = nSttPos; i < n; ++i )
+                            pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+
+                    aPosArr.Remove( nSttPos, n - nSttPos );
+                    n = nSttPos;
+                }
+                else
+                    nSttPos = n;
+
+                bEmptyLine = IsEmptyBox( *aPosArr[n].pSelBox, aPam );
+            }
+        }
+        if( bEmptyLine && nSttPos < n )
+        {
+            if( pUndo )
+                for( sal_uInt16 i = nSttPos; i < n; ++i )
+                    pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+            aPosArr.Remove( nSttPos, n - nSttPos );
+        }
+#elif defined( DEL_EMPTY_BOXES_AT_START_AND_END )
+
+        nWidth = pFirstBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+        sal_uInt16 n, nSttPos = 0, nSEndPos = 0, nESttPos = 0;
+
+        for( n = 0; n < aPosArr.Count(); ++n )
+        {
+            const CmpLPt& rPt = aPosArr[ n ];
+            if( n && aPosArr[ n - 1 ].Y() == rPt.Y() )  // same Y level?
+            {
+                bool bEmptyBox = IsEmptyBox( *rPt.pSelBox, aPam );
+                if( bEmptyBox )
+                {
+                    if( nSEndPos == n )     // beginning is empty
+                        nESttPos = ++nSEndPos;
+                }
+                else                        // end could be empty
+                    nESttPos = n+1;
+
+                if( bCalcWidth )
+                    nWidth += rPt.pSelBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( bCalcWidth && n )
+                    bCalcWidth = false;     // one line ready
+
+                // first those at the beginning
+                if( nSttPos < nSEndPos )
+                {
+                    // now the beginning of the line is empty and should
+                    // not be filled with blanks
+                    if( pUndo )
+                        for( sal_uInt16 i = nSttPos; i < nSEndPos; ++i )
+                            pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = nSEndPos - nSttPos;
+                    aPosArr.Remove( nSttPos, nCnt );
+                    nESttPos -= nCnt;
+                    n -= nCnt;
+                }
+
+                if( nESttPos < n )
+                {
+                    // now the beginning of the line is empty and should
+                    // not be filled with blanks
+                    if( pUndo )
+                        for( sal_uInt16 i = nESttPos; i < n; ++i )
+                            pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = n - nESttPos;
+                    aPosArr.Remove( nESttPos, nCnt );
+                    n -= nCnt;
+                }
+
+                nSttPos = nSEndPos = nESttPos = n;
+                if( IsEmptyBox( *aPosArr[n].pSelBox, aPam ))
+                    ++nSEndPos;
+                else
+                    ++nESttPos;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // first those at the beginning
+        if( nSttPos < nSEndPos )
+        {
+            // now the beginning of the line is empty and should
+            // not be filled with blanks
+            if( pUndo )
+                for( sal_uInt16 i = nSttPos; i < nSEndPos; ++i )
+                    pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+
+            sal_uInt16 nCnt = nSEndPos - nSttPos;
+            aPosArr.Remove( nSttPos, nCnt );
+            nESttPos -= nCnt;
+            n -= nCnt;
+        }
+        if( nESttPos < n )
+        {
+            // now the beginning of the line is empty and should
+            // not be filled with blanks
+            if( pUndo )
+                for( sal_uInt16 i = nESttPos; i < n; ++i )
+                    pUndo->SaveCollection( *aPosArr[ i ].pSelBox );
+
+            sal_uInt16 nCnt = n - nESttPos;
+            aPosArr.Remove( nESttPos, nCnt );
+        }
+#else
+// DEL_ALL_EMPTY_BOXES
+
+        nWidth = 0;
+        tools::Long nY = !aPosArr.empty() ?
+                    ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() ?
+                      aPosArr[ 0 ].X() :
+                      aPosArr[ 0 ].Y() ) :
+                  0;
+
+        for( MergePos::size_type n = 0; n < aPosArr.size(); ++n )
+        {
+            const CmpLPt& rPt = aPosArr[ n ];
+            if( bCalcWidth )
+            {
+                if( nY == ( aRectFnSet.IsVert() ? rPt.X() : rPt.Y() ) ) // same Y level?
+                    nWidth += rPt.pSelBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+                else
+                    bCalcWidth = false;     // one line ready
+            }
+
+            if( IsEmptyBox( *rPt.pSelBox, aPam ) )
+            {
+                if( pUndo )
+                    pUndo->SaveCollection( *rPt.pSelBox );
+
+                aPosArr.erase( aPosArr.begin() + n );
+                --n;
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    // first create new box
+    {
+        SwTableBox* pTmpBox = rBoxes[0];
+        SwTableLine* pInsLine = pTmpBox->GetUpper();
+        sal_uInt16 nInsPos = pInsLine->GetBoxPos( pTmpBox );
+
+        lcl_InsTableBox( pTableNd, pDoc, pTmpBox, nInsPos );
+        (*ppMergeBox) = pInsLine->GetTabBoxes()[ nInsPos ];
+        pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().erase( pInsLine->GetTabBoxes().begin() + nInsPos );  // remove again
+        (*ppMergeBox)->SetUpper( nullptr );
+        (*ppMergeBox)->ClaimFrameFormat();
+
+        // define the border: the upper/left side of the first box,
+        // the lower/right side of the last box:
+        if( pLastBox && pFirstBox )
+        {
+            SvxBoxItem aBox( pFirstBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetBox() );
+            const SvxBoxItem& rBox = pLastBox->GetFrameFormat()->GetBox();
+            aBox.SetLine( rBox.GetRight(), SvxBoxItemLine::RIGHT );
+            aBox.SetLine( rBox.GetBottom(), SvxBoxItemLine::BOTTOM );
+            if( aBox.GetLeft() || aBox.GetTop() ||
+                aBox.GetRight() || aBox.GetBottom() )
+                (*ppMergeBox)->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( aBox );
+        }
+    }
+
+    //Block to delete  SwPaM, SwPosition from stack
+    if( !aPosArr.empty() )
+    {
+        SwPosition aInsPos( *(*ppMergeBox)->GetSttNd() );
+
+        SwPaM aPam( aInsPos );
+
+        for( const auto &rPt : aPosArr )
+        {
+            aPam.GetPoint()->Assign( *rPt.pSelBox->GetSttNd()->
+                                            EndOfSectionNode(), SwNodeOffset(-1) );
+            SwContentNode* pCNd = aPam.GetPointContentNode();
+            if( pCNd )
+                aPam.GetPoint()->SetContent( pCNd->Len() );
+
+            SwNodeIndex aSttNdIdx( *rPt.pSelBox->GetSttNd(), 1 );
+            // one node should be kept in the box (otherwise the
+            // section would be deleted during a move)
+            bool const bUndo(pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoesUndo());
+            if( pUndo )
+            {
+                pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(false);
+            }
+            pDoc->getIDocumentContentOperations().AppendTextNode( *aPam.GetPoint() );
+            if( pUndo )
+            {
+                pDoc->GetIDocumentUndoRedo().DoUndo(bUndo);
+            }
+            SwNodeRange aRg( aSttNdIdx.GetNode(), aPam.GetPoint()->GetNode() );
+            aInsPos.Adjust(SwNodeOffset(1));
+            if( pUndo )
+                pUndo->MoveBoxContent( *pDoc, aRg, aInsPos.GetNode() );
+            else
+            {
+                pDoc->getIDocumentContentOperations().MoveNodeRange( aRg, aInsPos.GetNode(),
+                    SwMoveFlags::DEFAULT );
+            }
+            // where is now aInsPos ??
+
+            if( bCalcWidth )
+                bCalcWidth = false;     // one line is ready
+
+            // skip the first TextNode
+            aInsPos.Assign( *pDoc->GetNodes()[ aInsPos.GetNode().EndOfSectionIndex() - 2] );
+            SwTextNode* pTextNd = aInsPos.GetNode().GetTextNode();
+            if( pTextNd )
+                aInsPos.SetContent( pTextNd->GetText().getLength());
+        }
+
+        // the MergeBox should contain the complete text
+        // now erase the initial TextNode
+        OSL_ENSURE( (*ppMergeBox)->GetSttIdx()+2 <
+                (*ppMergeBox)->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionIndex(),
+                    "empty box" );
+        SwNodeIndex aIdx( *(*ppMergeBox)->GetSttNd()->EndOfSectionNode(), -1 );
+        pDoc->GetNodes().Delete( aIdx );
+    }
+
+    // set width of the box
+    (*ppMergeBox)->GetFrameFormat()->SetFormatAttr( SwFormatFrameSize( SwFrameSize::Variable, nWidth, 0 ));
+    if( pUndo )
+        pUndo->AddNewBox( (*ppMergeBox)->GetSttIdx() );
+}
+
+static bool lcl_CheckCol(FndBox_ const&, bool* pPara);
+
+static bool lcl_CheckRow( const FndLine_& rFndLine, bool* pPara )
+{
+    for (auto const& it : rFndLine.GetBoxes())
+    {
+        lcl_CheckCol(*it, pPara);
+    }
+    return *pPara;
+}
+
+static bool lcl_CheckCol( FndBox_ const& rFndBox, bool* pPara )
+{
+    if (!rFndBox.GetBox()->GetSttNd())
+    {
+        if (rFndBox.GetLines().size() !=
+            rFndBox.GetBox()->GetTabLines().size())
+        {
+            *pPara = false;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for (auto const& rpFndLine : rFndBox.GetLines())
+            {
+                lcl_CheckRow( *rpFndLine, pPara );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    // is box protected ??
+    else if (rFndBox.GetBox()->GetFrameFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected())
+        *pPara = false;
+    return *pPara;
+}
+
+TableMergeErr CheckMergeSel( const SwPaM& rPam )
+{
+    SwSelBoxes aBoxes;
+//JP 24.09.96:  Merge with repeating TableHeadLines does not work properly.
+//              Why not use point 0,0? Then it is assured the first
+//              headline is contained.
+
+    Point aPt;
+    const SwContentNode* pCntNd = rPam.GetPointContentNode();
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(aPt, true);
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pStart = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    pCntNd = rPam.GetMarkContentNode();
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pEnd = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    GetTableSel( pStart, pEnd, aBoxes, nullptr );
+    return CheckMergeSel( aBoxes );
+}
+
+TableMergeErr CheckMergeSel( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes )
+{
+    TableMergeErr eRet = TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    if( !rBoxes.empty() )
+    {
+        eRet = TableMergeErr::Ok;
+
+        FndBox_ aFndBox( nullptr, nullptr );
+        FndPara aPara( rBoxes, &aFndBox );
+        const SwTableNode* pTableNd = aPara.rBoxes[0]->GetSttNd()->FindTableNode();
+        ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( const_cast<SwTableLines&>(pTableNd->GetTable().GetTabLines()), &aPara );
+        if( !aFndBox.GetLines().empty() )
+        {
+            bool bMergeSelOk = true;
+            FndBox_* pFndBox = &aFndBox;
+            FndLine_* pFndLine = nullptr;
+            while( pFndBox && 1 == pFndBox->GetLines().size() )
+            {
+                pFndLine = pFndBox->GetLines().front().get();
+                if( 1 == pFndLine->GetBoxes().size() )
+                    pFndBox = pFndLine->GetBoxes().front().get();
+                else
+                    pFndBox = nullptr;
+            }
+            if( pFndBox )
+            {
+                for (auto const& it : pFndBox->GetLines())
+                {
+                    lcl_CheckRow(*it, &bMergeSelOk);
+                }
+            }
+            else if( pFndLine )
+            {
+                for (auto const& it : pFndLine->GetBoxes())
+                {
+                    lcl_CheckCol(*it, &bMergeSelOk);
+                }
+            }
+            if( !bMergeSelOk )
+                eRet = TableMergeErr::TooComplex;
+        }
+        else
+            eRet = TableMergeErr::NoSelection;
+    }
+    return eRet;
+}
+
+static SwTwips lcl_CalcWish( const SwLayoutFrame *pCell, tools::Long nWish,
+                                                const tools::Long nAct )
+{
+    const SwLayoutFrame *pTmp = pCell;
+    if ( !nWish )
+        nWish = 1;
+
+    const bool bRTL = pCell->IsRightToLeft();
+    SwTwips nRet = bRTL ?
+        nAct - pCell->getFrameArea().Width() :
+        0;
+
+    while ( pTmp )
+    {
+        while ( pTmp->GetPrev() )
+        {
+            pTmp = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTmp->GetPrev());
+            sal_Int64 nTmp = pTmp->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+            // multiply in 64-bit to avoid overflow here!
+            nRet += ( bRTL ? -1 : 1 ) * nTmp * nAct / nWish;
+        }
+        pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+        if ( pTmp && !pTmp->IsCellFrame() )
+            pTmp = nullptr;
+    }
+    return nRet;
+}
+
+static void lcl_FindStartEndRow( const SwLayoutFrame *&rpStart,
+                             const SwLayoutFrame *&rpEnd,
+                             const bool bChkProtected )
+{
+    // Put Start at beginning of a row.
+    // Put End at the end of its row.
+    rpStart = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpStart->GetUpper()->Lower());
+    while ( rpEnd->GetNext() )
+        rpEnd = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpEnd->GetNext());
+
+    std::deque<const SwLayoutFrame *> aSttArr, aEndArr;
+    const SwLayoutFrame *pTmp;
+    for( pTmp = rpStart; (SwFrameType::Cell|SwFrameType::Row) & pTmp->GetType();
+                pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper() )
+    {
+        aSttArr.push_front( pTmp );
+    }
+    for( pTmp = rpEnd; (SwFrameType::Cell|SwFrameType::Row) & pTmp->GetType();
+                pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper() )
+    {
+        aEndArr.push_front( pTmp );
+    }
+
+    for( std::deque<const SwLayoutFrame *>::size_type n = 0; n < aEndArr.size() && n < aSttArr.size(); ++n )
+        if( aSttArr[ n ] != aEndArr[ n ] )
+        {
+            // first unequal line or box - all odds are
+            if( n & 1 )                 // 1, 3, 5, ... are boxes
+            {
+                rpStart = aSttArr[ n ];
+                rpEnd = aEndArr[ n ];
+            }
+            else                                // 0, 2, 4, ... are lines
+            {
+                // check if start & end line are the first & last Line of the
+                // box. If not return these cells.
+                // Else the whole line with all Boxes has to be deleted.
+                rpStart = aSttArr[ n+1 ];
+                rpEnd = aEndArr[ n+1 ];
+                if( n )
+                {
+                    const SwCellFrame* pCellFrame = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(aSttArr[ n-1 ]);
+                    const SwTableLines& rLns = pCellFrame->
+                                                GetTabBox()->GetTabLines();
+                    if( rLns[ 0 ] == static_cast<const SwRowFrame*>(aSttArr[ n ])->GetTabLine() &&
+                        rLns[ rLns.size() - 1 ] ==
+                                    static_cast<const SwRowFrame*>(aEndArr[ n ])->GetTabLine() )
+                    {
+                        rpStart = rpEnd = pCellFrame;
+                        while ( rpStart->GetPrev() )
+                            rpStart = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpStart->GetPrev());
+                        while ( rpEnd->GetNext() )
+                            rpEnd = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpEnd->GetNext());
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+
+    if( !bChkProtected )    // protected cell ?
+        return;
+
+    // Beginning and end should not be in protected cells
+    while ( rpStart->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+        rpStart = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpStart->GetNext());
+    while ( rpEnd->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+        rpEnd = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(rpEnd->GetPrev());
+}
+
+static void lcl_FindStartEndCol( const SwLayoutFrame *&rpStart,
+                             const SwLayoutFrame *&rpEnd,
+                             const bool bChkProtected )
+{
+    // Beginning and end vertical till the border of the table;
+    // Consider the whole table, including master and follows.
+    // In order to start we need the mother-tableFrame
+    if( !rpStart )
+        return;
+    const SwTabFrame *pOrg = rpStart->FindTabFrame();
+    const SwTabFrame *pTab = pOrg;
+
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTab);
+
+    bool bRTL = pTab->IsRightToLeft();
+    const tools::Long nTmpWish = pOrg->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+    const tools::Long nWish = ( nTmpWish > 0 ) ? nTmpWish : 1;
+
+    while ( pTab->IsFollow() )
+    {
+        const SwFrame *pTmp = pTab->FindPrev();
+        OSL_ENSURE( pTmp->IsTabFrame(), "Predecessor of Follow is not Master." );
+        pTab = static_cast<const SwTabFrame*>(pTmp);
+    }
+
+    SwTwips nSX  = 0;
+    SwTwips nSX2 = 0;
+
+    if ( pTab->GetTable()->IsNewModel() )
+    {
+        nSX  = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpStart->getFrameArea());
+        nSX2 = aRectFnSet.GetRight(rpStart->getFrameArea());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwTwips nPrtWidth = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+        nSX = ::lcl_CalcWish( rpStart, nWish, nPrtWidth ) + aRectFnSet.GetPrtLeft(*pTab);
+        nSX2 = nSX + (rpStart->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth() * nPrtWidth / nWish);
+    }
+
+    const SwLayoutFrame *pTmp = pTab->FirstCell();
+
+    while ( pTmp &&
+            (!pTmp->IsCellFrame() ||
+             ( ( ! bRTL && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmp->getFrameArea()) < nSX &&
+                           aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTmp->getFrameArea())< nSX2 ) ||
+               (   bRTL && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmp->getFrameArea()) > nSX &&
+                           aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTmp->getFrameArea())> nSX2 ) ) ) )
+        pTmp = pTmp->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+
+    if ( pTmp )
+        rpStart = pTmp;
+
+    pTab = pOrg;
+
+    const SwTabFrame* pLastValidTab = pTab;
+    while ( pTab->GetFollow() )
+    {
+
+        // Check if pTab->GetFollow() is a valid follow table:
+        // Only follow tables with at least on non-FollowFlowLine
+        // should be considered.
+
+        if ( pTab->HasFollowFlowLine() )
+        {
+            pTab = pTab->GetFollow();
+            const SwFrame* pTmpRow = pTab->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
+            if ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->GetNext() )
+                pLastValidTab = pTab;
+        }
+        else
+            pLastValidTab = pTab = pTab->GetFollow();
+    }
+    pTab = pLastValidTab;
+
+    SwTwips nEX = 0;
+
+    if ( pTab->GetTable()->IsNewModel() )
+    {
+        nEX = aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpEnd->getFrameArea());
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const SwTwips nPrtWidth = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTab->getFramePrintArea());
+        nEX = ::lcl_CalcWish( rpEnd, nWish, nPrtWidth ) + aRectFnSet.GetPrtLeft(*pTab);
+    }
+
+    SwFrame const*const pLastContent = pTab->FindLastContentOrTable();
+    rpEnd = pLastContent ? pLastContent->GetUpper() : nullptr;
+    // --> Made code robust. If pTab does not have a lower,
+    // we would crash here.
+    if ( !pLastContent ) return;
+
+    while( !rpEnd->IsCellFrame() )
+        rpEnd = rpEnd->GetUpper();
+
+    while ( (   bRTL && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpEnd->getFrameArea()) < nEX ) ||
+            ( ! bRTL && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpEnd->getFrameArea()) > nEX ) )
+    {
+        const SwLayoutFrame* pTmpLeaf = rpEnd->GetPrevLayoutLeaf();
+        if( !pTmpLeaf || !pTab->IsAnLower( pTmpLeaf ) )
+            break;
+        rpEnd = pTmpLeaf;
+    }
+
+    if( !bChkProtected )    // check for protected cell ?
+        return;
+
+    // Beginning and end should not be in protected cells.
+    // If necessary we should search backwards again
+    while ( rpStart->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+    {
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pTmpLeaf = rpStart->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+        while ( pTmpLeaf && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmpLeaf->getFrameArea()) > nEX ) // first skip line
+            pTmpLeaf = pTmpLeaf->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+        while ( pTmpLeaf && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmpLeaf->getFrameArea()) < nSX &&
+                            aRectFnSet.GetRight(pTmpLeaf->getFrameArea())< nSX2 )
+            pTmpLeaf = pTmpLeaf->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+        const SwTabFrame *pTmpTab = rpStart->FindTabFrame();
+        if ( !pTmpTab->IsAnLower( pTmpLeaf ) )
+        {
+            pTmpTab = pTmpTab->GetFollow();
+            rpStart = pTmpTab->FirstCell();
+            while ( rpStart &&
+                    aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpStart->getFrameArea()) < nSX &&
+                    aRectFnSet.GetRight(rpStart->getFrameArea())< nSX2 )
+                rpStart = rpStart->GetNextLayoutLeaf();
+        }
+        else
+            rpStart = pTmpLeaf;
+    }
+    while ( rpEnd->GetFormat()->GetProtect().IsContentProtected() )
+    {
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pTmpLeaf = rpEnd->GetPrevLayoutLeaf();
+        while ( pTmpLeaf && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmpLeaf->getFrameArea()) < nEX ) // skip the line for now
+            pTmpLeaf = pTmpLeaf->GetPrevLayoutLeaf();
+        while ( pTmpLeaf && aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pTmpLeaf->getFrameArea()) > nEX )
+            pTmpLeaf = pTmpLeaf->GetPrevLayoutLeaf();
+        const SwTabFrame *pTmpTab = rpEnd->FindTabFrame();
+        if ( !pTmpLeaf || !pTmpTab->IsAnLower( pTmpLeaf ) )
+        {
+            pTmpTab = static_cast<const SwTabFrame*>(pTmpTab->FindPrev());
+            OSL_ENSURE( pTmpTab->IsTabFrame(), "Predecessor of Follow not Master.");
+            rpEnd = pTmpTab->FindLastContentOrTable()->GetUpper();
+            while( !rpEnd->IsCellFrame() )
+                rpEnd = rpEnd->GetUpper();
+            while ( aRectFnSet.GetLeft(rpEnd->getFrameArea()) > nEX )
+                rpEnd = rpEnd->GetPrevLayoutLeaf();
+        }
+        else
+            rpEnd = pTmpLeaf;
+    }
+}
+
+void MakeSelUnions( SwSelUnions& rUnions, const SwLayoutFrame *pStart,
+                    const SwLayoutFrame *pEnd, const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    while ( pStart && !pStart->IsCellFrame() )
+        pStart = pStart->GetUpper();
+    while ( pEnd && !pEnd->IsCellFrame() )
+        pEnd = pEnd->GetUpper();
+
+    if ( !pStart || !pEnd )
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "MakeSelUnions with pStart or pEnd not in CellFrame" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const SwTabFrame *pTable = pStart->FindTabFrame();
+    const SwTabFrame *pEndTable = pEnd->FindTabFrame();
+    if( !pTable || !pEndTable )
+        return;
+    bool bExchange = false;
+
+    if ( pTable != pEndTable )
+    {
+        if ( !pTable->IsAnFollow( pEndTable ) )
+        {
+            OSL_ENSURE( pEndTable->IsAnFollow( pTable ), "Tabchain in knots." );
+            bExchange = true;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTable);
+        tools::Long nSttTop = aRectFnSet.GetTop(pStart->getFrameArea());
+        tools::Long nEndTop = aRectFnSet.GetTop(pEnd->getFrameArea());
+        if( nSttTop == nEndTop )
+        {
+            if( aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pStart->getFrameArea()) >
+                aRectFnSet.GetLeft(pEnd->getFrameArea()) )
+                bExchange = true;
+        }
+        else if( aRectFnSet.IsVert() == ( nSttTop < nEndTop ) )
+            bExchange = true;
+    }
+    if ( bExchange )
+    {
+        const SwLayoutFrame *pTmp = pStart;
+        pStart = pEnd;
+        pEnd = pTmp;
+        // do no resort pTable and pEndTable, set new below
+        // MA: 28. Dec. 93 Bug: 5190
+    }
+
+    // Beginning and end now nicely sorted, if required we
+    // should move them
+    if( SwTableSearchType::Row == ((~SwTableSearchType::Protect ) & eSearchType ) )
+        ::lcl_FindStartEndRow( pStart, pEnd, bool(SwTableSearchType::Protect & eSearchType) );
+    else if( SwTableSearchType::Col == ((~SwTableSearchType::Protect ) & eSearchType ) )
+        ::lcl_FindStartEndCol( pStart, pEnd, bool(SwTableSearchType::Protect & eSearchType) );
+
+    if ( !pEnd || !pStart ) return; // Made code robust.
+
+    // retrieve again, as they have been moved
+    pTable = pStart->FindTabFrame();
+    pEndTable = pEnd->FindTabFrame();
+
+    const tools::Long nStSz = pStart->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+    const tools::Long nEdSz = pEnd->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth();
+    const tools::Long nWish = std::max( tools::Long(1), pTable->GetFormat()->GetFrameSize().GetWidth() );
+    while ( pTable )
+    {
+        SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pTable);
+        const tools::Long nOfst = aRectFnSet.GetPrtLeft(*pTable);
+        const tools::Long nPrtWidth = aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pTable->getFramePrintArea());
+        tools::Long nSt1 = ::lcl_CalcWish( pStart, nWish, nPrtWidth ) + nOfst;
+        tools::Long nEd1 = ::lcl_CalcWish( pEnd,   nWish, nPrtWidth ) + nOfst;
+
+        if ( nSt1 <= nEd1 )
+            nEd1 += static_cast<tools::Long>((nEdSz * nPrtWidth) / nWish) - 1;
+        else
+            nSt1 += static_cast<tools::Long>((nStSz * nPrtWidth) / nWish) - 1;
+
+        tools::Long nSt2;
+        tools::Long nEd2;
+        if( pTable->IsAnLower( pStart ) )
+            nSt2 = aRectFnSet.GetTop(pStart->getFrameArea());
+        else
+            nSt2 = aRectFnSet.GetTop(pTable->getFrameArea());
+        if( pTable->IsAnLower( pEnd ) )
+            nEd2 = aRectFnSet.GetBottom(pEnd->getFrameArea());
+        else
+            nEd2 = aRectFnSet.GetBottom(pTable->getFrameArea());
+        Point aSt, aEd;
+        if( nSt1 > nEd1 )
+            std::swap( nSt1, nEd1 );
+        if( nSt2 > nEd2 )
+            std::swap( nSt2, nEd2 );
+        if( aRectFnSet.IsVert() )
+        {
+            aSt = Point( nSt2, nSt1 );
+            aEd = Point( nEd2, nEd1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            aSt = Point( nSt1, nSt2 );
+            aEd = Point( nEd1, nEd2 );
+        }
+
+        const Point aDiff( aEd - aSt );
+        SwRect aUnion( aSt, Size( aDiff.X(), aDiff.Y() ) );
+        aUnion.Justify();
+
+        if( !(SwTableSearchType::NoUnionCorrect & eSearchType ))
+        {
+            // Unfortunately the union contains rounding errors now, therefore
+            // erroneous results could occur during split/merge.
+            // To prevent these we will determine the first and last row
+            // within the union and use their values for a new union
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                      pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                      static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+            while ( pRow && !pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( aUnion ) )
+                pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+
+            // #i31976#
+            // A follow flow row may contain empty cells. These are not
+            // considered by FirstCell(). Therefore we have to find
+            // the first cell manually:
+            const SwFrame* pTmpCell = nullptr;
+            if ( pTable->IsFollow() && pRow && pRow->IsInFollowFlowRow() )
+            {
+                const SwFrame* pTmpRow = pRow;
+                while ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->IsRowFrame() )
+                {
+                    pTmpCell = static_cast<const SwRowFrame*>(pTmpRow)->Lower();
+                    pTmpRow  = static_cast<const SwCellFrame*>(pTmpCell)->Lower();
+                }
+                OSL_ENSURE( !pTmpCell || pTmpCell->IsCellFrame(), "Lower of rowframe != cellframe?!" );
+            }
+
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pFirst = pTmpCell ?
+                                        static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTmpCell) :
+                                        pRow ?
+                                        pRow->FirstCell() :
+                                        nullptr;
+
+            while ( pFirst && !::IsFrameInTableSel( aUnion, pFirst ) )
+            {
+                if ( pFirst->GetNext() )
+                {
+                    pFirst = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pFirst->GetNext());
+                    if ( pFirst->Lower() && pFirst->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                        pFirst = pFirst->FirstCell();
+                }
+                else
+                    pFirst = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pFirst );
+            }
+            const SwLayoutFrame* pLast = nullptr;
+            SwFrame const*const pLastContent = pTable->FindLastContentOrTable();
+            if ( pLastContent )
+                pLast = ::lcl_FindCellFrame( pLastContent->GetUpper() );
+
+            while ( pLast && !::IsFrameInTableSel( aUnion, pLast ) )
+                pLast = ::lcl_FindCellFrame( pLast->GetPrevLayoutLeaf() );
+
+            if ( pFirst && pLast ) //Robust
+            {
+                aUnion = pFirst->getFrameArea();
+                aUnion.Union( pLast->getFrameArea() );
+            }
+            else
+                aUnion.Width( 0 );
+        }
+
+        if( aRectFnSet.GetWidth(aUnion) )
+        {
+            rUnions.emplace_back(aUnion, const_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pTable));
+        }
+
+        pTable = pTable->GetFollow();
+        if ( pTable != pEndTable && pEndTable->IsAnFollow( pTable ) )
+            pTable = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+bool CheckSplitCells( const SwCursorShell& rShell, sal_uInt16 nDiv,
+                        const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    if( !rShell.IsTableMode() )
+        rShell.GetCursor();
+
+    return CheckSplitCells( *rShell.getShellCursor(false), nDiv, eSearchType );
+}
+
+bool CheckSplitCells( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_uInt16 nDiv,
+                        const SwTableSearchType eSearchType )
+{
+    if( 1 >= nDiv )
+        return false;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nMinValue = nDiv * MINLAY;
+
+    // Get start and end cell
+    Point aPtPos, aMkPos;
+    const SwShellCursor* pShCursor = dynamic_cast<const SwShellCursor*>(&rCursor);
+    if( pShCursor )
+    {
+        aPtPos = pShCursor->GetPtPos();
+        aMkPos = pShCursor->GetMkPos();
+    }
+
+    const SwContentNode* pCntNd = rCursor.GetPointContentNode();
+    std::pair<Point, bool> tmp(aPtPos, true);
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pStart = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+    pCntNd = rCursor.GetMarkContentNode();
+    tmp.first = aMkPos;
+    const SwLayoutFrame *const pEnd = pCntNd->getLayoutFrame(
+            pCntNd->GetDoc().getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout(),
+            nullptr, &tmp)->GetUpper();
+
+    SwRectFnSet aRectFnSet(pStart->GetUpper());
+
+    // First, compute tables and rectangles
+    SwSelUnions aUnions;
+
+    ::MakeSelUnions( aUnions, pStart, pEnd, eSearchType );
+
+    // now search boxes for each entry and emit
+    for ( const auto& rSelUnion : aUnions )
+    {
+        const SwTabFrame *pTable = rSelUnion.GetTable();
+
+        // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+        const SwLayoutFrame* pRow = pTable->IsFollow() ?
+                                  pTable->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() :
+                                  static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pTable->Lower());
+
+        while ( pRow )
+        {
+            if ( pRow->getFrameArea().Overlaps( rSelUnion.GetUnion() ) )
+            {
+                const SwLayoutFrame *pCell = pRow->FirstCell();
+
+                while ( pCell && pRow->IsAnLower( pCell ) )
+                {
+                    OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrame(), "Frame without cell" );
+                    if( ::IsFrameInTableSel( rSelUnion.GetUnion(), pCell ) )
+                    {
+                        if( aRectFnSet.GetWidth(pCell->getFrameArea()) < nMinValue )
+                            return false;
+                    }
+
+                    if ( pCell->GetNext() )
+                    {
+                        pCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pCell->GetNext());
+                        if ( pCell->Lower() && pCell->Lower()->IsRowFrame() )
+                            pCell = pCell->FirstCell();
+                    }
+                    else
+                        pCell = ::lcl_FindNextCellFrame( pCell );
+                }
+            }
+            pRow = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrame*>(pRow->GetNext());
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+// These Classes copy the current table selections (rBoxes),
+// into a new structure, retaining the table structure
+// new: SS for targeted erasing/restoring of the layout
+
+static void lcl_InsertRow( SwTableLine const &rLine, SwLayoutFrame *pUpper, SwFrame *pSibling )
+{
+    SwRowFrame *pRow = new SwRowFrame( rLine, pUpper );
+    if ( pUpper->IsTabFrame() && static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pUpper)->IsFollow() )
+    {
+        SwTabFrame* pTabFrame = static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pUpper);
+        pTabFrame->FindMaster()->InvalidatePos(); //can absorb the line
+
+        if ( pSibling && pTabFrame->IsInHeadline( *pSibling ) )
+        {
+            // Skip any repeated headlines in the follow:
+            pSibling = pTabFrame->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
+        }
+    }
+    pRow->Paste( pUpper, pSibling );
+    pRow->RegistFlys();
+}
+
+static void FndBoxCopyCol( SwTableBox* pBox, FndPara* pFndPara )
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<FndBox_> pFndBox(new FndBox_( pBox, pFndPara->pFndLine ));
+    if( !pBox->GetTabLines().empty() )
+    {
+        FndPara aPara( *pFndPara, pFndBox.get() );
+        ForEach_FndLineCopyCol( pFndBox->GetBox()->GetTabLines(), &aPara );
+        if( pFndBox->GetLines().empty() )
+        {
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( pFndPara->rBoxes.find( pBox ) == pFndPara->rBoxes.end())
+        {
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    pFndPara->pFndLine->GetBoxes().push_back( std::move(pFndBox) );
+}
+
+static void FndLineCopyCol( SwTableLine* pLine, FndPara* pFndPara )
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<FndLine_> pFndLine(new FndLine_(pLine, pFndPara->pFndBox));
+    FndPara aPara(*pFndPara, pFndLine.get());
+    for( auto& rpBox : pFndLine->GetLine()->GetTabBoxes() )
+        FndBoxCopyCol(rpBox, &aPara );
+    if( !pFndLine->GetBoxes().empty() )
+    {
+        pFndPara->pFndBox->GetLines().push_back( std::move(pFndLine) );
+    }
+}
+
+void ForEach_FndLineCopyCol(SwTableLines& rLines, FndPara* pFndPara )
+{
+    for( SwTableLines::iterator it = rLines.begin(); it != rLines.end(); ++it )
+        FndLineCopyCol( *it, pFndPara );
+}
+
+void FndBox_::SetTableLines( const SwSelBoxes &rBoxes, const SwTable &rTable )
+{
+    // Set pointers to lines before and after the area to process.
+    // If the first/last lines are contained in the area, then the pointers
+    // are 0. We first search for the positions of the first/last affected
+    // lines in array of the SwTable. In order to use 0 for 'no line'
+    // we adjust the positions by 1.
+
+    sal_uInt16 nStPos = USHRT_MAX;
+    sal_uInt16 nEndPos= 0;
+
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < rBoxes.size(); ++i)
+    {
+        SwTableLine *pLine = rBoxes[i]->GetUpper();
+        while ( pLine->GetUpper() )
+            pLine = pLine->GetUpper()->GetUpper();
+        const sal_uInt16 nPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos(
+                    const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(pLine) ) + 1;
+
+        OSL_ENSURE( nPos != USHRT_MAX, "TableLine not found." );
+
+        if( nStPos > nPos )
+            nStPos = nPos;
+
+        if( nEndPos < nPos )
+            nEndPos = nPos;
+    }
+    if (USHRT_MAX != nStPos && nStPos > 1)
+        m_pLineBefore = rTable.GetTabLines()[nStPos - 2];
+    if ( nEndPos < rTable.GetTabLines().size() )
+        m_pLineBehind = rTable.GetTabLines()[nEndPos];
+}
+
+void FndBox_::SetTableLines( const SwTable &rTable )
+{
+    // Set pointers to lines before and after the area to process.
+    // If the first/last lines are contained in the area, then the pointers
+    // are 0. The positions of the first/last affected lines in the array
+    // of the SwTable are in FndBox. In order to use 0 for 'no line'
+    // we adjust the positions by 1.
+
+    if( GetLines().empty() )
+        return;
+
+    SwTableLine* pTmpLine = GetLines().front()->GetLine();
+    sal_uInt16 nPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( pTmpLine );
+    OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "Line is not in table" );
+    if( nPos )
+        m_pLineBefore = rTable.GetTabLines()[ nPos - 1 ];
+
+    pTmpLine = GetLines().back()->GetLine();
+    nPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( pTmpLine );
+    OSL_ENSURE( USHRT_MAX != nPos, "Line is not in the table" );
+    if( ++nPos < rTable.GetTabLines().size() )
+        m_pLineBehind = rTable.GetTabLines()[nPos];
+}
+
+inline void UnsetFollow( SwFlowFrame *pTab )
+{
+    pTab->m_pPrecede = nullptr;
+}
+
+void FndBox_::DelFrames( SwTable &rTable )
+{
+    // All lines between pLineBefore and pLineBehind should be cut
+    // from the layout and erased.
+    // If this creates empty Follows we should destroy these.
+    // If a master is destroyed, the follow should become master.
+    // Always a TabFrame should remain.
+
+    sal_uInt16 nStPos = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nEndPos= rTable.GetTabLines().size() - 1;
+    if( rTable.IsNewModel() && m_pLineBefore )
+        rTable.CheckRowSpan( m_pLineBefore, true );
+    if ( m_pLineBefore )
+    {
+        nStPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos(
+                        const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBefore) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( nStPos != USHRT_MAX, "The fox stole the line!" );
+        ++nStPos;
+    }
+    if( rTable.IsNewModel() && m_pLineBehind )
+        rTable.CheckRowSpan( m_pLineBehind, false );
+    if ( m_pLineBehind )
+    {
+        nEndPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos(
+                        const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBehind) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( nEndPos != USHRT_MAX, "The fox stole the line!" );
+        if (nEndPos != 0)
+            --nEndPos;
+    }
+
+    for ( sal_uInt16 i = nStPos; i <= nEndPos; ++i)
+    {
+        SwFrameFormat *pFormat = rTable.GetTabLines()[i]->GetFrameFormat();
+        SwIterator<SwRowFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *pFormat );
+        for ( SwRowFrame* pFrame = aIter.First(); pFrame; pFrame = aIter.Next() )
+        {
+                if ( pFrame->GetTabLine() == rTable.GetTabLines()[i] )
+                {
+                    bool bDel = true;
+                    SwTabFrame *pUp = !pFrame->GetPrev() && !pFrame->GetNext() ?
+                                            static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pFrame->GetUpper()) : nullptr;
+                    if ( !pUp )
+                    {
+                        const sal_uInt16 nRepeat =
+                                static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pFrame->GetUpper())->GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
+                        if ( nRepeat > 0 &&
+                             static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pFrame->GetUpper())->IsFollow() )
+                        {
+                            if ( !pFrame->GetNext() )
+                            {
+                                SwRowFrame* pFirstNonHeadline =
+                                    static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pFrame->GetUpper())->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
+                                if ( pFirstNonHeadline == pFrame )
+                                {
+                                    pUp = static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pFrame->GetUpper());
+                                }
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if ( pUp )
+                    {
+                        SwTabFrame *pFollow = pUp->GetFollow();
+                        SwTabFrame *pPrev   = pUp->IsFollow() ? pUp : nullptr;
+                        if ( pPrev )
+                        {
+                            SwFrame *pTmp = pPrev->FindPrev();
+                            OSL_ENSURE( pTmp->IsTabFrame(),
+                                    "Predecessor of Follow is no Master.");
+                            pPrev = static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pTmp);
+                        }
+                        if ( pPrev )
+                        {
+                            pPrev->SetFollow( pFollow );
+                            // #i60340# Do not transfer the
+                            // flag from pUp to pPrev. pUp may still have the
+                            // flag set although there is not more follow flow
+                            // line associated with pUp.
+                            pPrev->SetFollowFlowLine( false );
+                        }
+                        else if ( pFollow )
+                            ::UnsetFollow( pFollow );
+
+                        // A TableFrame should always remain!
+                        if ( pPrev || pFollow )
+                        {
+                            // OD 26.08.2003 #i18103# - if table is in a section,
+                            // lock the section, to avoid its delete.
+                            {
+                                SwSectionFrame* pSctFrame = pUp->FindSctFrame();
+                                bool bOldSectLock = false;
+                                if ( pSctFrame )
+                                {
+                                    bOldSectLock = pSctFrame->IsColLocked();
+                                    pSctFrame->ColLock();
+                                }
+                                pUp->Cut();
+                                if ( pSctFrame && !bOldSectLock )
+                                {
+                                    pSctFrame->ColUnlock();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            SwFrame::DestroyFrame(pUp);
+                            bDel = false; // Row goes to /dev/null.
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if ( bDel )
+                    {
+                        SwFrame* pTabFrame = pFrame->GetUpper();
+                        if ( pTabFrame->IsTabFrame() &&
+                            !pFrame->GetNext() &&
+                             static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pTabFrame)->GetFollow() )
+                        {
+                            // We do not delete the follow flow line,
+                            // this will be done automatically in the
+                            // next turn.
+                            static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pTabFrame)->SetFollowFlowLine( false );
+                        }
+                        pFrame->Cut();
+                        SwFrame::DestroyFrame(pFrame);
+                    }
+                }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static bool lcl_IsLineOfTableFrame( const SwTabFrame& rTable, const SwFrame& rChk )
+{
+    const SwTabFrame* pTableFrame = rChk.FindTabFrame();
+    if( pTableFrame->IsFollow() )
+        pTableFrame = pTableFrame->FindMaster( true );
+    return &rTable == pTableFrame;
+}
+
+static void lcl_UpdateRepeatedHeadlines( SwTabFrame& rTabFrame, bool bCalcLowers )
+{
+    OSL_ENSURE( rTabFrame.IsFollow(), "lcl_UpdateRepeatedHeadlines called for non-follow tab" );
+
+    // Delete remaining headlines:
+    SwRowFrame* pLower = nullptr;
+    while ( nullptr != ( pLower = static_cast<SwRowFrame*>(rTabFrame.Lower()) ) && pLower->IsRepeatedHeadline() )
+    {
+        pLower->Cut();
+        SwFrame::DestroyFrame(pLower);
+    }
+
+    // Insert fresh set of headlines:
+    pLower = static_cast<SwRowFrame*>(rTabFrame.Lower());
+    SwTable& rTable = *rTabFrame.GetTable();
+    const sal_uInt16 nRepeat = rTable.GetRowsToRepeat();
+    for ( sal_uInt16 nIdx = 0; nIdx < nRepeat; ++nIdx )
+    {
+        SwRowFrame* pHeadline = new SwRowFrame( *rTable.GetTabLines()[ nIdx ], &rTabFrame );
+        pHeadline->SetRepeatedHeadline( true );
+        pHeadline->Paste( &rTabFrame, pLower );
+        pHeadline->RegistFlys();
+    }
+
+    if ( bCalcLowers )
+        rTabFrame.SetCalcLowers();
+}
+
+void FndBox_::MakeFrames( SwTable &rTable )
+{
+    // All lines between pLineBefore and pLineBehind should be re-generated in layout.
+    // And this for all instances of a table (for example in header/footer).
+    sal_uInt16 nStPos = 0;
+    sal_uInt16 nEndPos= rTable.GetTabLines().size() - 1;
+    SwRootFrame* pLayout =
+        rTable.GetFrameFormat()->GetDoc()->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentLayout();
+    bool bHideChanges = pLayout && pLayout->IsHideRedlines();
+
+    if ( m_pLineBefore )
+    {
+        nStPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos(
+                        const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBefore) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( nStPos != USHRT_MAX, "Fox stole the line!" );
+        ++nStPos;
+
+    }
+    if ( m_pLineBehind )
+    {
+        nEndPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos(
+                        const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBehind) );
+        OSL_ENSURE( nEndPos != USHRT_MAX, "Fox stole the line!" );
+        --nEndPos;
+    }
+    // now big insert operation for all tables.
+    SwIterator<SwTabFrame,SwFormat> aTabIter( *rTable.GetFrameFormat() );
+    for ( SwTabFrame *pTable = aTabIter.First(); pTable; pTable = aTabIter.Next() )
+    {
+        if ( !pTable->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            SwRowFrame  *pSibling = nullptr;
+            SwFrame  *pUpperFrame  = nullptr;
+            int i;
+            for ( i = rTable.GetTabLines().size()-1;
+                    i >= 0 && !pSibling; --i )
+            {
+                SwTableLine *pLine = m_pLineBehind ? m_pLineBehind :
+                                                    rTable.GetTabLines()[o3tl::narrowing<sal_uInt16>(i)];
+                SwIterator<SwRowFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *pLine->GetFrameFormat() );
+                pSibling = aIter.First();
+                while ( pSibling && (
+                            pSibling->GetTabLine() != pLine ||
+                            !lcl_IsLineOfTableFrame( *pTable, *pSibling ) ||
+                            pSibling->IsRepeatedHeadline() ||
+                            // #i53647# If !pLineBehind,
+                            // IsInSplitTableRow() should be checked.
+                            ( m_pLineBehind && pSibling->IsInFollowFlowRow() ) ||
+                            (!m_pLineBehind && pSibling->IsInSplitTableRow() ) ) )
+                {
+                    pSibling = aIter.Next();
+                }
+            }
+            if ( pSibling )
+            {
+                pUpperFrame = pSibling->GetUpper();
+                if ( !m_pLineBehind )
+                    pSibling = nullptr;
+            }
+            else
+// ???? or is this the last Follow of the table ????
+                pUpperFrame = pTable;
+
+            SwRedlineTable::size_type nRedlinePos = 0;
+            for ( sal_uInt16 j = nStPos; j <= nEndPos; ++j )
+            {
+                SwTableLine * pLine = rTable.GetTabLines()[j];
+                if ( ( !bHideChanges || !pLine->IsDeleted(nRedlinePos) ) &&
+                            // tdf#159026 fix Undo crash with floating tables
+                            pUpperFrame->GetUpper() )
+                    ::lcl_InsertRow( *pLine,
+                                static_cast<SwLayoutFrame*>(pUpperFrame), pSibling );
+            }
+            if ( pUpperFrame->IsTabFrame() )
+                static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pUpperFrame)->SetCalcLowers();
+        }
+        else if ( rTable.GetRowsToRepeat() > 0 )
+        {
+            // Insert new headlines:
+            lcl_UpdateRepeatedHeadlines( *pTable, true );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void FndBox_::MakeNewFrames( SwTable &rTable, const sal_uInt16 nNumber,
+                                            const bool bBehind )
+{
+    // Create Frames for newly inserted lines
+    // bBehind == true:  before  pLineBehind
+    //         == false: after   pLineBefore
+    const sal_uInt16 nBfPos = m_pLineBefore ?
+        rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBefore) ) :
+        USHRT_MAX;
+    const sal_uInt16 nBhPos = m_pLineBehind ?
+        rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( const_cast<const SwTableLine*&>(m_pLineBehind) ) :
+        USHRT_MAX;
+
+    //nNumber: how often did we insert
+    //nCnt:    how many were inserted nNumber times
+
+    const sal_uInt16 nCnt =
+        ((nBhPos != USHRT_MAX ? nBhPos : rTable.GetTabLines().size()) -
+         (nBfPos != USHRT_MAX ? nBfPos + 1 : 0)) / (nNumber + 1);
+
+    // search the Master-TabFrame
+    SwIterator<SwTabFrame,SwFormat> aTabIter( *rTable.GetFrameFormat() );
+    SwTabFrame *pTable;
+    for ( pTable = aTabIter.First(); pTable; pTable = aTabIter.Next() )
+    {
+        if( !pTable->IsFollow() )
+        {
+            SwRowFrame* pSibling = nullptr;
+            SwLayoutFrame *pUpperFrame   = nullptr;
+            if ( bBehind )
+            {
+                if ( m_pLineBehind )
+                {
+                    SwIterator<SwRowFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *m_pLineBehind->GetFrameFormat() );
+                    pSibling = aIter.First();
+                    while ( pSibling && (
+                                // only consider row frames associated with pLineBehind:
+                                pSibling->GetTabLine() != m_pLineBehind ||
+                                // only consider row frames that are in pTables Master-Follow chain:
+                                !lcl_IsLineOfTableFrame( *pTable, *pSibling ) ||
+                                // only consider row frames that are not repeated headlines:
+                                pSibling->IsRepeatedHeadline() ||
+                                // only consider row frames that are not follow flow rows
+                                pSibling->IsInFollowFlowRow() ) )
+                    {
+                          pSibling = aIter.Next();
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( pSibling )
+                    pUpperFrame = pSibling->GetUpper();
+                else
+                {
+                    while( pTable->GetFollow() )
+                        pTable = pTable->GetFollow();
+                    pUpperFrame = pTable;
+                }
+                const sal_uInt16 nMax = nBhPos != USHRT_MAX ?
+                                    nBhPos : rTable.GetTabLines().size();
+
+                sal_uInt16 i = nBfPos != USHRT_MAX ? nBfPos + 1 + nCnt : nCnt;
+
+                for ( ; i < nMax; ++i )
+                    ::lcl_InsertRow( *rTable.GetTabLines()[i], pUpperFrame, pSibling );
+                if ( pUpperFrame->IsTabFrame() )
+                    static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pUpperFrame)->SetCalcLowers();
+            }
+            else // insert before
+            {
+                sal_uInt16 i;
+
+                // We are looking for the frame that is behind the row frame
+                // that should be inserted.
+                for ( i = 0; !pSibling; ++i )
+                {
+                    SwTableLine* pLine = m_pLineBefore ? m_pLineBefore : rTable.GetTabLines()[i];
+
+                    SwIterator<SwRowFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *pLine->GetFrameFormat() );
+                    pSibling = aIter.First();
+
+                    while ( pSibling && (
+                            // only consider row frames associated with pLineBefore:
+                            pSibling->GetTabLine() != pLine ||
+                            // only consider row frames that are in pTables Master-Follow chain:
+                            !lcl_IsLineOfTableFrame( *pTable, *pSibling ) ||
+                            // only consider row frames that are not repeated headlines:
+                            pSibling->IsRepeatedHeadline() ||
+                            // 1. case: pLineBefore == 0:
+                            // only consider row frames that are not follow flow rows
+                            // 2. case: pLineBefore != 0:
+                            // only consider row frames that are not split table rows
+                            // #i37476# If !pLineBefore,
+                            // check IsInFollowFlowRow instead of IsInSplitTableRow.
+                            ( ( !m_pLineBefore && pSibling->IsInFollowFlowRow() ) ||
+                              (  m_pLineBefore && pSibling->IsInSplitTableRow() ) ) ) )
+                    {
+                        pSibling = aIter.Next();
+                    }
+                }
+
+                pUpperFrame = pSibling->GetUpper();
+                if ( m_pLineBefore )
+                    pSibling = static_cast<SwRowFrame*>( pSibling->GetNext() );
+
+                sal_uInt16 nMax = nBhPos != USHRT_MAX ?
+                                    nBhPos - nCnt :
+                                    rTable.GetTabLines().size() - nCnt;
+
+                i = nBfPos != USHRT_MAX ? nBfPos + 1 : 0;
+                for ( ; i < nMax; ++i )
+                    ::lcl_InsertRow( *rTable.GetTabLines()[i],
+                                pUpperFrame, pSibling );
+                if ( pUpperFrame->IsTabFrame() )
+                    static_cast<SwTabFrame*>(pUpperFrame)->SetCalcLowers();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // If necessary headlines should be processed. In order to
+    // not to fragment good code, we iterate once more.
+    const sal_uInt16 nRowsToRepeat = rTable.GetRowsToRepeat();
+    if ( !(nRowsToRepeat > 0 &&
+         ( ( !bBehind && ( nBfPos == USHRT_MAX || nBfPos + 1 < nRowsToRepeat ) ) ||
+           (  bBehind && ( ( nBfPos == USHRT_MAX && nRowsToRepeat > 1 ) || nBfPos + 2 < nRowsToRepeat ) ) )) )
+        return;
+
+    for ( pTable = aTabIter.First(); pTable; pTable = aTabIter.Next() )
+    {
+        if ( pTable->Lower() )
+        {
+            if ( pTable->IsFollow() )
+            {
+                lcl_UpdateRepeatedHeadlines( *pTable, true );
+            }
+
+            OSL_ENSURE( static_cast<SwRowFrame*>(pTable->Lower())->GetTabLine() ==
+                    rTable.GetTabLines()[0], "MakeNewFrames: Table corruption!" );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool FndBox_::AreLinesToRestore( const SwTable &rTable ) const
+{
+    // Should we call MakeFrames here?
+
+    if ( !m_pLineBefore && !m_pLineBehind && !rTable.GetTabLines().empty() )
+        return true;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nBfPos;
+    if(m_pLineBefore)
+    {
+        const SwTableLine* rLBefore = const_cast<const SwTableLine*>(m_pLineBefore);
+        nBfPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( rLBefore );
+    }
+    else
+        nBfPos = USHRT_MAX;
+
+    sal_uInt16 nBhPos;
+    if(m_pLineBehind)
+    {
+        const SwTableLine* rLBehind = const_cast<const SwTableLine*>(m_pLineBehind);
+        nBhPos = rTable.GetTabLines().GetPos( rLBehind );
+    }
+    else
+        nBhPos = USHRT_MAX;
+
+    if ( nBfPos == nBhPos ) // Should never occur.
+    {
+        OSL_FAIL( "Table, erase but not on any area !?!" );
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if ( rTable.GetRowsToRepeat() > 0 )
+    {
+        // oops: should the repeated headline have been deleted??
+        SwIterator<SwTabFrame,SwFormat> aIter( *rTable.GetFrameFormat() );
+        for( SwTabFrame* pTable = aIter.First(); pTable; pTable = aIter.Next() )
+        {
+            if( pTable->IsFollow() )
+            {
+                // Insert new headlines:
+                lcl_UpdateRepeatedHeadlines( *pTable, false );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Some adjacent lines at the beginning of the table have been deleted:
+    if ( nBfPos == USHRT_MAX && nBhPos == 0 )
+        return false;
+
+    // Some adjacent lines at the end of the table have been deleted:
+    if ( nBhPos == USHRT_MAX && nBfPos == (rTable.GetTabLines().size() - 1) )
+        return false;
+
+    // Some adjacent lines in the middle of the table have been deleted:
+    if ( nBfPos != USHRT_MAX && nBhPos != USHRT_MAX && (nBfPos + 1) == nBhPos )
+        return false;
+
+    // The structure of the deleted lines is more complex due to split lines.
+    // A call of MakeFrames() is necessary.
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */